Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
Valley View Estates - Phase Two
I ., •..,,,,,:::,,,,,:::::.::;..:.:,,,,.......,........I r, ,,, 6 to LI :;:it:,,,thy,..; ; f t • F2 -f3.c . le av Rp (10 i! rtotQx 1 v I A MINNSQTA STAR+ III 111Ncil(011vs, , sr Specifications for III'. N't'' Valley View Estates - Phase Two Utility and Street Improvements City of Oak Park Heights, Minne ota i April, 1995 1 File No. 55120 Bonestroo 111 IRosene Anderlik & VI Associates I Engineers & Architects St.Paul • Milwaukee 1 1 VALLEY VIEW ESTATES -PHASE TWO UTILITY AND STREET IMPROVEMENTS FILE NO. 55120 OAK PARK HEIGHTS, MINNESOTA ' 1995 INDEX Index Advertisement for Bids Information to Bidders Proposal Special Provisions 1700. Adjust Miscellaneous Structures- Specific Requirements General Requirements 2112. Subgrade Preparation- Specific Requirements General Requirements 2116. Subgrade Correction- Specific and General Requirements 1 2211. Aggregate Base- Specific and General Requirements 2331. Plant-Mixed Bituminous Surface - Specific and General Requirements 2357. Bituminous Tack Coat - General Requirements 1 2531. Concrete Curb and Gutter- Specific Requirements General Requirements r2564. Traffic Signs and Devices- Specific and General Requirements 2573. Temporary Erosion Control - Specific& General Requriements 2575. Turf Establishment- Specific Requirements General Requirements 23,000. Water Main- Specific Requirements General Requirements 24,000. Sewers- Specific Requirements rGeneral Requirements 55120 1995 Bonestroo,Rosene, ' Anderlik&Associates,Inc. I-1 1 INDEX- CONTINUED 25,000. Sewer and Water Service Lines- Specific Requirements General Requirements Plate 1-1 Standard Manhole Detail Plate 1-10 Storm Sewer Manhole Detail Plate 1-16 Catch Basin Manhole Detail Plate 1-19 Standard Catch Basin Detail Plate 1-25 Sewer Bedding Methods ' Plate 1-25A Improved Foundation for RCP, VCP and DIP Plate 1-25B PVC Pipe Bedding and Foundation Plate 1-32 Catch Basin -High Capacity(Surmountable Curb) Plate 1-32A Catch Basin-High Capacity(B618 Curb) Plate 2-lA Gate Valve and Box and Hydrant Installation Plate 2-8 Insulation Detail Plate 2-9 Concrete Thrust Blocking Plate 3-4 Sewer and Water Service Connection Plate 4-1 Concrete Curb and Gutter Detail Plate 4-2 Bituminous Curb Plate 4-8 Curb and Gutter Transition Detail Plate 4-9 B618 Curb and Gutter Construction at Catch Basin Plate 4-10 Surmountable Curb and Gutter Construction at Catch Basin Plate SP-64 Erosion Control Detail-Hay Bales Plate SP-89 Erosion Control Detail - Silt Fence Plate SP-104 Erosion Control Detail -Protection of Catch Basins Conditions of the Contract I hereby certify that this plan and specification was prepared by me or under my direct supervision and that I am a duly Registered Professional Engineer under the laws of the State of esota. u.tt. ���� a Joseph C. Anderlik, P.E. Date: March 2, 1995 Reg. No. 6971 I 1 55120 ®1995 Bonestroo,Rosene, Anderlik&Associates,Inc. I-2 I IADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS Sealed bids will be received by the City of Oak Park Heights, Minnesota in the City Hall at 14168 - 1 57th Street.North until 11:00 A.M., C.D.S.T., on Friday, April 7, 1995, at which time they will be publicly opened and read aloud for the furnishing of all labor and materials and all else necessary for Ithe following: Valley View Estates - Phase II - Water, Sewer, & Street Improvements Iconsisting of the following approximate quantities: 625 LF 8" PVC Sanitary Sewer I 820 LF 6" DIP Water Main 29 EA Services 1,280 LF 12" - 27" RCP Storm Sewer I 2,400 CY Core Excavation 9,400 TN Aggregate Base Material 1,500 TN Bituminous Surfacing Material I 4,050 LF Concrete Surmountable and B618 Curb and Gutter 2 AC Seeding, Complete With Mulch Material Plans and specifications, proposal forms and contract documents may be seen at the office of the City Clerk, Oak Park Heights Minnesota, and at the office of Bonestroo, Rosene, Anderlik & Associates, IInc., Consulting Engineers, 2335 W. Trunk Highway 36, St. Paul, MN 55113, (612) 636-4600. Each bid shall be accompanied by a bidder's bond naming the City of Oak Park Heights as obligee, Icertified check payable to the Clerk of the City of Oak Park Heights or a cash deposit equal to at least five percent (5%) of the amount of the bid, which shall be forfeited to the City in the event that the bidder fails to enter into a contract. I The City Council reserves the right to retain the deposits of the three lowest bidders for a period not I to exceed 45 days after the date and time set for the opening of bids. No bids may be withdrawn for a period of forty-five (45) days after the date and time set for the opening of bids. IPayment for the work will be by cash or check. Contractors desiring a copy of the plans and specifications and proposal forms may obtain them from I the office of Bonestroo, Rosene, Anderlik & Associates, Inc., upon payment of a deposit of$40.00. See "Information to Bidders" for plan/specification deposit refund policy. I The City Council reserves the right to reject any and all bids, to waive irregularities and informalities therein and further reserves the right to award the contract to the best interests of the City. IMichael Robertson, Clerk-Administrator City of Oak Park Heights, Minnesota 1 I 55120 I I INFORMATION TO BIDDERS 1. BID PROCEDURE: Each planholder has been furnished a specification, plan set and two extra proposals. Bids shall be submitted on the separate Proposal Form designated "BID COPY" and not in the specification book. The Proposal containing the bid shall be submitted in a sealed envelope. 2. DEPOSIT AND REFUND: Plans and specifications may be obtained for the deposit amount stipulated in the Advertisement for Bids. Planholders may obtain more than one set of plans and specifications for the stipulated amount, however, refunds will not be given for these additional sets. Refunds of deposit will be made to all bidders, subcontractors, and suppliers who return plans and specifications, in good condition, within 15 days of the bid date provided they: a) Were a prime bidder who submitted a #8 a-fide bid to the Owner, or b) Submitted quotes to at least twoP rime bidders which are identified with the returned plans and specifications. The following pplans need not return and specifications to receive a refund of deposit: a) Low prime bidder, or b) Successful low subcontractors and suppliers who notify the receptionist within 15 days of the bid. Refunds of deposit will also be made, for one set of plans and specifications only, to those planholders who return plans and specifications at least 48 hours before the bid-letting hour. 3. INDIVIDUAL DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATION SHEETS: Individual drawings and specifications sheets may be purchased at the rate of Five Dollars ($5.00) per sheet of I drawings and Twenty-five cents ($0.25) per sheet of specifications for which no refund will be made. I 1994 General 1 I I Bonestroo Ei 0 Rosene Bidder Tower Asphalt,Inc. Total Base Bid $259,194.42 Anderlik& I 11 Associates Address Engineers&Architects P.O.Box 15001 Telephone No. 436-8444 St.Paul•Milwaukee City,State,Zip Lakeland,MN 55043 Fax No. 436-6515 IPROPOSAL VALLEY VIEW ESTATES-PHASE II I UTILITY AND SI REET IMPROVEMENTS File No.55120 OAK PARK HEIGHTS 1995 I Opening Time: 11:00 A.M.,C.D.S.T. Opening Date: Friday,April 7, 1995 I Honorable City Council City of Oak Park Heights 14168 57th Street N. Oak Park Heights,MN 55082 Dear Council Members: IThe undersigned,being familiar with your local conditions,having made the field inspections and investigations deemed necessary,having studied the plans and specifications for the work including Addenda I Nos. 0 and being familiar with all factors and other conditions affecting the work and cost thereof, hereby proposes to furnish all labor,tools,materials,skills,equipment and all else necessary to completely construct the project in accordance with the plans and specifications on file with you and Bonestroo,Rosene, I Anderlik&Associates,Inc.,2335 West Highway 36,St.Paul,MN 55113,as follows: I No. Item Unit Qty. Unit Price Total Price Part 1-Sanitary Sewer I 1 8"DIP,Cl.52,10'-12'deep in p1. LF 20 $17.60 $352.00 2 8"PVC,Schedule 26,10'-12'deep I in place with specified bedding LF 15 11.00 165.00 3 8"PVC,Schedule SDR 26,12'-14'deep in place with specified bedding LF 35 11.00 385.00 I 4 8"PVC,Schedule SDR 26,14'-16'deep in place with specified bedding LF 130 12.10 1,573.00 I 5 8"PVC,Schedule SDR 26,16'-18'deep in place with specified bedding LF 75 13.20 990.00 I6 8"PVC,Schedule SDR 35,0'-8'deep in place with specified bedding LF 20 11.00 220.00 1:\55120\contract.wb1 1 I I7 8"PVC,Schedule SDR 35,8'-10'deep in place with specified bedding LF 100 11.00 1,100.00 I8 8"PVC,Schedule SDR 35,10'-12'deep in place with specified bedding LF 165 11.00 1,815.00 9 8"PVC,Schedule SDR 35,12'-14'deep Iin place with specified bedding LF 65 11.00 715.00 10 Construct std.4'dia.MH,8'deep,over ex.8" I VCP sewer,w/R1642B cstg.in p1. EA 1 2,750.00 2,750.00 11 Std.4'dia.MH,8'deep,w/R1642B cstg.in pl. EA 5 1,100.00 5,500.00 I12 4'dia.MH depth greater than 8'deep LF 25 88.00 2,200.00 13 8"x4"PVC,Schedule SDR 26,wye branch in I place with bedding EA 1 27.50 27.50 14 8"x4"PVC,Schedule SDR 35,wye branch in place with bedding EA 7 27.50 192.50 I 15 Reconstruct ex.structures per specifications LF 4 110.00 440.00 16 Adjust ex.structures per specifications EA 6 330.00 1,980.00 I17 Improved pipe fdn.mtl.,6"thick in pl. LF 600 0.01 6.00 18 1-1/4"clear rock for mud break in pl. TN 140 11.00 1,540.00 I19 Traffic control,all phases of work incl.all signs,barricades,flagpersons,flashers&all Ielse necessary LS 1 2,000.00 2,000.00 Total Part 1-Sanitary Sewer $23,951.00 Part 2-Water Main 20 6"DIP,Cl.52,7-1/2'min.cover in pl. LF 820 13.20 10,824.00 I21 6"gate valve and box in place EA 1 385.00 385.00 22 5"valve hydrant in place EA 4 1,210.00 4,840.00 I23 Valve box extension in place LF 2 16.50 33.00 24 Reconstruct ex.valve box per specifications • LF 8 27.50 220.00 25 Adjust ex.valve box per specifications EA 4 55.00 220.00 I 26 WB-67 hydrant barrel extension in place LF 2 0.01 0.02 27 C.I.fittings in place LB 1,100 0.77 847.00 I28 Cut into ex.8"DIP&place 8"x6"tee complete in pl, including tee EA 1 550.00 550.00 I29 Cut into ex.6"DIP&place 6"x6"tee complete in pl, including tee EA 2 550.00 1,100.00 30 Cut-in to ex.6"CIP EA 1 220.00 220.00 1 ' l:1551201contrtict.wbl 2 I I 31 Remove ex.6"CIP incl.disposal LF 270 5.50 32 Plug existing 6"CIP EA 1 110.00 1,485.00 110.00 I 33 Improved pipe fnd.matt,6"thick in pl. LF 700 0.01 7.00 34 Seeding,incl.seed,mulch,fertilizer&disk Ianchoring AC 0.2850.00 170.00 Total Part 2-Water Main $21,011.02 IPart 3-Services 35 2"corporation stop tapped into ex.6"DIP, Iincl.tapping saddle,complete in place per specifications EA 3 165.00 495.00 I 36 2"curb stop and box in place EA 3 220.00 660.00 37 2"Type"K"copper water service in same trench with sanitary sewer service LF 220 11.00 2,420.00 I 38 1"corporation stop in place EA 26 44.00 1,144.00 39 1"curb stop and box in place EA 26 66.00 1,716.00 I40 1"Type"K"copper water service in same trench with sewer service LF 1,500 5.50 8,250.00 I41 Core drill ex.8"VCP and place 8"x 4"PVC saddle as per specifications EA 21 55.00 1,155.00 I42 4"PVC,Schedule 40,sewer service in same trench with water service,incl.specified bedding LF 1,600 6.60 10,560.00 1 43 Improved pipe fdn.mti.,6"thick in p1. LF 1,400 0.01 14.00 44 4"PVC in-line cleanout,Schedule 40,complete I in-place,including marker EA 3 33.00 99.00 45 Insulate 1"copper,4"thick,complete in pl. SF 100 2.20 220.00 I Total Part 3-Services $26,733.00 Part 4-Storm Sewer I46 27"RCP,Cl.4,8'40'deep in place LF 50 27.50 1,375.00 47 27"RCP,CI.4,10'-12'deep in place LF 30 27.50 825.00 I 48 27"RCP,CI.4,12'-14'deep in place LF 75 27.50 2,062.50 49 18"RCP,Cl.5,8'-I0'deep in place LF 20 24.20 484.00 I 50 15"RCP,Cl.5,0'-8'deep in place LF 385 19.80 51 15"RCP,Cl.5,8'-10'deep in place LF 10 19.80 7,623.00 198.00 I 52 12"RCP,CI.5,0'-8'deep in place LF 605 17.60 10,648.00 ' 1:\551201contract.wb1 3 I I 53 12"RCP,Cl.5,8'-10'deep in place LF 35 17.60 616.00 54 Remove&salvage ex.18"RCP LF 160 1.10 176.00 I 55 Remove&dispose of ex.18"L.R.bends EA 4 1.10 4.40 56 Install salvaged 18"RCP LF 100 8.80 880.00 I 57 Std.8'dia.MH(Plate 1-10)constructed over ex.36"RCP,w/R1642B cstg.in pl. EA 1 3,520.00 3,520.00 58 Std.6'dia.MH(Plate 1-10)constructed over ex.36"RCP,w/R1642B cstg.in pl. EA 1 2,090.00 2,090.00 59 Std.6'dia.MH(Plate 1-10) with R164213 cstg. I inplace >A 1 1,760.00 1,760.00 60 Std.5'dia.MH(Plate 1-10)constructed over I ex.36"RCP,w/R1642B casting in pl. EA 1 1,540.00 1,540.00 61 Std.5'dia.MH(Plate 1-10)constructed over ex. I 18"RCP,with R164213 cstg.in place EA 1 1,540.00 1,540.00 62 Std.4'dia.MH(Plate 1-10)w/R1642B cstg. in place EA 2 I 880.00 1,760.00 63 Std.4'dia.CBMH(Plate 1-16),constructed over ex.18"RCP w/R3067V cstg.in pl. EA 1 I 1,100.00 1,100.00 64 Std.4'dia.CBMH(Plate 1-16)w/R3067V casting in place EA 4 1,045.00 4,180.00 I 65 Std.4'dia.CBMH(Plate 1-16)w/R3290A casting in place EA 1 1,045.00 1,045.00 66 Precast high capacity CB(Plate 1-32)w/R1737 I casting in place EA 1 1,210.00 1,210.00 67 Precast high capacity CB(Plate 1-32A) I w/R1737 casting in place EA 1 1,210.00 1,210.00 68 2'x3'precast CB(Plate 1-19)with R3067V I casting in place EA 7 715.00 5,005.00 69 Manhole depth,8'dia greater than 8' LF 2 330.00 660.00 I 70 Manhole depth,6'dia.greater than 8' LF 8 220.00 1,760.00 71 Manhole depth,5'dia.greater than 8' LF 9 165.00 1,485.00 72 Manhole depth,4'dia.greater than 8' LF I 2 110.00 220.00 73 Patch hole in ex.36"RCP from removed 18" RCP,complete per specs. LS 1 110.00 110.00 I 74 Remove ex.surmountable conc.curb&replace wB618 conc.curb&gutter at SS-14A LF 30 22.00 660.00 I 75 Reconstruct ex.structure per specificatons LF 13 110.00 1,430.00 I I:15512C4contractwb1 4 I I 76 Adjust ex.structure per specifications LA 2 275.00 550.00 77 Remove&salvage beehive cstg.from ex. I structure SS-9 EA 1 27.50 27.50 78 Furnish&install new R1642B cstgs.for ex. I structures SS-8&SS-9 EA 2 176.00 352.00 79 Improved pipe fnd.mti.,6"thick in pl. LF 1,200 0.01 12.00 80 Remove&replace ex.silt fence LF 200 2.00 400.00 81 Erosion control system in place per Standard Plate SP-64 LF 250 3.00 750.00 I82 Erosion control system in place per Standard Plate SP-89 LF 200 2.00 400.00 I83 Erosion control system for CB protection per Standard Plate SP-104 in pl. EA 13 25.00 325.00 84 Erosion control system for high capacity CB Iprotection per specifications in place EA 2 40.00 80.00 85 Seeding,incl.seed,mulch,fertilizer,&disk I anchoring AC 0.15 850.00 127.50 86 Emergency overflow swale grading&sod I restoration as per specifications SY 550 3.00 1,650.00 Total Part 4-Storm Sewer $61,850.90 1 Part S-Street Improvements 87 Remove bituminous surfacing SY 2,675 I 1.00 2,675.00 88 Saw cut ex.bituminous surface LF 140 2.00 280.00 89 Remove ex.conc.curb&gutter LF 730 1.50 1,095.00 I 90 Remove ex.set of double barricades EA 1 100.00 100.00 91 Relocate existing street light EA 1 1,000.00 1,000.00 I 92 Subgrade preparation-new streets SY 1,400 0.75 1,050.00 93 Subgrade prep;reconst.area,incl.salv.& respreading ex.Cl.5&grading,per spec. SY 2,350 I 2.50 5,875.00 94 Core excavation 36'wide LF 1,850 0.01 18.50 95 Aggregate backfill in place TN 5,600 4.00 I 22,400.00 96 Class 5 gravel base in place TN 3,800 6.00 22,800.00 97 4"PPVC,SDR 26 drain line in pl. LF 200 8.00 1,600.00 I 98 Cut-in 4"PPVC to structure 4 100.00 400.00 99 Bit.base course mix.,Type 31,in pl.,1995 EA TN 780 23.00 17,940.00 I100 Bit.wear course,Type 41,in pl.,1996 TN 750 25.00 18,750.00 ' 1:1551201contract.wb1 5 I I 101 Bit.material for tack coat in p1. GL 430 1.00 430.00 102 Surmountable conc.curb&gutter in pl. LF 3,830 4.50 17,235.00 I 103 B618 conc.curb&gutter in pl. LF 250 6.50 104 Bituminous curbing,machine laid LF 130 3.00 1,625.00 390.00 I105 Remove&replace conc.curb&gutter,1996 LF 120 15.00 1,800.00 106 Furnish&install sign panels,Type C, high intensity grade SF 6.25 20.00 125.00 I 107 Blvd.grading per Spec.Prov.No.16 HR 25 60.00 1,500.00 108 Sodding with 4"topsoil SY 400 2.50 1,000.00 I 109 Seeding of blvds.incl.mulch&disk anch. AC 1.5 1,000.00 1,500.00 110 Preparation of bit.base as specified LS 1 3,760.00 3,760.00 I111 Bobcat with operator HR 15 10.00 150.00 112 Pickup broom with operator HR 15 10.00 150,00 Total Part 5-Street Improvements $125,648.50 I Total Part 1-Sanitary Sewer 23,951.00 ITotal Part 2-Water Main 21,011.02 Total Part 3-Services 26,733.00 ITotal Part 4-Storm Sewer 61,850.90 Total Part 5-Street Improvements 125,648.50 Total Base Bid I $259,194.42 I I I I I I I I1:1551201oontract.wbl 6 I The final amount of the contract shall be determined by multiplying the final measured quantities of the various items actually constructed and installed by the unit prices therefore, in the manner prescribed in the specifications. However, the low bidder shall be determined by adding the sums resulting from multiplying the quantities stated by the unit prices bid therefore. Accompanying this bid is a bidder's bond,certified check, or cash deposit in the amount of ! five percent(5%)of amount bid , which is at least five percent(5%) of the amount of my/our bid made payable to the Owner, and the same is subject to forfeiture in the ' event of default on the part of the undersigned or failure on the part of the undersigned to execute the prescribed contract and bond within fifteen (15) days after its submittal to me/us. ' In submitting this bid, it is understood that the Owner retains the right to reject any nd all bids and to waive irregularities and informalities therein and to award the contract to the best interests of the Owner. In submitting this bid, it is understood that payment will be by cash or check. It is understood that bids may not be withdrawn for a period of 45 time set for the opening of bids. It is understood that the Owner reservses after he righ to e date and ' retain the certified check or bond of the three lowest bidders as determined by the Owner for a period not to exceed 45 days after the date set for the opening of bids. Respectfully submitted, (A Corporation) Tower Asphalt, Inc. (An Individual) Name (A Partnership) M. J. Leuer Signer ' Vice President Title 1 M. J. Leuer Printed Name of Signer 1 1 1:1551201contractmbl I SPECIAL PROVISIONS INDEX 1. Project Description 2. Owner 3. Completion Date 4. Liquidated Damages 5. Soil Conditions and Area Inspection 6. Utilities 7. Existing Improvements 8. Adjustment of Existing Structures 9. Backfilling 1 10. Traffic 11. Specification Reference 12. Care of Existing Streets 13. Inspection 14. Use of City Water System 15. Interruptions to Existing Water Services 16. Tests 17. Scale 18. Bitumen 1 19. Erosion Control 20. Topsoil Stripping and Respreading 21. Reconstruction of Existing Street 22. Private Driveways 23. Boulevard Grading 24. Emergency Overflow Drainage Swale 25. Removal and Replacement of Concrete Curb and Gutter 26. Preparation of Bituminous Base 27. Washington County Permit 28. Preconstruction Conference 29. Equal Opportunity Compliance 30. Out-Of-State Contractor Surety Deposit 31. Certificate of Compliance with MN Statutes 290.92 & 290.97 I 55120 ®1995 Bonestroo,Rosene, Anderlik&Associates,Inc. SPECIAL PROVISIONS 1. PROJECT DESCRIPTION: This project consists of the extension of sanitary sewer, water main, services and storm sewer to serve a new mixed-density residential development in the City of Oak Park Heights, known as Valley View Estates Phase Two. This development is located east of Osgood Avenue(Washington County Road No. 67), between the existing Raymie Johnson Estates and Brekke Heights developments. Sheets Nos. 1 and 2 of the construction plans show the overall location of the proposed development within the City, and the specific area to be constructed under this project. This phase of development consists of eight single family homes, eighteen twin homes, and 24 townhome units in three individual buildings. Each single family and twin home will be provided with a separate sanitary sewer and water service, while one service will be provided to each of the three townhome buildings. This project also includes street construction within the development. Included in the construction of the new streets will be core excavation, placement of aggregate base material, installation of concrete curb and gutter, bituminous paving, and associated restoration. In addition to new street construction, this project includes reconstruction of approximately 670 lineal feet of existing residential street. This work will include removal of bituminous surfacing and concrete curb and gutter, salvaging and respreading of existing gravel base material, minor street grading and subgrade preparation, relocation of one existing street light, installation of concrete curb and gutter, bituminous paving and associated restoration. 2. OWNER: The City of Oak Park Heights is designated as the Owner. All work is on public roadways or easements and shall be coordinated with the Engineer and the City Maintenance Supervisor,Mr. Roger G.Benson. The City Hall and Garage Building telephone number is 439-4439 ' with regular office hours from 8:00 A.M. to 4:30 P.M. At least 24 hours notice must be given to the Water Department for requesting valve operation. Only the City Water Department personnel shall operate any valves in the existing water system. The Contractor shall not be allowed to take water for construction testing purposes from any source outside of the new project being installed. Furthermore, the Contractor's attention is directed to Special Provision Item No. 14 regarding regulations and restrictions relating to the City water system. 3. COMPLETION DATE: This subdivision has been graded by the Developer's Contractor as part of their agreement with the City of Oak Park Heights. With this work completed it is expected that the site will be available for utility installation immediately. Questions related to this site should be ' directed to the developer's representative, Mr. Jack Krongard, at telephone number 430-2314. 1 1 55120 1995 Bonestroo,Rosene, Anderlik&Associates,Inc. SP-1 1 The Contractor will be required to begin work as soon as possible following the scheduled Award of Contract on Monday, April 10, 1995. For purposes of setting completion dates, it is assumed that work will begin on Monday,April 17, 1995. Based on this start date, the Contractor shall complete the various portions of the project according to the following schedule of completion dates: Item Completion Date I Utilities complete, tested& accepted Friday, May 12, 1995 Concrete curbing, bituminous base course, clean-up and all restoration complete Friday, June 9, 1995 Final wear course placement Between July 1, 1996 and August 15, 1996 1 If the site is not available on the specified start date of April 17, 1995, the above completion dates will be extended by one calendar day for each calendar day that the site remains unavailable due to circumstances beyond the control of the Contractor. No other extension of the specified completion dates will be considered or allowed. 4. LIQUIDATEDLiquidateddamagesas DAMAGES: specified in the Conditions of the Contract p shall be Two Hundred Dollars ($200.00) per calendar day for each specified completion date. 5. SOIL CONDITIONS AND AREA INSPECTION: All prospective bidders are advised to inspect the entire project area prior to submitting a bid to satisfy, in their own minds, the existing soil and groundwater conditions. The soil conditions are generally of a silty granular nature. It shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor to determine soil and groundwater conditions prior to submitting a bid. 6. UTILITIES: All City-owned utilities which include sanitary sewer, water main, and storm sewers are shown on the plans. Sanitary sewers and water mains are located along 57th Street North, 58th Street North, and Ozark Avenue. Storm sewers are located along Ozark Avenue, and on an easement near the south border of the property and along the south side of proposed Upper 56th Street North. submitting a bid andprior to anyexcavation in the area of this project, the Contractor shall 111 Prior to sub g verify the exact location and depth of any telephone, gas, cable TV, or electric line with the appropriate company. Locations and information can be obtained by calling the following: I Specific Site Information r Gas) Enron Corp. (Northern Natural John Nelson 1-674-4488 N.S.P. Electric Jim Swanson 779-3143 N.S.P. Gas Dave Stillman 229-2589 U.S. West Telephone Tim Lange 221-5359 King Video Cable TV Pat Wagner 458-1866 City of Oak Park Heights Public Works Roger Benson 439-4439 ' 1 55120 °1995 Bonestroo,Rosene, Anderlik&Associates,Inc. SP-2 1 1 Utility Locations Gopher State One Call 454-0002 The Contractor must exercise care and caution when working near all utility lines either buried or above ground. All costs for relocation and support of all utilities shall be the responsibility of the Contractor, with the exception of the existing street light which will be relocated as part of the street reconstruction. This will be paid under a separate bid item as described in Special Provision No. 21. 1 7. EXISTING IMPROVEMENTS: The Contractor shall use care in makingconn utilities. The Contractor shall protect the existingsanitary temporarily pluggingon to nexisting sewer by the upstream invert of MH-1. The Contractor shall be responsible for taking all necessary precautions to prevent damage to existing utility lines. Upon completion and acceptance of the project, the Contractor shall be responsible for removing the plug. 1 8. ADJUSTMENT OF EXISTING STRUCTURES: As can be seen on the plan, there are existing sanitary sewer, water main, and storm sewer utilities located at various locations throughout the project site. The structures associated with the existing utilities will be affected by the development of this site, requiring adjustments in order to match the new grades. These adjustments shall be performed as described below. A. Sanitaryand Storm Sewer: A schedule has been included on sheet number 2 of the construction plans which identifies the sanitary and storm sewer manholes affected by the project, along with the amount of adjustment to be made. All structures will be inspected with the Engineer prior to the start of construction to determine the materials necessary to ' make the required adjustments. It is anticipated that adjustments of less than one-half foot will be able to be made through addition or removal of concrete adjusting rings only. Adjustments greater than this will most likely require the addition or removal of manhole barrel sections. In this case, the Contractor shall follow all requirements given throughout these Specifications regarding materials, excavation, construction, backfilling, compaction and all else necessary to perform the work. All manhole sections added to existing structures shall be precast, regardless of whether the existing structure is precast or not. Structures shall be adjusted ' to either finish boulevard grade or bituminous base elevation, whichever is appropriate for the location of the structure. 1 1 55120 1995 Bonestroo,Rosene, Anderlik&Associates,Inc. SP-3 1 Measurement and payment of this work shall be as described herein. Adjustments made solely through the addition or removal of concrete adjusting rings shall be paid for by the unit of each, regardless of the number of rings used to make the adjustment. Adjustments , requiring the addition or removal of barrel sections shall be considered reconstruction of the existing structure. Payment for reconstruction shall be based on the lineal feet of sections actually added to or removed from the structure. For example, if a structure required the removal of an existing two foot section and the addition of a new one foot section,for a net adjustment of lowering one foot, payment would be made for three lineal feet of reconstruction. Final adjustment of a reconstructed structure through the use of adjusting rings and existing casting shall be considered incidental to the reconstruction of the structure. In the case of existing SS-8 and SS-9, the contractor shall be required to furnish and install new castings. The supplying of those new castings shall be paid for under a separate bid item,but their installation and adjustment will be considered incidental to the manhole reconstruction. Items have been included in the Proposal under both the sanitary111 and storm sewer portions for both the adjustments and reconstructions. Payment of these items at the bid unit prices shall be considered payment in full for the materials, labor, equipment and all else necessary to satisfactorily complete the work. Again, no payment for adjustment will be made for those structures where payment for reconstruction is made. Finally,it should be noted that the adjustment of new structures installed under this project I is considered incidental to the installation of the structure. B. Water Main: There are several existing valve boxes which will be affected by this project. I It is assumed that the majority of these adjustments may be made by turning of the top section of the existing valve box. However, in cases of large adjustment, it may be necessary to add an extension section to the valve box. Measurement and payment for the valve box adjustments shall be similar to those for the manholes described above. Adjustments made solely through the turning of the existing top section shall be paid for by the unit of each, regardless of the amount of adjustment performed. Adjustments requiring the addition of extension sections shall be considered reconstruction of the existing valve box. Payment for reconstruction shall be based on the lineal feet of sections actually added to valve box. Final adjustment of a reconstructed valve box shall be considered incidental to the reconstruction. Items have been included in the Proposal under the water main portion for both adjustments and reconstructions. Payment of these items at the bid unit prices shall be considered payment in full for the materials, labor, equipment and all else necessary to satisfactorily complete the work. Again, no payment for adjustment will be made for those valve boxes where payment for reconstruction is made. , Finally, it should be noted that the adjustment of new valve boxes installed under this project is considered incidental to the installation of the valve. ' 9. BACKFILLING: The Contractor's attention is specifically directed to the backfilling requirements which require mechanical compaction to specific densities on all trenches. , 1 55120 ©1995 Bonestroo,Rosene, SP-4 Anderlik&Associates,Inc. 10. TRAFFIC: The Contractor shall be responsible for all traffic control and shall have sufficient and adequate direction and warning signs on the project at all times to minimize inconvenience to all. 1 Access must be provided to construction vehicles for buildings which may be under construction during this project. Traffic control devices and methods shall conform to the requirements of the latest editions of the Minnesota Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices and the March, 1990 edition of the Appendix B for traffic control for short term street or highway work zones. During all phases of construction, the Contractor shall establish and maintain barricades on 58th Street North east of the high rise apartment building, and on Osman Avenue, south of 58th Street North indicating "Utility Work Ahead". During utility installation on 57th Street North the ' Contractor shall maintain at least one open lane of traffic at all times to accommodate existing residents of the Sunview Addition. At the time when the street connection is made between Upper 56th Street North and Osgood Avenue (County Road No. 67), the Contractor shall establish and maintain one 48" x 48" "Road Work Ahead" sign for both north and south bound traffic along Osgood Avenue. The signs shall be placed a minimum of 500 feet from the center line of Upper 56th Street North. Under no circumstances shall the Contractor be allowed to have any construction equipment on the surface of Osgood Avenue during the course of this project. Further, the Contractor shall comply with any and all traffic control requirements stated by Washington County as conditions to their permit for construction activity within the County right-of-way, with no additional compensation considered or allowed therefor. All flagmen, barricades, flashers, and safety measures are the sole responsibility of the Contractor. Flashers shall be required from sunset to sunrise if required by the construction work or as directed ' by the Consulting Engineer and all barricades shall have a minimum of one flasher per barricade. All costs related to traffic control and warning shall be included in the Lump Sum bid item under Part 1 - Sanitary Sewer, however, it shall be for all aspects of the project. 11. SPECIFICATION REFERENCE: Where reference is made to the Minnesota Department of Highways Specification and where reference to the word "Department" is mentioned, it is understood that the word "Owner" is substituted. All reference to the word "Engineer" shall be interpreted as the Consulting Engineer for the City of Oak Park Heights. Minnesota Department of Transportation "Standard Specification for Construction", 1988 Edition and supplement specifications to the 1988 "standard specifications for construction" dated January 2, 1991, May 2, 1994, and any revisions thereto shall apply except as noted herein. 12. CARE OF EXISTING STREETS: The Contractor shall be responsible for any damage done at any surface adjacent to the project. The Contractor shall provide a straight, square butt joint where pavement repairs meet existing surfacing throughout the project. In addition, the Contractor's attention is directed to Special Provision No. 21, which deals with the reconstruction of an existing street to be performed as part of this project. i 55120 ®1995 Bonestroo,Rosene, Anderlik&Associates,Inc. SP-5 sewer system andprior to puttingthe system stem 13. INSPECTION: Upon completion of the sanitary y Y into service, the City of Oak Park Heights shall perform a television inspection of all lines installed under this contract. This work shall be performed by an independent Contractor under the direction I of the Engineer and with the cooperation of the installing Contractor. All lines prior to inspection shall be flooded with water, however this water shall be pumped out of the system and shall not be allowed to enter the existing system. I Any defects, faulty joints,'cracked pipe or other deficiency noted by this inspection shall be immediately corrected by the installing Contractor with no additional compensation allowed. The method and/or procedure of any required repairs shall be approved by the Engineer prior to any work being performed. The installing Contractor shall provide personnel to assist with providing access to all manholes and lines at the time of inspection. It shall also be the responsibility of the Contractor to have the newly installed sanitary sewer system in a clean and ready condition prior to inspection. If during inspection any lines are found to be dirty, all such lines shall be immediately cleaned by a firm that specializes in pipe cleaning with all associated costs to be deducted from the Contractor's Final Request for Payment. ' 14. USE OF CITY WATER SYSTEM: Regulations of the Minnesota Department of Health and as adopted by the City of Oak Park Heights, prohibits the indiscriminate use of all City water hydrants I by persons other than City forces. During construction and testing of newly installed mains under this contract, the Contractor shall strictly follow the disinfection procedures outlined in the water main specific and general requirements. No direct connection will be allowed from the hydrant to the tank truck or watering vehicle. The Contractor must provide a backflow preventer or fill pipe air gap equal to 1-1/2 times the diameter of the fill pipe or hose. All containers and testing equipment shall be clean and thoroughly disinfected to eliminate the possibility of contamination of the system. After the newly installed mains are satisfactorily tested and flushed, the Contractor shall not use any water hydrant for a source of water. 15. INTERRUPTIONS TO EXISTING WATER SERVICES: There are three connections to the existing water main system made as part of this project which will require valved segments of the system to be shut down. As a result, the water service to existing residences will be interrupted for short periods of time. These instances are as follows: 1. The cut-in of the 6"x 6" tee at the intersection of 57th Street and Osman Avenue will interrupt service to two townhome buildings within the Sunview Addition. for the new hydrant at approximately The cut-in of the 6 x 6" tee y pp Y Station 5+50 on 57th Street will interrupt service to one townhome building in Sunview Addition. 111 1 55120 ©1995 Bonestroo,Rosana, Anderlik&Associates,Inc. SP-6 3. The cut-in of the 8"x 6" tee for the new hydrant at approximately Station 11+75 on 57th Street will interrupt service to all twelve units within Raymie Johnson Estates. However, service to the high rise apartment building will not be interrupted. It should be noted that no residence willl have its service interrupted more than one time, and the abandonment of the existing water main in Outlot C will not interrupt service to any residence. Only personnel of the City Water Department shall operate valves on the existing system. It is important that the time for which service to the affected residences is eliminated be kept to a minimum. Therefore,the Contractor shall restore service as soon as possible. At the Osman Avenue location, once the existing main has been shut down, the Contractor shall cut-in the new tee, place the new gate valve and one full length of pipe, then immediately close the new valve, allowing the ' water to be turned back on in the existing line. At each of the hydrant locations, once the existing main has been turned off, the Contractor shall cut-in the new tee and perform all work associated with the hydrant installation. Since the new hydrants and leads will not be able to be subjected to the standard pressure and conductivity testing, they shall not be backfilled until they have been visually inspected and approved by the Engineer. Upon backfilling of the hydrant, the existing main shall be turned back on and the Contractor shall iifittlediately flush tht new hydrant and lead to eliminate the possibility of contamination to the existing system. Under no circumstances shall more than one segment of water main be turned off simultaneously. Once a segment has been shut down, all work associated with that connection must be completed and the existing main turned back on before the next segment may be shut down. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to schedule the water main shut downs with the City Water Department. At least 24 hour notice must be given when requesting valve operation. In addition,the Contractor shall be responsible to provide written notification of the service interruption to all affected residences a minimum of 24 hours prior to the interruption. ' 16. TESTS: All tests required in the specifications shall be paid for by the Owner. This does not eliminate the Contractor's responsibility of assisting the Engineer by notification of pit and scale location and other correlated items in advance of starting work. If any of the tests fail to meet ' specifications, the Contractor shall reimburse the Owner for the cost of all subsequent tests to ensure compliance with specifications. ' The Contractor shall meet with the Engineer and the Owner prior to starting work to discuss the method and means of supply, the scheduling of construction operations and a general review of the specifications. ' 17. SCALE: The Contractor shallro p vide the necessary scale and scale person for weighing the. items furnished on a ton basis under these specifications. The scale setup is subject to the approval of the Engineer. The necessary weights used in testing the scale shall be provided by the Contractor. 55120 a 1995 Bonestroo,Rosene, Anderlik&Associates,Inc. SP-7 1 h have an assigned d wei t ticket with the All material furnished to this project on a ton basis shall gne weight following information on each weight ticket. 1. Date 2. Ticket number 3. Supplier/pit location 4. City and project name 5. Truck number 6. Type of material 7. Gross,tare and net weights Copies of all weight tickets must be given to the Project Inspector on a daily basis. I 18. BITUMEN: Tables for payment of all bitumen shall be the standard 60°F. A.S.T.M., Tables D1250 and D633. 19. EROSION CONTROL: As required by the Minnesota Pollution Control Agency, a General Storm Water Permit for Construction Activity is required for any project which disturbs a total land area of greater than five acres. In accordance with Ali requirement, the Owner will supply a completed application form for said Permit to the Contractor. By signing and returning the ' application to the Owner,the Contractor agrees to comply with all provisions outlined in the Permit. No construction activity will be allowed on the project until the Permit has been obtained. Additional information regarding the Permit is given in Section 2573.3 of these Specifications. 1 The Contractor should be aware that erosion control is an important part of this project and is to be maintained throughout the duration of all phases of work. It is anticipated that the developer and/or their Contractor will establish some site grading erosion control measures, however, this contract requires the Contractor to establish and maintain certain erosion control devices as shown on Plan Sheet No. 3 and described below: 1. Standard Detail Plate SP-64 (Hay Bale Diversion). Will be located along areas determined during the course of construction and shall be installed as directed by the Engineer. The Contractor shall maintain a stockpile of hay bales on site to install on short notice as needed. Payment will be made on a lineal foot basis for installed diversions, as specified. 2. Standard Detail Plate SP-89 (Silt Fence). Will be located along areas determined during the course of construction. Installation shall ' be as directed by the Engineer. 55120 °1995 Bonestroo,Rosene, Anderlik&Associates,Inc. SP-8 • 3. Standard Detail Plate SP-104 (Protection of Basins). &'bid item for placing hay bales around inlet basins is included in the Proposal form. The basins with Neenah R3067 castings shall have bales placed around the inlet as per Plan A. The high capacity catch basins shall be protected by a piece of staked slit fence placed across the inlet opening. Staked hay bales shall also be placed, extending from flush with the sides of the structure across the front of the structure, leaving a 12 inch minimum spacing between the silt fence and bales. Payment is to be for each basin location where erosion control is placed and shall include materials, labor, and all else necessary for proper placement. Failure to install, repair, or maintain an erosion P � son control measure within 24 hours of written instruction to perform the work shall result in the assessment of Liquidated Damages at ' the rate of One Hundred Dollars ($100.00) per calendar day that the work is incomplete as observed by the Engineer. 20. TOPSOIL STRIPPING AND RESPREADING: This Special Provision item is intended to apply to all areas disturbed by utility construction under this project. It is assumed that the developer will have spread topsoil throughout the site. In order to salvage this material, the Contractor must strip and stockpile existing topsoil from all excavation and spoil areas prior to any work and then respread the topsoil after the utility work has been completed. All costs for this work shall be considered ' incidental to the contract. 21. RECONSTRUCTION OF EXISTING STREET: Sheet No. 9 of the construction plans shows the reconstruction of a segment of Osman Avenue North and 57th Street North. The reconstruction includes removal of existing bituminous surfacing and existing curbing, salvaging of existing gravel base material, minor excavation, regrading, shaping and compaction of the subgrade, replacement of ' the gravel base, construction of new curbing, placement of new surfacing, and restoration of boulevards. ' Reconstruction shall begin with the removal of the existing bituminous surfacing. The Contractor shall remove the surfacing and haul it off site for proper disposal at an appropriate facility. Alternately, if they so choose,the Contractor may remove the existing surfacing through reclaiming. 1 If this option is chosen, the existing surface shall be thoroughly combined with the existing gravel base for re-use in the reconstruction, with the resultant mixture having a gradation which meets the requirements of Section 2211 of this Specification for Class 5 gravel base. Whichever method for removal is chosen by the Contractor, payment shall be made at the bid unit price stated in the Proposal based on the square yards of bituminous surfacing actually removed. Payment at this price shall be considered payment in full for all work associated with the removal, and disposal if necessary, of the surfacing, with no further compensation considered or allowed. Removal of existing bituminous curbing shall be considered incidental to removal of the bituminous surfacing. 1 55120 ®1995 Bonestroo,Rosene, Anderlik&Associates,Inc. SP-9 The entire south concrete curb line of existing 57th Street shall be removed and disposed of properly prior to the start of construction. As indicated on the Plan,the north concrete curb line of 57th Street shall remain in place. However, this curb shall be inspected by the Engineer prior to the start of the project, and any segments deemed in poor condition shall be removed and replaced under this project. Timing of the replacement of these sections would be following the placement of the gravel base material and immediately prior to the paving of the new bituminous surface. Payment for removal of the south concrete curb line shall be made at the bid unit price stated in the Proposal based on the lineal feet of curbing actually removed. Removal and replacement of concrete curb segments along the north curb line shall be paid under the bid item for removal and replacement of concrete curb and gutter and shall be considered payment in full for all work associated with the item. Once the existing surfacing and curb has been removed,the existing gravel base shall be salvaged and I stockpiled for re-use in the street section. Care must be taken so that the material does not become contaminated or segregated during the interval between when it is stockpiled and when it is replaced. ' The subgrade of the street must then be prepared prior to replacement of the gravel base material. The profile of the reconstructed street has been chosen to coincide closely with the existing profile, however there are locations where the new street will be lower than the existing street, requiring minor excavation. The largest amount of lowering is approximately 0.35 feet. In addition, the alignment of the street must be graded as shown on the Plan. This will require excavation to enlarge i the radii as shown. The cross section of the roadbed shall be graded, shaped, and compacted to the design width and crown indicated on the plan and typical section for the length of the reconstructed street. The salvaged Class 5 gravel base material shall then be replaced and supplemented with new material if necessary to achieve the full design thickness. Compensation for the preparation of the subgrade for the reconstructed segment of street shall be as follows. The basis of measurement shall be the square yards of roadway subgrade actually prepared, from the beginning of construction to the end of the existing paved roadway prior to reconstruction. Payment at the bid unit price as stated in the Proposal shall include stripping, stockpiling and final respreading of the existing gravel base material. The bid unit price shall also include all work associated with the regrading of the subgrade, include minor excavation, widening of the radii, ' reshaping of the crown, compaction, and all else necessary to properly prepare the subgrade to receive the gravel base. It is not anticipated that any subgrade correction will be required on the reconstructed street. However, should it be discovered that correction is required, the core excavation and subsequent placement of aggregate backfill material would be performed and compensated with the requirements of Section 2116 - Subgrade Correction of this specification. be constructed aspart of this project have also been constructed Finally, once all other new streets to to gravel base condition, concrete curbing and bituminous paving shall be performed on the entire project as a whole, integrating the reconstructed street with the new streets. Installation of concrete r curbing, with the exception of removal and replacement items, and placement of bituminous surfacing shall be performed and compensated as specified in sections 2331 and 2531 of these Specifications. The curbing and paving operations shall be considered equal to those performed on the new street construction. i 55120 ®1995 Bonestroo,Rosene, Anderlik&Associates,Inc. SP-10 The segment of reconstructed Osman Avenue from begin construction to the beginning of concrete • curb and gutter shall be improved with bitutninouscurbing. The bituminous curb shall be 6" high, machine laid curbing, in accordance with Type "A" curbing shown on Standard Detail Plate 4-2. Payment for construction of the bituminous curb shall be Made at the bid unit price stated in the Proposal based on the lineal feet of curbing actually placed, and shall be considered payment in Rill for all work necessary for satisfactory placement of the curb. The enlargement of the radius on the reconstructed street will require the relocation of the existing street light at that location. The Contractor shall be responsible for all coordination with the appropriate utility companies and for the removal and reinstallation of the light. Any damage done to the light during the relocation shall be repaired or replaced by the Contractor with no compensation allowed therefor. Payment at the bid unit price as stated in the Proposal for the relocation of the street light shall be considered payment in full for all work associated with the relocation, with no additional compensation allowed. As part of the reconstruction,the Contractor shall be required to remove one set of two double wood barricades located at the west end of existing 57th Street. The barricades shall be disposed of properly at a location off the project site. Payment at the bid unit price as stated in the Proposal for the removal of the barricades shall be considered payment in full for all work associated with the removal, with no additional compensation allowed. 22. PRIVATE DRIVEWAYS: There are three existing driveways which serve existing townhome ' buildings in the Sunview Addition which will be affected by the reconstruction of 57th Street North. These driveways are shown on Sheet No. 9 of the plans. Since the north curb line of 57th Street is to remain in place during the reconstruction, it is not anticipated that the existing surfaces of the driveways will be disturbed. Access to these driveways must be maintained at all times during construction. It shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor to ensure that this ' condition is met. Any and all efforts expended to accomplish this requirement shall be considered incidental to the project. ' 23. BOULEVARD GRADING: The Contractor is required to initially backfill the concrete curb and gutter at the time it has cured. The initial backfilling of the curbs should leave the boulevards within a tolerance of 0.3'plus or minus of finish grade prior to installation of private underground utilities. 1 This work is considered incidental to the installation of the curb and gutter. Following installation of underground utilities by Northern States Power, U.S. West Communications 1 and/or other private utility Contractors, the Contractor shall be required to regrade the entire boulevard area to the right-of-way, including the respreading of topsoil. The extent of the final work and the hours of work shall be reviewed with the Engineer prior to any grading being done. It is r intended that this work be done with one small dozer. Payment for this final boulevard grading shall be made under the bid item included in the Proposal. 1 55120 ®1995 Bonestroo,Rosene, Anderlik&Associates,Inc. SP-11 1 24. EMERGENCY OVERFLOW DRAINAGE SWALES: An emergency overflow drainage swale 111 is required at the low point of 57th Street North, as shown on Plan Sheet No. 6. The overflow swale • is to be finish graded and sodded as part of this contract. It is important that the swale be constructed ' to the width and elevation designed in order for it to function properly. The Contractor shall grade the swale as staked and directed. Upon approval of the grading the Contractor shall place topsoil, sodding and maintain the sodding in accordance with Section 2575. Payment at the bid unit price per square yard for overflow swale grading and restoration shall be full compensation for all materials and labor necessary to complete the work. 25. REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT OF CONCRETE CURB AND GUTTER: It is anticipated that sections of concrete curb and gutter will be damaged from utility and home building activity during the period between placement of the bituminous base and wear courses. Prior to placement of the bituminous wear course surfacing in 1996, damaged sections of concrete curb and gutter will be removed and replaced as directed by the Engineer. Bituminous street patching and boulevard restoration work related to curb removal and replacement shall be considered incidental to that item. 111 Payment for this work shall be at the bid unit price as stated in the Proposal based on the lineal feet of curbing actually removed and replaced, and shall include all labor, materials and equipment necessary to complete the work. As noted in Special Provision No. 21,the bid unit item for removal and replacement of concrete curb and gutter is also intended to be used for replacing the damaged section of the north curb line of 57th Street North prior to bituminous base paving. 26. P REPARATION OF BITUMINOUS BASE: As described elsewhere in the Specifications, the Contractor is required to complete the bituminous base surfacing and concrete curb and gutter this year. During the interim period between the time the bituminous base is placed and the final wear I course is placed, it is anticipated that the base course surfacing will become dirty from adjacent home building activity. Because of this situation, it is very likely that the Contractor will be required to spend considerable time and effort to satisfactorily clean the street surfacing area, including the curb 1 and gutter. It is expected that the Contractor shall utilize a bobcat loader and power pick-up broom to clean the streets. A bid item is included in the Proposal for preparing the bituminous base which shall include the final adjustment of all valve boxes and manholes, both existing and new. ' Separate bid items are included for performing street cleaning utilizing a bobcat loader and pick-up power broom. The Contractor will be compensated for this work by the hourly rates stated in the Proposal for actual time spent cleaning. The Contractor is required to have such equipment on hand during the entire paving process to clean the streets as deemed necessary by the Engineer. 27. WASHINGTON COUNTY PERMIT: Osgood Avenue (County Road No. 67) is under the jurisdiction of the Washington County Highway Department. A permit application for the lateral street connection of Upper 56th Street North to the County Road has been forwarded to the County. The City has paid the fee for the permit application, however the Contractor shall be responsible to comply with all regulations and requirements put forth by the County. Questions related to the permit should be directed to Mr. Joe Lux at Telephone Number 439-6058. 1 55120 ®1995 Bonestroo,Rosene, Anderlik&Associates,Inc. SP-12 I 28. PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE: Prior to starting work,the Contractor shall meet with the Consulting Engineer and Owner to discuss the method and means of supply, a work schedule as to construction phases, and a general review of the plans and specifications. 29. EQUAL OPPORTUNITY COMPLIANCE: The City of Oak Park Heights is an Equal ' Opportunity and Affirmative Action employer. The Contractor with the City is required to follow and conform to applicable federal, state and City laws as they apply to the Contractors duty for Equal Opportunity and Affirmative Action employment. It is the Contractor's responsibility to insure compliance with Equal Opportunity and Affirmative Action requirements. Failure to comply with applicable Equal Opportunity and Affirmative Action employment requirements may lead to Contractor sanctions. 30. OUT-OF-STATE CONTRACTOR SURETY DEPOSIT: When an out-of-state Contractor I enters into a contract that exceeds $100,000.00, the Contractor must file Form SD-E, Exemption from Surety Deposits for Out-of-State Contractors, with the Minnesota Department of Revenue. If the Contractor is exempt from the surety deposit requirements, he shall provide the City with a copy of the form showing the Revenue Department certification. If the Contractor is not exempt, the City will withhold an additional eight (8) percent of each payment made to the Contractor and forward those funds to the Minnesota Department of Revenue. Forms and information can be obtained by ' calling (612) 296-6181 or(toll free) 1-800-657-3777. 31. CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE WITH MINNESOTA STATUTES 290.92 & 290.97: ' Upon completion of the project and prior to final payment, the Contractor and all Subcontractors shall complete Minnesota Department of Revenue Revised Form IC-134. This form, Affidavit for Obtaining Final Settlement of Contract with the State of Minnesota and any of its Political or 1 Governmental Subdivisions, is to be signed by a Department of Revenue representative and forwarded to the City of Woodbury. Copies of this form can be obtained by writing to the Minnesota Department of Revenue, Forms Section, Centennial Office Building, St. Paul, Minnesota 55145 or calling (612) 297-3737. 1 r End of Section I I 55120 1995 Bonestroo,Rosene, Anderlik&Associates,Inc. SP-13 1700. ADJUST MISCELLANEOUS STRUCTURES Specific Requirements 1700.0. SPECIFICATION REFERENCE: Unless otherwise noted or modified herein, all sections of the General Requirements shall apply. 1700.3. CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS: The Contractor's attention is directed to Special Provision No. 8, which discusses the adjustment and reconstruction of existing structures. 1700.3.2. Remove and Replace Manhole and Catch Basin Frames: Prior to removing the manhole and catch basin castings an inspection of all existing structures will be made in accordance with Section 1700.2 of the General Requirements. ' A. Manhole Frames (Sanitary and Storm): If manhole reconstruction is required, it shall be performed as described in Special Provision No. 8. If reconstruction is not required, the Contractor shall remove all manhole castings and rings, if any, from existing structures. All manhole openings shall be covered with suitable steel plates prior to concrete curb and gutter installation, gravel base and bituminous base construction. Where the wear cout'se will not be installed until the following ' year, the Contractor will raise manhole castings to the interim bituminous grade. This adjustment will be made by permanently placing adjustment rings only, in a bed of mortar with the casting to be placed on dry to within 1/2 inch below the interim bituminous surfacing. Prior to placing the final bituminous wear course material, the Contractor shall remove the casting and complete the necessary adjustment,to set the manhole castings to a grade that is 3/8th of an inch below the final surface in accordance with the following General Requirements. The interim and final adjustments will require that all material disturbed around the structure be ' moisten or dried enabling this material to be recompacted with a hand operated mechanical tamper to the proper density. The disturbed area shall be patched using a bituminous patching material, one and one half inches thick. Any settlements of the bituminous surfacing below the rim of the manhole casting, will require removal and replacement at the Contractors expense. ' B. Catch Basin Frames: The Contractor shall maintain the erosion control established at each catch basin until such time as the catch basin frame is set in the concrete curb and gutter. The Contractor's responsibility to keep the storm sewers clean is not relinquished until the project is ' completed. The Contractor shall adjust the frame to proper grade for concrete curb and gutter installation in accordance with the following General Requirements. ' 1700.3.4. Adjust Valve Boxes: Where the bituminous wear course will not be installed until the following year, all valve boxes shall be raised to within 1/2 inch of the interim bituminous base surfacing in order to provide access during the Winter. i 55120 ®1995 Bonestroo,Rosene, Anderlik&Associates,Inc. 17004 1 Prior to placingthe final bituminous wear coursematerial the a Contractor shall adjust the box to a grade that is 3/8ths of an inch below the final surface in accordance with the following General Requirements. ' All interim and final adjustments of valve boxes as it relates to compaction,bituminous patching, and settlements will be equal to that as described in the manhole requirements. ' Hydrant Adjustment: It may be necessary that existing hydrants will need to be adjusted to the design curb elevations. Adjustment will be made by adding hydrant extensions that will match with the existing hydrant manufacturer. When adjustments of more than 18" are to be made the upper and lower rod assembly must be replaced with heavy duty replacement rods. i 1700.4. METHOD OF PAYMENT: Manhole Frames - Adjustment or reconstruction of existing manhole structures shall be paid as described in Special Provision No. 8. The bid unit price for installation of new sanitary and storm sewer manholes shall also include placing the casting to the interim bituminous base'grade. All required compaction and bituminous patching material will be considered incidental to the bid unit price. Payment for the final adjustment of all manhole castings for both existing and new manholes, to the bituminous wear course grade, will be made under the Lump Sum Item for Preparation of Bituminous Base, Special Provisions Item No. 26. Catch Basin Frame - The bid unit price for the installation of new catch basins and catch basin 1 manholes on this project shall include permanent adjustment of the casting to the proper grade for concrete curb and gutter placement, regardless of the number of concrete adjusting rings required. Erosion control measures placed at catch basins will be paid for separately as described in the Special Provisions. Valve Box-Adjustment or reconstruction of existing valve boxes shall be paid as described in Special ' Provision No. 8. The bid unit price for new valve boxes installed as part of this project includes the adjustment of the valve box to the interim bituminous base grade. If an extension is necessary to accomplish this work, payment for valve box extension shall be made at the stated bid unit price. All required compaction and bituminous patching material will be considered incidental to the bid unit price. Payment for the final adjustment of the valve box to the bituminous wear course surface will be made under the Lump Sum Item for Preparation of Bituminous Base, Special Provisions Item No. 26. Payment for hydrant adjustments shall be for the bid unit price stated in the proposal for the lineal feet of hydrant extension that is installed, including the heavy duty rod assembly. i End of Section 55120 ®1995 Bonestroo,Rosene, 170Q-2 Anderlik&Associates,Inc. I 1700. ADJUST MISCELLANEOUS STRUCTURES ' General Requirements 1700.1. DESCRIPTION: This work shall consist of adjusting manholes, removing and replacing frames, adjusting catch basins and gate valve boxes. 1700.2. LOCATION: The plans indicate the locations of each manhole, catch basin and gate valve within the project. The necessary vertical adjustments ' will be determined by the Engineer, and generally as indicated on the schedule of adjustments. The Contractor shall be responsible for the protection of all existing structures during the course of the work. The Engineer shall assist with the initial location of all manholes, catch basins and gate valve boxes. ' The Contractor along with the Engineer and a representative of the Owner shall inspect all manholes, catch basins and gate valve boxes prior to beginning construction. Any foreign material found in these structures will be removed ' immediately by the Owner's forces. Thereafter, the Contractor will be responsible for removing any such foreign material which may enter the structures during the construction period. ' 1700.3. CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS: 1700.3.1. Adjust Manhole & Catch Basin Frames; Where existing frame is ' within 0.10 feet of plan grade no adjustment is to be made. In such cases the crown or gutter shall be either lowered or raised, as the case may be, to put the street and frame at the same grade. ' Where the frame must be adjusted upward the Contractor shall accomplish this adjustment with standard concrete adjustment rings of the same size as the cone or slab opening. Each adjusting ring shall be placed in a full mortar ' bed with the frame also resting in a full mortar bed. Adjusting rings needed to raise the casting to grade shall be incidental to the adjust item. Where the frame is to be adjusted downward, this shall be accomplished by removing the necessary number of adjustment rings from the structure. The frame shall then be reset in a full mortar bed to grade. 1 Regardless of the direction of adjustment, no shims of any material will be allowed. The minimum thickness of all mortar joints shall be at least 1/4 inch with a maximum allowable thickness of 1/2 inch. All excess mortar from ' the joint shall be wiped clean from the inside of all rings and frame. All manhole castings must be replaced prior to the placing of the final wear course. 1700-1 i3/89 - GENERAL Copyright 1989 Bonestroo, Rosene, Anderlik ' & Associates, Inc. I 1 Care shall be taken to prevent sand, chunks of concrete or any other debris from entering the structures. 1700.3.2. Remove and Replace Manhole and Catch Basin Frames: Where included in the proposal or the Specific Requirements of Section 1700, the Engineer may elect to have the Contractor remove all manhole and catch basin castings and rings if any at the beginning of the construction work. The Contractor then shall cover the openings with suitable steel plates and continue to construct and compact the subbase and base courses. Prior to placing the curbing or final wear course, the Contractor shall raise all structures to final grade following all construction requirements outlined in 1700.3.1. drainage into catch basins must be maintained during the time the casting is removed. During the same time period, the Contractor shall be responsible to keep surface water and dirt from entering the sanitary sewer system. Adjusting rings needed to raise the casting to grade shall be incidental to the remove and replace item. 1700.3.3. Reconstruct Manhole & Catch Basins: Where the Engineer requires, or where it is impossible to adjust the structure with the addition or removal of adjustment rings, reconstruction will be necessary. In such cases it will be necessary to add or remove manhole sections. Pre-cast manhole joints shall be rubber 0-ring gasket type to match elr4sting joint. In absence of the 0-ring joint, older style manhole joints shall be sealed using a material similar to Ram-Nek or equal gasket material applied in 11accordance with manufacturer's recommendation. 1700.3.4. Adjust Valve Boxes: Valve boxes shall be adjusted to grade prior to the placing of the final wear course. Thorough tamping of the material around the valve box is required. All valve boxes are the sectional screw-threaded adjustable type. 1700.3.5. Valve Box Extensions: Where valve boxes cannot be adjusted without 1 the use of extensions this item will be necessary. The contractor shall remove the upper sections, place the necessary extension and replace the upper section. Thorough tamping of material around the valve box is required. Valve box extensions that fit inside the regular top section are not acceptable. 1700.4. METHOD OF MEASUREMENT: 1700.4.1. Adjust Manhole & Catch Basin Frames: Adjusting frames or ring castings will be measured by the number of casting assemblies adjusted. 1700.4.2. Remove and Replace Manhole and Catch Basin Frames: Remove and replace frames will be measured by the number of castings removed and replaced. 1700.4.3. Reconstruct Manholes: Reconstructing manholes shall be measured by the lineal feet of adjustment for manholes reconstructed. i 1700-2 3/89-GENERAL Copyright 1989 Bonestroo, Rosene, Anderlik & Associates, Inc. i 11 1700.4.4. Adjust Valve Boxes: Adjusting valve boxes will be measured by the number of valve boxes adjusted. 1700.4.5. Valve Box Extensions: Valve box extensions shall be measured by the lineal feet of extensions furnished and installed. 1700.5. BASIS OF PAYMENT: Payment for manhole and valve adjustments at the contract unit price shall be payment in full for all costs incidental to these items. Payment shall be made based on the following schedule: Item No. Item Unit 1700.501 Adjust Manhole & Catch Basin Frames Each 1700.502 • Remove and Replace Manhole I & Catch Basin Frame Each 1700.503 Reconstruct manhole Lin.ft. 1700.504 Adjust Valve Boxes Each 1700.505 Valve Box Extensions Lin.ft. I I I I I End of Section 1700-3 3/89-GENERAL Copyright 1989 Bonestroo, Rosene, Anderlik & Associates, Inc. 1 2112. SUBGRADE PREPARATION Specific Requirements 2112.0. SPECIFICATION REQUIREMENTS: Unless specifically noted or modified herein, all ' sections of the General Requirements shall apply. 2112.1. DESCRIPTION: All public streets within the subdivision will have been rough graded to subgrade elevation and appropriate width by the developer. Upon completion of the utility construction, all streets shall be returned to their preconstruction condition as a part of the utility cleanup work, including the restoration of the boulevards to grade. This work shall be considered incidental to the project and no additional compensation will be allowed. Subgrade preparation of the roadway itself shall consist of fine grading, shaping and compacting the subgrade to receive the gravel base where no core cuts or subgrade correction is required. Where required,the contractor shall shape and compact the existing subgrade for its full width, moisten or dry out the material, compact it and shape it as may be necessary to produce the required density, grade and cross-section. Subgrade preparation for the reconstructed portion of Osman Avenue and 57th Street North shall be as described in Special Provision No. 21. 2112.3. CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS: When the subgrade is being prepared for placement of an aggregate base or aggregate backfill course, the elevation of the finished surface shall not vary by more than 0.05 foot above or 0.10 foot below the prescribed elevation at any point where measurement is made. 2112.5. BASIS OF PAYMENT: Payment for subgrade preparation shall include all work of shaping, drying, application of water, compaction and all else necessary to produce the required density, grade and cross-section. Payment will be at the unit price bid per square yard prepared and shall be based on a width of one foot behind the curb. No payment for subgrade preparation will be allowed where core excavation work is performed. Payment for subgrade preparation of the reconstructed street shall be made in accordance with Special Provision No. 21. I I I 55120 ®1995 Bonestroo,Rosene, Anderlik&Associates,Inc. I I 2112. SUBGRADE PREPARATION General Requirements 1 2112.0. SPECIFICATION REFERENCE: Section 2112 of the State of Minnesota Department of Transportation, "Standard Specification for Highway Construction, " 1988 Edition and all amendments hereto shall apply except as modified or altered in the following General Requirements. 2112.1. DESCRIPTION: This work shall consist of shaping and compacting the subgrade prior to constructing a subbase, base or surface course thereon in conformance with the Minnesota Department of Transportation Specification 2112 as modified herein. 2112.3. CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS: The Contractor shall scarify the surface of the subgrade, subbase or base for its full width, moisten or dry out the material, compact it and shape it as may be necessary to produce the required density, grade and cross section. The "required density" shall be that obtained by Ordinary Compaction as described in Minnesota Department of Transportation Specification 2105. 1 2112.4. METHOD OF MEASUREMENT: Subgrade Preparation will be measured byarea based on the plan width of the roadbed on the entire project except where Vgrading is required. 2112.5. BASIS OF PAYMENT: When the subgrade was constructed under the same 1 contract as the course being constructed, subgrade preparation will be considered to be incidental work and no direct compensation will be made therefore. When the subgrade was not constructed under the same contract as the course being constructed, then payment for subgrade preparation will be made on the basis of the following schedule: I/ ITEM NO. ITEM UNIT 2112.502 Subgrade Preparation Square Yards I II 1 2/89-GENERAL Copyright 1989 Bonestroo, Rosene, Anderlik 1 & Associates, Inc. 1 2116. SUBGRADE CORRECTION Specific& General Requirements 1 2116.1. DESCRIPTION: All road subgrades g are to be prepared as outlined in Section 2112. Where soft or unstable soils are encountered below the subgrade elevation, the Contractor shall excavate and dispose of the unsuitable materials as a part of this section of the specifications. Aggregate backfill material shall be used to fill these excavations, or to bring a low street area to proper subgrade tolerance. 2116.2. MATERIALS: 2116.2.1. AGGREGATE: Material used to fill excavations shall be aggregate backfill materialconforming to the following gradation requirements. Sieve Size Per Cent Passing 3 2" 100 80-100 #40 0-50 1 #200 0-12 2116.3. CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS: 2116.3.1. CORE EXCAVATION: This excavation shall be made to the grade as directed by the Engineer to remove all soft and unstable soils but shall generally be limited to depths not exceeding 24 inches. Disposal sites for the excavated material are not available within this residential subdivision. The Contractor must make his own arrangements for hauling and disposal of the material. The Owner reserves the right to have the excavation material stockpiled onsite for future berm use if they wish. When the surface of the aggregate backfill material is prepared for placement of an aggregate base course, the elevation of the finished surface at the time the next layer is placed, shall not vary more than 0.05 foot above or 0.10 foot below the prescribed elevation at any point where measurement is made. 2116.4. METHOD OF MEASUREMENT: 2116.4.1. CORE EXCAVATION: For the Contractor's information,the Engineer will perform cross sectioning of the roadway and boulevards when the site grading has been completed by others and prior to any excavation activity for utility installation. This record will become the basis of measurement for core excavation work performed after the utilities have been installed and tested. If necessary, this record of pre-construction conditions will be utilized to determine to what extent the Contractor is responsible for removing excess material generated from the utility installation. I 55120 ®1995 Bonestroo,Rosene, Andedik&Associates,Inc. 2116-1 I Finally, if the roadway section is found to be higher than the design cross section, the Contractor may ,� be directed by the Engineer to remove the additional material as Core Excavation. Payment for this work will be at the bid unit price stated in the proposal form for core excavation. Core excavation for all streets will be measured on a lineal foot of roadway excavated 12 inches deep II by 36 feet wide. If, for example, 24 inches of excavation is required, payment for 2 lineal feet of Core Excavation would be made per lineal foot of roadway. Payment for making a core excavation less I than or greater than full width shall be directly proportional to the specified width. 2116.4.2. AGGREGATE BACKFILL: Aggregate backfill will be measured, as indicated in the 1 proposal, by the weight of material placed. y 2116.5. BASIS OF PAYMENT: Payment for Core Excavation and Aggregate Backfill at the 1 contract prices shall be compensation in full for all costs of excavation, disposal of excess material, and furnishing, hauling, placing and compacting the backfill as specified. 1 If the aggregate backfill material is being wasted or placed at a depth in excess of the Engineer's instructions, the Engineer reserves the right to deduct quantities that are in excess of the mutually I agreed upon thickness. If deemed necessary by the Engineer, the quantity of aggregate backfill material shall be reduced to an amount calculated on material weighing 110 pounds per square yard of area per inch of thickness. The payment quantity would be based on the calculated amount in lieu a of the apparent amount hauled to the project. Payment for subgrade correction will be made on the basis of the following schedule: I Item Unit Core Excavation- 36' wide Lin.ft. Aggregate Backfill Ton End of Section 1 I I I I ssiao ®1995 Bonestroo,Rosene, Anderlik&Associates,Inc. 2116-2 I2211. AGGREGATE BASE ISpecific and General Requirements 2211.1. DESCRIPTION: All new public streets to be improved as a part of this project will have I a compacted Class 5 gravel base installed as part of this contract as per the typical section. The existing roadway to be reconstructed under this contract shall re-use the Class 5 gravel base salvaged I from its existing section. If necessary this material shall be supplemented with new aggregate base material in accordance with this section, to achieve full design thickness. I 2211.2. AGGREGATE: All aggregate to be used on the project shall be Class 5 installed to the thickness shown on the typical sections. 1 2211.3. CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS: All subgrade shall be inspected, checked and approved by the Engineer prior to placement of aggregate base. IUpon completion of placing the gravel base for the roadway sections, the cross section shall be toleranced to within 0.03' plus or minus prior to acceptance for paving. The gravel base shall be within these requirements throughout the width to be paved. 11 Theaggregate base shall be compacted by the Special Density Method as outlined in Mn/DOT Section 2211.3, Paragraph Cl. 2211.3.F. Random Sampling of Aggregate Base: The sampling of aggregate base material for gradation compliance shall be taken at the project site, as the material is being placed and prior to I being compacted. The rate of sampling shall be one sample per 500 tons with a minimum of three samples. I' All required testing of the aggregate base samples shall be as stated in the provisions special P p s referred to as "tests". Gradation tests procedures performed shall conform to ASTM: C 136, C117. A delay Iof three working days is anticipated before test results are available. The gradation results obtained from the minimum of three samples of aggregate material, will be I averaged to the nearest one tenth of one percent for each sieve size. These results shall be compared to these stated in the acceptance schedule, shown below: ISchedule(Class 5 Corrective Aggregate Base) Action Acceptance Price Reduction Range Required I Sieve Full Payment Range for Non Compliance When% Size When%Passing is 5%Reduction 15%Reduction Passing Is iNo. 4 35.0% or greater 34.0 - 34.9 33.0 - 33.9 less than 33.0% (a) 80.0% or less 80.1 - 81.0 81.1 - 82.0 greater than 82.% (b) 70.0% or less 70.1 - 71.0 71.1 - 72.0 greater than 72.09% I 55 120 ®1995 Bonestroo,Rosene, IAnderlik&Associates,Inc. 22114 , f Schedule (Class 5 Corrective I Aggregate Base) Action Acceptance Price Reduction Range Required Sieve Full Payment Range for Non Compliance When% II Size When%Passing is 5%Reduction 15%Reduction Passing Is No. 10 20.0% or greater eater 19.0 - 19.9 18.0 - 18.9 less than 18.% I (a) 65.0% or less 65.1 - 66.0 66.1 - 67.0 greater than 67.0% (b) 55.0% or less 55.1 - 56.0 56.1 - 57.0 greater than 57.0% I No. 40 100% or greater 9.0 - 9.9 8.0 - 8.9 less than 8.0% 35.0% or less 35.1 - 36.0 36.1 - 37.0 greater than 37.0% I No. 200 3.0% or greater 2.7 -2.9 2.5 - 2.6 less than 2.5% 100% or less 10.1 - 10.3 10.4 - 10.5 greater than 10.5% 1 a) Applies when the aggregate contains 60 percent or less of crushed quarry rock. b) Applies when the aggregate contains more than 60 percent of crushed quarry rock. I • Price adjustments will be made as stated in the acceptance schedule, if the material is non compliance I and the Contractor elects not to correct the gradation of the in place material. The price reduction percentage for one sieve or the summation of more than one sieve shall reduce the contract unit price i and be applied to the inplace material that the sample represents. Any corrective work required shall be performed by the Contractor at no cost to the Owner. All methods of corrective work that is to be performed must be approved by the Engineer. I 2211.4. METHOD OF MEASUREMENT: Aggregate base used on this project shall be measured by weight in tons only of material deposited on the roadway and pathway. The contractor shall it provide weight tickets for the aggregate base material in accordance with Special Provision No. 17. 5 BASIS OF PAYMENT: Payment for aggregate base for the new roadways shall be by the I 2211. . Ym ton compacted in place. in wasted orplaced excessivelythick, the Engineer 11 If the aggregate base course material is being reserves the right to deduct quantities that are in excess of plan thickness. Said quantities shall be based on material weighing 110 pounds per square yard of area per inch of thickness. 1 Payment for salvaging and respreading of existing Class 5 material on the reconstructed roadway shall be incidental to the subgrade preparation for that roadway, as stated in Special Provision No. 21. However,new Class 5 aggregate base placed on the roadway to supplement the salvaged material shall be paid by the ton compacted in place, identical to the payment for Class 5 material installed on the new streets. i End of Section 55120 ®1995 Bonestroo,Rosette, 2211-2 Anderlik&Associates,Inc. I.,.. I2331. PLANT-MIXED BITUMINOUS PAVEMENT Specific and General Requirements 2331.0. SPECIFICATION REFERENCE: Unless otherwise noted or modified herein, all sections I of Mn/DOT 2331 shall apply. I 2331.1. DESCRIPTION: This work shall consist of the construction of plant-mixed bituminous base, and wear courses for roadways to specified thicknesses. On all streets course shall be placed in 1995, and the final bituminous wear course shall be placed betweenthe dates Iof July 1, 1996 and August 15, 1996. 2331.2. MATERIALS: IA. Aggregate: Shall conform to the requirements of 3139 and the following gradations for each type of mix: IType 31 Percentage (Base& Type 41 Modified I Passing Binder) Wear) T Sieve Size BA-2 ( ype 41 Type 61 BA-1 (Wear) (Wear) I1-1/2" ---- 3/4" 100 100 ---- ---- 5/8" 95-100 95-100 ---- ---- I 1/2" ---- --- 3/8" ---- 100 100 65-95 65-90 ---- 90-100 No. 4 ---- 50-70 40-85 INo. 10 35-65 ---- 60-80 No. 40 35-55 10-35 10-30 --- 30-70 No. 200 1-8 1-8 2-8 I 0-5 B. Bituminous Material: Bituminous material shall conform to Mn/DOT Specification 2331.2B. I 2331.3. CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS: Q NTS: IA General: The Contractor shall review the proposed paving sequence with the Engineer placement of the wear courses. The proposed sequence shall address such things as longitudinal seams, compaction, traffic control, hauling routes, and placement of pavement markings. Also the t Contractor shall provide adequate signing, marking, and personnel to facilitate the wear course paving and associated lane closures as described in the special provisions. IB. Restrictions: All street surfaces shall be checked and approved by the Engineer prior to Existing bituminous pavements must be dry prior to placement of any bituminous pavements.paving. I 55120 ®1995 Bonestroo,Rosene, Anderlik&Associates,Inc. 2331-1 I Final bituminous wear course placement requires 48 hour notification by the Contractor to the Engineer to allow proper notification of affected property owners. The wearing course mixture shall not be placed when the air temperature, in the shade and away from artificial heat,is 50 degrees or less,unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. Paving of bituminous wear course shall be completed by the date indicated in the Special Provisions. During the placement of the wear course mixtures the Contractor shall provide a minimum of six personnel as follows: one paver operator, two persons to operate the adjustment screws on the paver, one bituminous finisher(raker), one rubber tire roller operator, one steel drum roller operator. Compaction operations may require additional roller operators to obtain the specified compaction. C. Equipment: The Contractor shall review his proposed grade and slope control procedure with the Engineer prior to paving. The procedure shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer. 1 El. Bituminous Material: The percentage of asphalt cement in the mixture shall be verified through spot checks by the Contractor during the mixture production. The Owner will verify the spot checks by having extraction tests taken from the samples of the mixture obtained from the project site. The percentage of bituminous material,by weight,in the wear course mixtures shall not be more than 0.3 percent below the amount designated by the job mix formula. If the Contractor fails to meet this requirement he will be responsible for the work and costs associated with placing a bituminous seal coat on the entire project in accordance with Mn/DOT Specification 2356. E2. Job-Mix Formula (JMF): The JMF used on the project shall be submitted for review by the Engineer at the preconstruction conference. Review of the JMF will be completed within two weeks of the completion of the preconstruction conference. An approved JMF must be available a minimum of 5 calendar days prior to beginning placement of each bituminous course. Contractor trial mix design procedures for determining the JMF may Either Mn/DOT mix design or g be used. Recycled, Type 42 mixtures may not be substituted for Type 41 or Type 61 mixtures. 111 E2c. Mixture Design Requirements: The design air voids in the mixture for bituminous wear courses I shall be between 3.0 and 5.0 percent, and between 3.0 and 6.0 percent for bituminous base and binder courses. The minimum added new asphalt percentage for each course shall be as follows: Type 31 (base and binder) 5.0% Type 32 (base and binder) 2.8% . Type 41 (wear) 5.5% Type 41 modified(wear) 5.8% Type 61 (wear) 5.8% I 55120 ®1995 BonestFoo,Rosene, 2331-2 111 Anderlik&Associates,Inc. l E2d. Mixture Production: The gradation of the aggregate materials used in the bituminous mixture shall conform to the working range gradation of the JMF. The working range gradation must fall within the gradation limits stated under 2331.2.A. Aggregate. Random sampling of all bituminous mixtures shall be accomplished on the project site to insure compliance with gradation requirements. The minimum rate of sampling will be one sample per 500 tons per day. Each sample shall weigh 50 1 pounds and shall be obtained from the paved surface immediately behind the paver, or from the auger area immediately in front of the screed. Following removal of the test sample, the Contractor shall immediately patch and restore the sampled area. Testing of the samples for gradation and oil content will be accomplished by an Independent Testing Laboratory and conform to ASTM C117, C136, and D2172. If the test results indicate that the gradation of the aggregate in the bituminous mixture is outside of the JMF working range, payment for bituminous mixture shall be reduced in accordance with the following formula. 1 The difference between the failing percentage and the JMF working range percentage plus one percent shall be multiplied by a factor of 2. The failing percentages for each sieve shall be summed and the result will equal the total percentage reduction in payment. This reduction shall be applied against all mix placed from which the test samples were obtained. H. Compaction Operations: Compaction requirements shall conform to Mn/DOT Specification 2331.H3 as ordinary compaction method. Each required lift of bituminous mixture, shall be uniformly compacted to a density not less than 100 percent of the Marshall density. Sufficient compaction equipment of proper size and good mechanical condition shall be used to compact the mixture to the specified requirements. For this purpose, a vibrating steel drum roller and one pneumatic tired rollers shall be employed in conjunction with each other during compaction of all wear courses. In place failing mixtures that have f n a 1 g densities shall have pay reductions of the bid unit prices, in accordance with Mn/DOT Table 2331.5. K. Construction Joints: Where the new construction meets existing bituminous surfacing, the existing surface shall be saw cut straight and uniform, prior to placement of the bituminous base course. Payment for this work shall be per lineal foot as stated in the Proposal. A tack coat shall be applied to these existing joints and also along the front edge of the concrete curb and gutter. Payment for this tack coat is incidental to the bituminous course placement. Bituminous traffic ramps will be required to be constructed at several locations throughout this project. These ramps will be temporary in nature and provide a transition between the bituminous base course and the existing bituminous wear course. The ramp will be constructed at locations where the bituminous base course adjoins with the bituminous wear surface. The ramp will be 2'wide and be placed for the entire length of the exposed wear surface joint. Bituminous base material will be used to construct these ramps and be bonded together with bituminous tack material. Removal of ramps at the time of final paving will be considered incidental to the project. 1 55120 ®1995 Bonestroo,Rosene, Anderlik&Associates,Inc. 2331-3 I OF PAYMENT: Payment for each bituminous course shall be bythe ton of material 1 2331.5. BASIS ym n placed, accepted and shall include both the bituminous course mixture and the bituminous material for mixture. If bituminous paving material is being wasted or placed excessively thick, the Engineer reserves the right to deduct quantities that are in excess of plan thickness. Said quantities shall be based on bituminous material weighing 110 pounds per square yard of area per inch of thickness. I I End of Section I • • I I I I I I I I t 55120 1995 Bonestroo,Rosene, 23314 Anderlik&Associates,Inc. II II 2357. BITUMINOUS TACK COAT II General Requirements I 2357.0. SPECIFICATION REFERENCE: Section 2357 of the Minnesota Department of Transportation, "Standard Specifications for Highway Construction, " 1988 Edition and all amendments thereto shall apply except as modified or altered in the following General Requirements. II 2357.1. DESCRIPTION:. This work shall consist of treating an existing bituminous or concrete surface prior to placing succeeding bituminous courses. 1 2357.2.1. Bituminous Materials: coat meet the requirements for-M.H.D. Specification 3151inous rfor sRCf70 orora Rck C 250. shall $ 2357.3. CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS: The tack to existing surface at the locations as shown oncothe at shall be aTheierate thed rateapplication of the tack coat shall be as directed by the Engineer but not IIgreater than 0.05 gallons per square yard. The surface to be coated shall be dry and free from all foreign material prior Ito the application of the tack coat. 2357.4. METHOD OF MEASUREMENT: Bituminous material for tack coat will be 11 measured by volume in gallons at 60°F. 2357.5. BASIS OF PAYMENT: Payment for bituminous materials used for tack coat shall be compensation in full for all costs incidental to the furnishing II and application. Item No. Item Unit 11 2357.502 Bituminous Material for Tack Coat Gal. I II I li IF II 3/89-GENERAL I/ Copyright 1989 Bonestroo, Rosene, Anderlik & Associates, Inc. 2531. CONCRETE CURB AND GUTTER Specific Requirements 2531.0. SPECIFICATION REFERENCE: Unless otherwise noted or modified herein, all sections of the General Requirements shall apply. 2531.1. DESCRIPTION: This work shall consist of installing concrete curb and gutter at elevations and locations shown on the plans. 2531.3. CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS: All concrete curb and gutter shall be constructed to the typical section, shape, and size as indicated on Detail Plate 4-1. The residential curb and gutter shall be constructed in accordance with Detail Plate 4-1, Type A B618 concrete curb and gutter, and Type C surmountable concrete curb and gutter. At all catch basin inlet structures, the curb and gutter shall have a ten foot transition section on each side of the inlet. The surfacing is to be neatly shaped and compacted to provide a smooth passage to the inlet, as is shown on Detail Plate 4-10. It should be noted that Standard B618 concrete curb and gutter is required at all catch basins, ii bt3eetion radii, and transition sections as detailed on Plates 4-8 and 4-10. In addition, B618 concrete curb and gutter shall be installed on a portion of the reconstructed street, as indicated on Plan Sheet No. 9. 2531.3.B. Proportioning: The concrete mixture indicated in the General Requirements shall be modified to produce a minimum 28 day compressive strength of not less than 4,000 pounds per square inch(psi). 2531.5.A. Preparation of Foundation for Curb and Gutter: The concrete curb and gutter shall be supported by a compacted aggregate base that extends a minimum of 12 inches behind the back of curb as shown on the typical section on the plans. To achieve the density required, the Contractor shall utilize a motor grader, self-propelled vibrating drum roller and water truck in conjunction with preparing the base for placement of the curbing. The base shall be compacted to 100 percent of the standard moisture density relationship(ASTM D698-70). No curb shall be placed until the base has been compacted and prepared by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer. 2531.6.C. Slip Form: Concrete placed and formed by an approved type of extrusion machine shall produce a finished product meeting the standards for dimension, quality, workmanship, and appearance as described herein. Hand finishing shall be limited to the extent necessary to obtain the specified surface finish and texture. The complete concrete work shall give the appearance of uniformity in surface contour and texture, and shall be accurately constructed to line and grade. The required joints, edges, and flow lines shall show neat workmanship. 55120 •1995 Bonestroo,Roselle, Anderlik&Associates,Inc. 2531-1 I Edge and surface alignment on curved construction shall conform closely to the planned curvature, and the flow line surface of gutters shall be finished as necessary to eliminate low spots and avoid entrapment of water. Any deviation in the design curvature or grade in excess of 3/8 inch, for a 10- foot segment, shall be considered to be unacceptable work. Concrete edges and surfaces designed to straight lines or grades will be checked with a 10-foot I straightedge, and any deviations therefrom in excess of 3/8 inch will be considered to be unacceptable work. Unacceptable work shall be removed and be replaced with acceptable work as ordered by the Engineer with no additional compensation allowed for associated costs. 111 2531.8.F. Curing and Protection: Spray-on curing compound shall be applied to the surface of the curb and gutter immediately after the final brushing. The compound must contain a fugitive dye. As soon as the concrete has hardened sufficiently to prevent damage, the finished surface shall be covered for not less than 48 hours with polyethylene film, well-weighted at the edges with earth. An acceptable alternate to the use of polyethylene film is to provide a second, heavy application of spray- on curing compound 4 to 8 hours after first coat. 2531.9. BACKFILLING: The contractor is required to initially backfill all concrete curb and gutter 1 to protect the curb from washing or otherwise losing its structural stability. The initial backfilling shall be performed to within a tolerance of 0.3' plus or minus from finish grade, in order to allow for installation of the private underground utilities. This shall be considered incidental to the concrete curb and gutter work and shall be completed immediately after the curing period. The contractor shall exercise care in backfilling and tamping the soil behind the curb. In addition, following the installation of private utilities by others, the boulevard area will require additional grading as stated in Special Provision No. 23. 2531.10. METHOD OF MEASUREMENT: All curb and gutter shall be measured along the face of the curb and the gutter line by length. All residential curb and gutter shall be measured as surmountable with no separate measurement or payment for transition sections or B618 curb at catch basins and radii. However, the B618 concrete curb and gutter installed on the reconstructed street, as indicated on Plan Sheet No. 9 will be measured separately and paid for as B618 at the bid unit price stated in the Proposal. I End of Section 1 I 55120 ©1995 Bonestroo,Rosene, Anderlik&Associates,Inc. 2531-2 I 2531. CONCRETE CURB & GUTTER IIGeneral Requirements 2531.1. SCOPE: Concrete curb and concrete curb and gutter shall be con- structed in accordance with these specifications and in conformity to the lines and grades shown on the plans. I2531.2. MATERIALS: 2531.2.A. CEMENT: The type of cement to be used shall be as, specified by the Engineer, and shall conform to the A.S.T.M. Specifications for Portland 11 Cement; Designation C-150 (Type I) ; or or Air-Entraining Portland Cement, Designation C-175 (Type I-A) or (Type III-A) . 11 2531.2.B. ADMIXTURES: Air-entraining admixtures which are added to concrete mixtures shall conform to the A.S.T.M. Specification for Air-Entraining Admixture for Concrete; Designation C-260. I/ 2531.2.C. AGGREGATES: Fine and coarse aggregates shall conform to the A.S.T.M. Specification for Concrete Aggregates, Designation C-33. 11 2531.2.D. WATER: The water used in mixing concrete shall be clean, free from acid, alkali, vegetable or other organic matter. II 2531.2.E. JOINT FILLER: The joint filler shall be of a non-extruding joint material conforming to the A.S.T.M. Specification for Preformed Expansion Joint Filler for Concrete (Non-extruding and Resilient Types) ; Designation ID-544. 2531.2.F. SAND-GRAVEL BACKFILL: Sand-gravel backfill may be any pit-run gravel, screened to eliminate all stones which will be retained on a l) inch IIscreen. 2531.3. CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS: I2531.3.A. MEASURING: The method of measuring the materials for the concrete or mortar, including water, shall be one which will insure separate and uni- form proportions of each of the materials at all times. I 2531.3.B. PROPORTIONING: Concrete shall conform to the following: II Minimum Cement Content 5.5 sacks/cu.yd. Maximum Water Content 6 gals./sack Entrained Air 5kZ ± Da Min. 28 Day Compressive Strength 3,000 lbs./sq.in. II I/ 2531-1 3/89-GENERAL 11 Copyright 1989 Bonestroo, Rosene, Anderlik & Associates, Inc. II II 2531.3.C. ADMIXTURES: Air-Entraining Admixtures shall not be added to concrete mixtures in the field without the approval of the Engineer. If such approval is granted, the admixture shall conform to Section 2531.2.8. , and shall be added in the amount and in the manner prescribed by the manufacturer so that the air content of the concrete shall not be less than four (4) nor more than seven (7) percent. J 2531.4. MIXING: 2531.4.A. METHOD: All concrete shall be mixed in a stationary batch mixer or ,r truck mixer unless manual mixing is authorized by the Engineer. 1. If a stationary batch mixer is used, the mixer drum shall be of II adequate size to accommodate the maximum batch and shall conform to the / Concrete Mixer Standards adopted by the Mixer Manufacturers' Bureau of the Associated General Contractors of America. The mixer drum shall be rotated at the rate specified by its manufacturer. When a stationary batch mixer is used for complete mixing, the minimum mixing time for mixers of one (1) cubic yard capacity or less shall be one (1) minute: for larger capacities of mixers the mixing time shall be increased at the rate of one-quarter minute for each additional cubic yard or fraction thereof. The mixing time shall begin when the correct proportions of cement and11 aggregates are placed in the mixer. A portion of the water shall be placed in the mixer in advance of the cement and aggregates. The full amount of water II required to produce a mix of the consistency herein specified, shall be added to the cement and aggregates before one-quarter (3/4) of the mixing time has elapsed. The size of the batch shall not exceed the maximum rates capacity as specified by the manufacturer of the mixer. The drum shall be completely emptied before receiving material for the succeeding batch. 2. Truck mixers, if used, shall be of the revolving drum type. When a truck mixer is used for mixing the concrete, the drum shall be rotated at mixing speed for not less than fifty (50) nor more than one hundred (100) revolutions after all of the ingredients of each batch are placed in the drum. When a truck mixer is used for the complete mixing of the concrete, the mixing operation shall begin within thirty (30) minutes after the cement has been intermingled with the aggregates. The size of the batch shall not exceed the manufacturer's rated capacity as shown on a metal rating plate which shall be attached in a prominent place on the truck mixer. The drum shall be completely emptied before receiving material for the succeeding batch. 3. The mixing time at stationary batch mixers may be reduced to the minimum required (about thirty seconds) to intermingle the ingredients when truck mixers are used to deliver the mix to the site of the work. When this practice is followed, each batch shall be thoroughly mixed in the truck mixer by rotating the drum at mixing speed for not less than fifty (50) nor more than one hundred (100) revolutions. 2531-2 11 3/89-GENERAL Copyright 1989 Bonestroo, Rosene, Anderlik & Associates, Inc. II . I 4. If manual mixing is authorized by the Engineer, the cement and aggregates shall be mixed dry on a watertight platform until the mixture is of uniform color. The full amount of water required shall then be added and the mixing continued until the mass is of the consistency herein specified. 2531.4.B. CONSISTENCY: The aggregates, cement and water shall be thoroughly mixed in accordance with these specifications to produce a homogeneous mass 11 which can be deposited in the forms without segregation. The consistency of the mix shall be such that the slump shall not exceed three (3) inches plus or minus one-half (A) inch. 11 2531.4.C. DELIVERY: Concrete shall be delivered to the site of the work with a satisfactory degree of uniformity at the consistency specified and shall be hauled in a watertight container in which segregation will not take place and from which the concrete can be discharged freely. 1. Concrete shall be delivered to the site of the work and discharged from the hauling container within a period of 90 minutes after the introduction of the mixing water to the dry materials unless otherwise specified by the Engineer. 1 2. Slump tests of individual samples taken at approximately the one-quarter (1/4) and three-quarter (3/4) points of the load during discharge shall not differ by more than two (2) inches. 2531.4.D. RETEMPERING: The retempering of mortar or concrete which has partially hardened, with or without additional materials or water, is prohibited. 11 2531.4.E. SECTION: The dimensions of the curb section and the depth of the sand-gravel backfill shall conform to those shown on the plans. II2531.5. PREPARATION OF FOUNDATION: The width of the trench shall be such that the forms can be properly set and the backfill properly compacted. The trench shall be excavated to the required elevation and the bottom thereof shall be compacted to the satisfaction of the Engineer. Sand-gravel backfill shall then be placed to the depth indicated in the plans and compacted. 1 2531.6. FORMS: 2531.6.A. MATERIALS: Forms shall be free from warp and of sufficient strength to resist springing out of shape. Face forms shall be shaped to II conform to the design of the curb as specified in the plans. Wood forms shall be oiled with a light clear commercial paraffin oil. All mortar and dirt shall be removed from forms that have been previously used. 2531.6.B. SETTING: All forms shall be set true to alignment and grade, and shall be substantially staked and braced. When tested with a ten foot straight edge, the tops of the forms shall not show a variation of over 1/8 2531-3 3/89-GENERAL Copyright 1989 Bonestroo, Rosene, Anderlik & Associates, Inc. II I inch from a straight line. The sides of the straight forms shall not show a II variation of more than one-quarter (k) inch from a straight line. Sections of straight forms not over ten (10) feet long may be used for curves having radii of 150 feet or more. 2531.6.C. SLIP FORM: When approved by the Engineer, equipment utilizing a moving form may be used. Forming equipment shall be controlled to follow precisely the line and grade established for the curb. Finished curb shall meet the alignment and grade tolerances shown in Paragraph 2531.6.B. above. I 2531.7. JOINTS: 2531.7.A. SPACING: Where practical, all joints in the curb shall align with II like joints in adjoining work. Expansion joints shall be formed by inserting in the forms preformed expansion11 joint material one-half (k) inch thick and cut true to the shape of the curb at intervals of not more than sixty (60) feet. Maximum spacing of expansion joints for slip formed shall be 200 feet. II Preformed expansion joint material one-half (k) inch thick shall be inserted between the curb and the face or faces of any abutting concrete or masonry except pavements. Contraction joints shall be formed by inserting within the forms metal plates not over one-eighth (1/8) inch thick at intervals of ten (10) feet unless otherwise shown in the plans or directed by the Engineer. These plates shall be removed at the same time as the face forms. Metal division plates with the bottom portion cut so as to allow the lower half of the gutter section to con- tinue across the contraction joint are required. II 2531.7.B. REINFORCING: At all new service trenches or as directed by the Engineer, two (2) 14 reinforcing rods shall be placed in the lower portion of the curb and gutter section. Rods shall extend not less than 6 feet beyond the center of the service line trench. The unit price per lineal foot of curb reinforcing includes 2 lineal feet of reinforcing and the labor involved in the placing. Rods shall be straight and shall have at least 2 inch coverage on all sides. 2531.8. CONCRETE: I 2531.8.A. PLACING CONCRETE: Immediately before placing the concrete, the 11 insides of the forms shall be wetted and the foundation moistened with water. The concrete shall be placed in the forms by hand shoveling and shall be thoroughly compacted by hand tamping or internal vibrating. I II 2531-4 3/89-GENERALli Copyright 1989 Bonestroo, Rosene, Anderlik & Associates, Inc. I 2531.8.B.11 POURING: COLD WEATHER Concrete shall not be deposited when it appears likely that the air temperature may fall below 40° F. during the 11 pouring or within the following 24 hours unless preparations are made and precautions taken to prevent any damage to the concrete resulting from the low temperature. When placing concrete in cold weather, the Contractor shall plan I/ and prosecute his work in a manner which will assure satisfactory results. Any concrete damaged by freezing shall be removed and replaced by the Con- tractor at his own expense. 11 Concrete when deposited in the forms shall have a temperature of not less than 55 degrees F. nor more than 100 degrees F. The concrete shall be maintained at not less than the minimum temperature of 55 degrees F. for at least 72 hours after placing, or longer if necessary, until the concrete has thoroughly hardened. Concrete shall not be deposited on a frozen foundation. 1 2531.8.C. FINISHING: After concrete is poured into the forms it shall be puddled and spaded so as to insure a thorough mixture, eliminate air pockets, and create uniform and smooth sides. Before the concrete has thoroughly set, and while the concrete is still green, the face forms shall be removed and the front and top sides shall be finished with a float or steel trowel to make a uniform finished surface. 11 2531.8.D. ROUNDING CORNERS: Wherever corners are to be rounded, special steel trowels shall be used while the concrete is workable and the corners constructed to the dimensions herein specified. For combined curb and gutter, the top and side of curb and gutter may be finished by the use of a special shaped trowel or curb-and-gutter machine which will shape the entire upper surfaces in accordance with the dimensions and shape specified. This trowel shall be used immediately upon removing the front form of the curb and while I/ the concrete is still workable but firm enough to stand up. 2531.8.E. SMOOTHNESS: The top and face of the curb and also the top of the apron on combined curb and gutter must be finished true to line. Curb and gutter must be finished true to line and grade after which the surface shall be brushed lightly with a whitewash brush. This brushing shall be done at right angles to the line of the curb. The back forms shall remain in place for a period of not less than 12 hours. After removing the back forms any cavities shall be filled with mortar. 2531.8.F. CURING & PROTECTION: As soon as the concrete has hardened sufficiently to prevent damage, the finished surface shall be covered with white polyethylene film well weighted at the edge with earth. Polyethylene film shall be kept in place not less than 5 days. When high early strength cement is used the minimum curing period shall be forty-eight (48) hours. 11 An acceptable alternate to the above procedure is the use of spray-on curing compound which shall be applied to the surface of the curb and gutter immediately after the final brushing. The compound must contain a fugitive dye. As soon as the concrete has hardened sufficiently to prevent damage, the I 2531-5 I/ 3/89-GENERAL Copyright 1989 Bonestroo, Rosene, Anderlik & Associates, Inc. II 11 finished surface shall be covered for not less than 48 hours with white polyethylene film, well weighted at the edges with earth. An acceptable alternate to the use of polyethylene film is to provide a second, heavy application of spray-on curing compound 4 to 8 hours after first coat. 1- The freshly finished surface shall be protected from hot sun and drying winds until it can be covered as above specified. The concrete surface must not be damaged or pitted by rain. The Contractor shall erect and maintain suitable barriers to protect the finished surface. Any section damaged from traffic or other causes occuring prior to its official acceptance, shall be repaired or replaced by the Contractor at his own expense in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer. The covering shall be removed and disposed of by the Contractor before the work is officially accepted by the Engineer. 2531.9. BACKFILLING: 11 2531.9.A. METHOD: After the removal of forms, the trench shall be backfilled 11 with selected material from the excavation. Where the ground surface adjacent to the back of the curb is lower than the top of the curb, backfill shall be placed at the slope indicated in the plans. II 2531.9.B. DISPOSAL OF EXCESS MATERIAL: Any excavated material which cannot be so used shall be disposed of by the Contractor as directed by the Engineer within a distance of one-half (h) mile from the site of the work. 1 2531.10. METHOD OF MEASUREMENT: Except as otherwise provided below, concrete • curb and gutter and concrete curb of each design and size constructed will be measured along the face of the curb at the gutter line by length. At alleys and private entrances the length of curb or curb and gutter will be constructed to be the length along the street curb line (measured as if the entrance did not exist) plus the length of any curb (or curb and gutter) which extends beyond the curbed portion of the return. 2531.11. BASIS OF PAYMENT: Constructing concrete curb and gutter and concrete curb including sand-gravel backfill will be paid for on the basis of the following schedule: 2531.11.A. CONCRETE CURB & GUTTER: Concrete curb shall be paid for at the contract unit price per linear foot. 2531.11.B. CONCRETE CURB: Concrete curb shall be paid for at the contract I/ unit price per linear foot. 2531.11.C. CONCRETE GUTTER: Concrete gutter shall be paid for at the II contract unit price per linear foot. 11 2531.11.D. REINFORCING: Reinforcing shall be paid for at the contract unit price per linear foot of curb and gutter reinforced. End of Section I 2531-6 3/89-GENERAL II Copyright 1989 Bonestroo, Rosene, Anderlik & Associates, Inc. II 2564. TRAFFIC SIGNS AND DEVICES Specific and General Requirements 2564.0 SPECIFICATION REFERENCE: Unless otherwise modified or altered herein all sections of the following Specific and General Requirements shall apply. Reference to State of Minnesota Department of Highways Specification, shall be understood to refer to Minnesota Department of Transportation, "Standard Specifications for Construction, 1988 Edition," and all subsequent amendments. 2564.1 DESCRIPTION: This work shall consist of furnishing and installing one 36" stop sign panel on Upper 56th Street North at the intersection with Osgood Avenue, as shown on Plan Sheet No. 8. 2562.2 MATERIALS: 2564.2.0 SIGNS AND MARKERS: The fabrication of traffic signs shall conform to Mn/DOT Specification 3352. 2564.2.D FLANGED CHANNEL SIGN POSTS: The required sign panels shall be mounted on flanged channel sign posts and shall conform to Mn/Dot Specification 3401. The specified weight for the flanged channel post shall be 2.0 pounds per linear foot. The holes punched shall be in accordance to Mn/Dot specification 3401.2.E. All sign posts shall be green in color as per Woodbury standard requirements. 2564.3 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS 2564.3 GENERAL: Fabrication and installation of traffic signs shall conform to the Minnesota Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Streets and Highways. Sign locations as shown on the plans are only approximate. The final location of the signs will be determined in the field by the Engineer. Sign posts shall not be installed closer than 6 feet to the back of any concrete curb. The lowest point of the sign panel shall be 7 feet above grade at the point of 111 installation. The required post lengths for all signs shall be determined by the Contractor. The contractor is responsible for having all underground utilities located prior to the installation of sign posts. Installation of sign panels and posts shall be completed by the specified completion date for bituminous base course installation as outlined in Special Provision No. 3. I 55120 ®1995 Bonestroo,Ronne, Anderlik&Associates,Inc. 25644 I I 2564.3.D SIGN PANELS: The sign panel shall be mounted on flanged channel sign posts. The size of the sign and the standard sign drawing which is required are shown on the plans. The sign panel shall be high intensity grade. 2564.3.E. FLANGED CHANNEL SIGN POSTS: All flanged channel post shall be installed plumb. I Care should be taken when driving post as not to batter the top of the posts. Any posts that are not plumb or have a battered top shall be removed and replaced at the contractor's expense. 2564.5 BASIS OF PAYMENT: Payment for signs shall be made on the basis of square footage of sign panels including the required flanged channel posts. I I I End of Section 1 1 1 1 I I I 1 55120 1995 Bonestroo,Rosene, Anderlik&Associates,Inc. 25642 I 2573. TEMPORARY EROSION CONTROL ONTROL Specific and General Requirements 2573.0. SPECIFICATION REFERENCE: Unless otherwise noted or modified herein, all sections of Mn/DOT 2573 shall apply. 2573.1. DESCRIPTION: This work shall consist of temporary measures to control soil erosion and sedimentation throughout the duration of all phases of work in accordance with the design and details indicated on the plans and approved in the contract. It shall include furnishing, installing and I maintaining erosion or sediment control devices as required in the Plans or as directed by the Engineer. 2573.2. MATERIALS: A. Bale Checks: Bales shall be type 1 mulch or straw, hay, excelsior mulch, corn stalks or other approved material, in good condition. All bales shall be either bound with wire or tied with nylon string. B. Silt Fence: The geotextile fabric shall consist of either woven or non-woven polyester, polypropylene, stabilized nylon, polyethylene or polyvinylidene chloride. The geotextile fabric shall meet the following criteria: Property Test Method Minimum Requirement I Grab Strength* ASTM-D-1682 100 lbs Elongation* ASTM-D-1682 15%min. to 50% max. at 45 lbs Permitivity ASTM-D-4491 0.01 sec Equivalent Opening CW-02215-77 20 to 50(coarse soils)** Size 50 to 140(fine soils)** Width 36 inches Ultraviolet Resistance ASTM-D-4355 90% * 12" per min. strain rate ** Coarse soils with less than 50 percent of the particles passing through a#200 sieve, fine soils with greater than 50 percent of the particles passing through a#200 sieve. I 55120 •1995 Bonestroo,Rosene, Anderlik&Associates,Inc. 2573-1 1 I 111 The geotextile fabric shall be furnished in a wrapping which will protect the fabric from ultraviolet radiation and from abrasion due to shipping and hauling. The geotextile is to be kept dry until installed. The contractor shall furnish the Engineer at the time of delivery of the geotextile fabric a manufacturer's Certificate of Compliance that the geotextile fabric as furnished meets the above requirements. Posts shall be 2-inch by 2-inch diameter wood posts or standard steel fence posts weighing not less 1 than 1.33 pounds per lineal foot, with a minimum length of 30 inches plus burial depth. C. Flotation Silt Curtain: The fabric shall comply with the following physical properties: Thickness 15 mils Grab Tensile Strength 120 pounds min. Equivalent Opening Size 170 min. Seams. All seams shall be heat sealed or sewn. 1 Flotation. 8-inch diameter solid expanded polystyrene log type or approved equal with I approximately 20 lbs/ft buoyancy. Polystyrene beads or chips shall not be used for flotation. Main Load Line. 5/16-inch cable. I Ballast. A 5/16-inch chain. 2573.3. CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS: A. General: If the project disturbs five or more acres of total land area a completed application I MPCA's General Storm Water Permit for Construction Activity shall be provided to the Contractor along with the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall sign the completed application at the time of signing of the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall return the completed application along with a check for the application fee to the Owner for submission to the Minnesota Pollution Control Agency. The Owner shall notify the Contractor upon approval of the Permit. No work shall be done on the project until the Permit has been obtained. By signing the application the Contractor agrees to comply with all provisions of the Permit. I 1 55120 o 1995 Bonestroo,Rosene, Anderlik&Associates,Inc. 2573-2 t Installation of temporary po ary erosion and sedimentation control measures shall be coordinated with all phases of work. The Contractor shall complete grading, finishing, and installation of permanent or temporary erosion controls on a section-by-section basis. He shall also establish permanent turf in accordance with Section 2575 - TURF ESTABLISHMENT to prevent excessive soil erosion. Permanent erosion controls are any items of a permanent nature such as curbing, culvert aprons, riprap, flumes or other items that would control or minimize the potential for erosion. Temporary erosion controls are short lived devices such as straw bale structures, silt curtains, sediment traps or other means to temporarily protect the over-all work prior to the installation of permanent erosion controls or to supplement the permanent measures. B. Placing Temporary Erosion Control Items: 1. Bale Checks: The bales shall be installed so that the bindings run around the sides rather than along the tops and bottoms of the bales. A trench shall be excavated the width of a bale and the length of the proposed barrier to a minimum depth of 4 inches. After the bales are staked and chinked, the excavated soil shall be backfilled against the barrier. The backfill soil shall conform to the ground level on the downhill side and be built up to 4 inches against the uphill side of the barrier. The bales shall be placed end to end across ditches or at other areas requiring erosion control. The bales shall be placed immediately after shaping of the ditches or slopes is completed. Bale checks shall be inspected after each rainfall. Bale checks shall be repaired by replacing damaged bales or filling undercuts beneath bales. After 3 months the bales shall be replaced with either another bale dike or a silt fence barrier. Sediment deposits shall be removed after theyreach approximately one-half the height of the barrier. Bales shall be removed, as determined bythe Engineer,glneer, after the slopes and ditches have been stabilized and turf developed to the extent that future erosion is unlikely. The bales may be used as mulch or be disposed of satisfactorily. The ditch shall be reshaped, sumps and trenches filled, excess eroded material disposed of and turf established as required. 2. Silt Fence: Silt fence shall be erected prior to starting any construction operation which might cause any sedimentation or siltation to be carried away from the project site. Silt fence shall be installed on the contour and constructed so that flow cannot bypass the ends. If the silt fence is longer than 600 feet, it shall be constructed in separate independent units, with each unit having a length less than 600 feet. I I 55120 ®1995 Bonestroo,Rosene, Anderlik&Associates,Inc. 2573-3 I 1 Silt fences may be constructed with or without supporting fences such as snow fences or wire mesh fences. If support fences are included,they shall be strong enough to withstand the load from ponded water and trapped sediment. The support posts shall be spaced at 8 feet or less, and shall be driven I at least 2 feet into the ground. When a silt fence is installed without a supporting fence,the posts shall be spaced at 4 feet or less and be placed or driven at least 30 inches into the ground. For all installations,the fabric shall be anchored in a trench dug on the upslope side of the posts. The 1 trench should be at least 6 inches deep and 6 inches wide. The fabric shall be laid in the trench which is backfilled and compacted. The filter fabric shall be furnished in a continuous roll to avoid splices. When a splice cannot be avoided, it shall be made at a fence post. The fabric shall be overlapped 6 inches, folded over and securely fastened. All silt fences shall be inspected immediately after each runoff event and at least daily during prolonged rainfall. Any required repairs shall be made immediately. When sediment deposits reach approximately on-half the height of the slit fence, the sentient shall either be replaced or a second silt fence installed. I Silt fence shall be removed, as determined by the Engineer, after the slopes and ditches have been stabilized and turf developed to the extent that future erosion is unlikely. Materials remaining after I removal shall become the property of the contractor and shall be disposed of off the construction site. 3. Sandbag Barriers: Bags should be about one-half to two-thirds full of clay, silt or sand. The sacks I should be laid stretcherwise for the first layer, crosswise for the second layer, and alternating until the required height is reached. The sacks should overlap at least one-third each way and be well mauled into place. 4. Flotation Silt Curtain: The flotation carrier shall have a 5/16" diameter coated steel cable in it to carry loads imposed upon the curtain. The bottom edge shall be weighted by cable or chain with a minimum weight of 1.1 pounds per foot. One 24-pound anchor shall also be used per 100 feet of curtain. Where the curtain is made up of sections, thel sections should be joined so that silt cannot permeate through the connection. The silt curtain shall be maintained until the construction area is stabilized and turbidity is reduced to acceptable levels. At such time, the Contractor shall return to the project site and remove all features of the silt curtain and shall dispose of same at a location off the project site. I 55120 ®1995 Bonestroo,Rosene, 2573-4 Anderlik&Associates,Inc. I 5. Temporary Sediment Basin: The basin's hydraulic volume shall be sufficient to capture a 1/2 inch per acre of runoff from the watershed area. The basin shall also provide a minimum of 250 cubic feet of dead sediment storage volume below the outlet for the basin. The embankment height shall not exceed 5.5 feet above the low point of the original ground surface along the centerline of the embankment. The embankment shall have a minimum top width of 4 feet and side slopes of 2:1 or flatter. The basin inlets shall be placed above the outlet elevation. Temporary sediment basins shall have an outlet to carry runoff through the structure. The outlet can be a pipe outlet, gravel outlet or other suitable device. If a gravel outlet is used, it shall be located in the low point of the embankment. The minimum length of the gravel outlet in feet, should be four times the number of acres in the drainage area. The crest of the gravel outlet should be level and 1 foot below the top of the embankment. The gravel used for the outlet should be 1- to 2-inch size. A filter fabric may be installed inside the gravel filter to improve the sediment trapping efficiency of the structure. The sediment shall be removed when half of the capacity of the sediment trap is filled. Excavated sediment shall be placed in a location where it will not eroded. If the outlet becomes clogged with sediment, it shall be cleaned to restore ity flow capacity. The structure shall be inspected after significant runoff events to check for damage or operational problems. Once the contributing drainage area has been stabilized, the structure shall be removed. 6. Temporary Sediment Traps: Temporary sediment traps shall have an initial cubicyards storage volume of 67 per acre of drainage area, measured from the low point of the ground to the crest of the gravel outlet. If excavation is necessary to attain the required storage volume, side slopes shall be 111 no steeper than 2:1. The maximum height of the sediment trap embankment shall be 5 feet as measured from the low point. The outlet for the sediment trap shall consist of a crushed stone section of the embankment located at the low point in the basin. The minimum length of the outlet shall be 6 feet times the acreage of the drainage area. The crest of the outlet shall be at least 1.0 foot below the top of the embankment, to insure that the flow will travel over the stone and not the embankment. The sediment shall be removed when half of the capacity of the sediment trap is filled. Excavated sediment must be placed in a location where it will not erode. If the outlet becomes clogged with sediment, it shall be cleaned to restore its flow capacity. The structure shall be inspected after significant runoff events to check for damage or operational problems. Once the contributing drainage area has been stabilized, the structure shall be removed. I I 55120 1995 Bonestroo,Rosen., Anderlik&Associates,Inc. 2573-5 I i 7. Temporary Pipe Downdrains: The pipe shall consist of heavy-dutymaterial manufactured for this purpose. The conduit shall have grommets for anchoring at a spacing of 10 feet or less. The entrance section shall consist of a standard flared end section for corrugated metal pipe. The corrugated metal pipe that passes through the diversion shall be in good condition. All joints shall be water tight and the backfill around the pipe hand-compacted to prevent a failure of the diversion. The height of the diversion at the pipe shall be the diameter of the pipe plus 0.5 foot. Where this is higher than the normal diversion height, the fill elevation shall be carried level until it intersects with the normal diversion height. The outlet shall be located at an erosion-resistant location. The apron shall be constructed of riprap, grouted riprap, concrete, or other suitable material. The slope drain shall inspected ll be ins ected after each rainfall that produces runoff. Any needed repairs shall I be made promptly. The slope drain shall not be crossed by construction equipment. The apron shall be inspected periodically to check for scour. Any needed repairs shall be made promptly to prevent further damage. 8. Temporary Diversion Mounds: Channel grades that exceed 2 percent shall be stabilized with vegetation or other material. The mound shall be at least 1.5 feet in height when measured from the channel. The side slopes shall be at least 1:1. The earth material used in constructing the diversion shall be obtained from the material obtained from excavated areas on the project site. Fill material I shall contain no frozen particles,rock particles greater than 6 inches in diameter, sod, brush, or other objectionable material. The base shall be prepared so that a good bond is obtained. Fill material shall be placed in layers of 8 inches or less and compacted. It shall not be placed when there is insufficient moisture to obtain firm compaction. The diversion shall be inspected after all significant runoff events. Any damage shall be repaired 1 promptly. Sediment shall be removed from the channel and repairs made as necessary. Once the contributing drainage area has been stabilized, the structure shall be removed. 9. Temporary Riser Standpipes: Excavated sediment shall be placed in a location where it shall not erode. If the outlet becomes clogged with sediment,it shall be cleaned to restore its flow capacity. The structure shall be inspected after significant runoff events to check for damage or operational problems. Once the contributing drainage area has been stabilized, the structure shall be removed. 10. Storm Drain Inlet Protection: a) Silt Fence Inlet Sediment Barrier: The silt fence shall be constructed in accordance with Silt Fence, except that the posts shall be set a maximum of 4 feet apart. Each side of the inlet protection shall be at least 4 feet long. b) Straw Bale Inlet Sediment Barrier: Straw bales shall be set back 12 to 24 inches from the inlet. 1 55120 °1995 Bonestroo,Rosene, 2573-6 Anderlik&Associates,Inc. 1 I c) Block and Gravel Inlet Sediment Filter: wise on their sides around the inlet. The blocks shall be between 21 and24shall he be placed Winches mesh shall be J placed over the edges of the block before the rock is placed to prevent rocks from being washed through the block. Hardware cloth with 1/2-inch mesh shall be used. Stone shall be placed against the wire mesh to the top of the block. The stone shall be 1-to 3-inch washed gravel. d) Gravel and Wire Mesh Drop Inlet Sediment Filter: Wire mesh shall be placed over the grating to prevent gravel from washing into the storm drain. The wire mesh shall have 1/2-inch openings and extend 1 foot beyond the grating. The stone shall be 1-to 3-inch washed gravel. The stone shall be at least 12 inches deep and extend at least 18 inches beyond the grating. e) Slotted Riser Storm Sewer Inlet: The riser shall be made of corrugated metal, smooth metal or PVC pipe. An orifice plate shall be used to restrict flow. The flow velocity through the slots shall be 2 feet per second or less. The inlet assembly and temporary watertight cover shall be easily removed after construction. After any significant rainfall, storm sewer inletr p otectlon shall be inspected. Sediment shall be removed as needed or when it accumulates to half the design depth of the storm drain inlet protection. Sediment shall be placed in a location where it will not create an erosion problem and the inlet protection shall be removed as soon as the contributing drainage area is stabilized. 11. Temporary Rock Construction Entrance: The rock used for gravel pads shall be 1- to 2-inch size. The aggregate should be placed in a layer at least 6 inches thick. The rock entrance should be at least 50 feet long; longer entrances may be required to achieve adequate cleaning. A filter fabric shall be placed under the rock to prevent migration of mud from the underlying soil into the stone. The rock pad shall be established before construction activity begins on the site. When the site becomes muddy, the stone pad shall be inspected regularly for mud accumulation. The rock pad needs occasional maintenance to prevent tracking of mud onto paved roads. This shall require periodic top dressing with additional rock or removal and reinstallation of the pad. The rock pad shall be removed at the direction of the Engineer. 2573.4. METHOD OF MEASUREMENT: K. Temporary Sediment Basin: Temporary Sediment Basin quantities will be measured by the cubic yard for basin excavation and construction. Excavation will be measured by volume of the material in its original position. Quantities will be based on actual field measurement and any increase or decrease to Plan quantity shall not be considered as a basis of claim for adjusted unit prices. Sediment removed will not be measured. Materials used to provide an overflow will be measured and paid for separately. 1 55120 o 1995 Bonestroo,Rosene, Anderlik&Associates,Inc. 2573-7 I 1 L. Storm Drain Inlet Protection: Storm Drain Inlet Protection will be measured by the number of each. M. Temporary Rock Construction Entrance: Temporary Rock Construction Entrance will be measured, as indicated in the Proposal, by the weight or by the volume (vehicular measure) of material deposited. I End of Section 1 1 1 I 1 1 1 I I 1 1 1 55120 ®1995 Bonestroo,Rosene, 2573-8 Anderlik&Associates,Inc. I 2575. TURF ESTABLISHMENT 1 Specific Requirements 2575.0. SPECIFICATION REFERENCE: Unless otherwise noted or modified herein, all sections of the General Requirements shall apply. 2575.1. DESCRIPTION: This work consists of turf establishment at several locations throughout the project site described as follows: 1. Reconstructed Osman Avenue/57th Street North: Disturbed boulevard areas along the reconstructed segment of roadway which are adjacent to existing finished residential yards shall be restored by sodding. 2. Plat Areas: Any off-street areas within thelat which are disturbed sturbed by the project shall be restored by seeding with disk anchored mulch. 3. Emergency Overflow Swale: Creation of an emergency overflow swale for the low point of 57th Street North as described in Special Provision No. 24. The City of Oak Park Heights hts reserves the right to add or delete portions of turf restoration necessary at the time of construction. 2575.2. MATERIALS: 1 2575.2.1. Seed: All seed shall be Mixture 5 as defined in the General Requirements applied at the rate of 100 pounds per acre. q PP 1 2575.2.2. Topsoil: The Contractor must strip all existing topsoil from the boulevards, ditches, and other construction sites. This topsoil shall be stockpiled and then respread over the disturbed areas to be seeded. All areas to be sodded shall include 4 inches of topsoil to be supplied by the Contractor from a source located outside the project site. 1 2575.2.3. Sod: Sod shall be Type Lawn. 2575.2.4. Mulch Material: Mulch material shall be Type 1 as defined in the General Requirements and shall be disc anchored into the soil. Application shall be at the rate of 2 tons per acre. 2575.2.5. Fertilizer: Areas to be seeded shall be fertilized using a commercial grade (12-12-12) applied at the rate of 200 lbs. per acre. 2575.3. CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS: The Contractor shall strip and salvage all available topsoil from the areas disturbed by construction, and shall be responsible for respreading over the areas to be seeded or sodded. 1 55120 ®1995 Bonestroo,Rosene, Anderlik&Associates,Inc. 25754 1 I All areas to be seeded shall be neatly leveled and the existing soils loosened to a depth of at least two inches. All roots, rocks, stones, clods and other objectionable matter shall be removed. All areas to be sodded shall be rolled immediately following placement of the sod. 2575.3.6. Maintenance: The Contractor shall maintain seed in accordance with Mn/DOT Section 1 2757.3, Paragraph H, except that the Contractor shall be solely responsible for replacement and/or repair of any seeded or sodded area that may washout or erode or fail to grow prior to acceptance with no additional compensation therefor. 2575.5. METHOD OF MEASUREMENT &PAYMENT: I Seeding: Seeding, including seed mixture, mulch material, disk anchoring, and fertilizer shall be paid for at the bid unit price per acre which shall be compensation in full for all work. I Sodding: Sodding, including sod, 4 inches of topsoil, grading, shaping, rolling, maintenance, and cleanup shall be paid for at the bid unit price per square yard stated in the proposal which shall be111 compensation in full for all work. The basis of measurement shall be the area actually covered by the sod, regardless of whether or not sodding is lapped or shingled. If necessary, the sodding shall be pegged with no further compensation allowed for extra time or materials required. I Emergency Overflow Swales: Drainage swale grading and restoration, including staked sod, 4 inches of topsoil,grading, shaping, rolling, maintenance, and cleanup shall be paid at the bid unit price per square yard as stated in the proposal and shall be considered full compensation to complete the work. The basis of measurement shall be the same as that described under sodding. I I End of Section 1 I f 1 1 55120 1995 Bonestroo,Rosette, Anderlik&Associates,Inc. 2575-2 II II 2575. TURF ESTABLISHMENT I/ General Requirements 2575.0. SPECIFICATION REFERENCED: Section 2575 of the Minnesota Department II of Transportation "Standard Specifications for Construction" 1988 Edition and all amendments thereto shall apply except as modified or altered in the following General Requirements. II2575.1. DESCRIPTION: This work shall consist of establishing ground cover on designated areas in accordance with the plans and as specified herein. I/ 2575.2. MATERIALS: 2575.2.1. SEED: All seed required on the project shall be furnished by the 11 Contractor and meet the following requirements: A. All seeds shall conform to the requirements of the latest seed laws of the State of Minnesota, including those governing weed seed tolerances. I/ B. Purity and germination requirements listed below shall be met. IPURITY GERMINATION COMMON & BOTANICAL NAME MINIMUM X MINIMUM X 11 Alfalfa, Creeping (Medicago Sativa) 99 85 White Clover (Trifolium Repens) 99 85 Park Kentucky bluegrass (Poa pratensis) 95 82 Perennial ryegrass (Lolium perene) 99 90 I/ Smooth bromegrass (Bromus inermis) 90 85 Timothy (Phleum pratense) 99 85 Switchgrass (Panicum virgatum) 95 80 1 C. The seed mixture shall be one of the mixtures listed below as required in the Specific Requirements. I/ MIXTURE 500 MIXTURE 700 40.0% Park Kentucky bluegrass 11.4% Switchgrass 20.0% Smooth bromegrass 11.4% Timothy 11 6.0% Switchgrass 37.2% Smooth bromegrass 8.0% Timothy 11.4% Creeping alfalfa 20.0% Perennial ryegrass 28.6% Perennial ryegrass 16.0% White Clover 2575.2.2. Topsoil: Topsoil used on this project shall be in general accordance with the material described as Topsoil Borrow in Mn/DOT Specifi- I cation 3877 and may contain a maximum of 20 percent organic material. The gradation requirements will be waived on topsoils natural to the site. I/ 2575-1 I/ 2/89-GENERAL Copyright 1989 Bonestroo, Rosene, Anderlik & Associates, Inc. r 2575.2.3. Sod: Sod shall be cultured sod of a good quality. It shall be densely rooted Bluegrass or other approved permanent turf grasses, free of noxious weeds and objectionable grasses Before cutting, the sod shall be raked free of all debris and the grass cut to a length of approximately two (2") inches. All sod shall be cut in uniform strips not less than eighteen (18") inches in width. The thickness shall be such as to contain practically all of the dense root system of the grass, but never less than 3/4 inch. 2575.2.4. Mulch Material: Mulch material shall conform to the requirements of the following types with the type being specified in the Specific Requirements. Type 1: This type shall consist of grain straw, hay, cuttings of agricultural grasses and legumes. The material shall be free of seed bearing stalks of noxious grasses or weeds. The material shall not contain Canada thistle or leafy spurge fragments or seeds. At the time of delivery, the mulch shall be in an air dried condition. Type 2 & 3: This type mulch using emulsified asphalt shall not be used on the project. Type 4 TO 6: Mulch type 4 through 6 shall be as described in Mn/DOT Specification 3882.2 and shall be required when specified in the Specific Requirements. 2575.2.5. Fertilizer: Fertilizer furnished under this specification shall be a commercial grade containing at least the minimum nitrogen, phosphorus and potash specified as 12-12-12. 2575.2.6. Polypropylene Plastic Netting: Polypropylene plastic netting shall meet the requirements of Mn/DOT Specification 3883. 2575.2.7. Wood Fiber Blankets: Wood fiber blankets shall be in accordance with Mn/DOT Specification 3885. 2575.3. CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS: I 2575.3.1. General: The areas to be seeded or sodded shall be covered with three (3) inches of suitable topsoil or as stated in the Specific Requirements. On the areas where mulch is required, the mulch must not lag the seeding by more than 24 hours. 2575.3.2. Soil Preparation: Immediately in advance of the sodding and seeding the areas shall be raked clean of all stones, clods, roots and other objectionable matter. The areas to be sodded or seeded shall be reasonably smooth and blend with the contour of the adjoining areas. The finished 11 surface shall be flush with or slightly below the surface of adjoining turf, walks, curbs. , etc. 11 2575-2 2/89-GENERAL I Copyright 1989 Bonestroo, Rosene, Anderlik & Associates, Inc. w 11 Prior to sowing the seed or placing sod, the soil shall be loosened to s depth of approximately three (3) inches using discs, harrows, field diggers or other suitable cultivating equipment. 2575.3.3. Applying Fertilizer: Fertilizer shall be Commercial Grade 12-12-12 applied at the rate of 200 pounds per acre unless otherwise specified in the Specific Requirements using mechanical spreading devices which provide uniform distribution of the material over the designated areas. 2575.3.4. Sowing Seed: Seeding shall be done as soon asossible aft finish grading has been completed. p er The rate of application and season of planting shall be as follows: / II Mixture Pounds Per Acre Season of Planting 500 50 April 15 - June 5 & July 20 - Sept. 20 700 50 April 15 - June 10 I/ & July 20 - Sept. 20 The seeding date restrictions may be modified and dormant seeding will be allowed subject to the approval of the Engineer. Seed shall be sown by means of mechanical or hydro spreading of the seeds at the specified rate of application. An agricultural type seed drill will be required only where mulching is not specified. 1/ 2575.3.5. Applying Mulch: The rate of application of Type 1 mulch shall be approximately two (2) tons per acre. The mulch shall be anchored with a disc, clodbuster or other approved equipment. This equipment shall anchor the material by punching it into the soil to a depth of approximately 2 to 3 I/ inches. The anchoring equipment shall be operated in a general direction at right angle to the direction of surface drainage wherever practical. All mulch shall be anchored the same day as it is placed. IApplying other types of mulch material shall be in accordance with Mn/DOT Specification 2575.3F. 2575.3.6. Placing Sod: All sod shall be placed within 24 hours after being cut. During this period, it shall be protected against drying out by being covered as may be necessary. The sod strips shall be carefully placed by I hand, beginning at the bottom of the slope and progressing upward. The length of the strips on slopes shall be as nearly as practical at right angles to the slope. The strips shall be laid with staggered joints and the edges of all strips shall be tightly pressed against the edges of adjoining strips. Sod 11 laid adjacent to existing turf shall be neatly butted to the existing turf with no overlapping allowed. I 2575-3 2/89-GENERAL Copyright 1989 Bonestroo, Rosene, Anderlik 11 & Associates, Inc. 1 I Overlapping of sod strips, shingle style will be required in waterways where directed by the Engineer, in which case the sod strip shall be laid at right angles to the flow of water. Although pegging of sod is not specifically required it is understood that the contractor will be responsible for the successful establishment of the sod including repair or replacement of sod which becomes displaced or damaged due to the lack of protection. After the sod has been placed, the sod shall be pressed into the underlying soil by rolling or tamping. 2575.3.7. Placing Erosion Mats: Erosion mats shall be installed in accordance with Mn/DOT Specification 2575.3.K. 2575.3.8. Maintenance: All sod placed under the contract shall be watered and maintained by the contractor until acceptance by the Engineer. Upon being placed, the sod shall be maintained for at least30ronallg days sod 11 before final acceptance will be made. During the maintenanceperiod, which is presumed dead, damaged, or has become infected with weeds shall be replaced with new sod as directed by the Engineer. I When so directed by the Engineer, the contractor shall reseed any areas on which the original seed has failed to grow. If mulching is required on the project, the reseeded area shall also be remulched. Until final acceptance of the work, all maintenance and repair work shall be performed at the expense of the contractor, except that the additional seed and mulch material used for reseeding and remulching will be measured and paid for at the contract unit prices. 2575.3.9. Acceptance of Work: Seeding will generally be accepted by increment area upon satisfactory completion of the seeding and mulching and anchoring if specified. Acceptance of seeding will relieve the contractor of responsibility for maintenance except for reseeding and remulching as directed by the Engineer. Upon satisfactory placement of the original sod, payment for sod placed will be authorized at the contract unit price subject to retainage provisions of the Conditions of the Contract. Upon expiration of the sod maintenance period, the contractor shall immediately replace all presumed dead and damaged sod, or sod which has become infected with weeds. Areas replaced with new sod shall have the maintenance period extended by 20 days after replacement. Final payment shall not be made until after the maintenance period or extended period and acceptance by the Engineer. 1 2575-4 1 2/89-GENERAL Copyright 1989 Bonestroo, Rosene, Anderlik & Associates, Inc. 1 II 2575.4. METHOD OF MEASUREMENT: I/ 2575.4.1. Seeding: Seeding will be measured by original area seeded. Areas requiring reseeding where the original seed has failed to grow will not be I/ added to the original measured area. 2575.4.2 Seed: All seed furnished and applied for both the original seeding and reseeding shall be measured by the weight of each mixture used. 11 2575.4.3. Mulch: Mulch materials will be measured separately by weight of each type furnished and acceptably applied mulch material used in remulching IIwill be measured by weight and added to the mulch quantities originally used. 2575.4.4. Disc Anchoring: Disc anchoring of Type 1 mulch will be measured by IIthe area in acres of mulch disced acceptably. 2575.4.5. Fertilizer: Commercial fertilizer will be measured by weight for each kind furnished and applied. 11 2575.4.6. Sodding: Sodding will be measured by the area sodded and accepted based on actual measurements taken along the surface of the sod. No I/ additional payment will be made for areas resodded. Where sod is placed shingle style in waterways, the product of the sod strip length and the number of strips placed will be used as the measurement. 11 2575.4.7. Erosion Mats: Erosion mats of each kind will be measured separately by the area covered. I/ 2575.5. BASIS OF PAYMENT: Payment for Turf Establishment items at the contract prices per unit of measure shall be compensation in full for all topsoil, materials, preparation, installation and maintenance on the basis of IIthe following schedule: Item No. Item Unit 2575.501 Seeding Acre I/ 2575.502 Seed, Mixture Pound 2575.505 Sodding Square Yard 2575.511 Mulch Material, 11 Type Ton 2575.519 Disc Anchoring Acre 2575.521 Polypropylene Plastic netting Square Yard I/ 2575.523 Wood Fiber Blanket Square Yard 2575.531 Commercial Fertilizer Ton I I/ End of Section 2575-5 2/89-GENERAL II Copyright 1989 Bonestroo, Rosene, Anderlik & Associates, Inc. II 1 23 000. WATER MAIN 1 Specific Requirements 23,000.1. DESCRIPTION: Unless otherwise noted or modified herein, all sections of the General Requirements shall apply. 23,000.2.A. Ductile Iron Pipe: All water main pipe shall be of ductile iron and shall be Class 52. The 6 inch ductile iron pipe shall have a metal wall thickness of 0.31 inches. Contractor's attention is directed to Paragraph 23,000.2.A. of the General Requirements which states that all pipe joints shall be tested for conductivity prior to acceptance. Testing shall be in accordance with Paragraph 23,000.3.J.7. of the General Requirements. 23,000.2.D. Fire Hydrants: Hydrants shall be Waterous WB-67 "Pacer" hydrants and shall have 2- 21/2" hose connections with National Standard thread, 3-1/4" O.D. male 6 threads per inch. Steamer connections shall be 5-3/4" O.D. male 4 threads per inch. Hydrants shall have 5 inch valve opening, National Standard operating nut, 6" hub and connection for mechanical joint pipe for 7.5'of cover with break-off flange feature . The "Pacer" type with rocker lug and chains are required. Hydrants shall be painted "Federal Yellow". 1 Each hydrant installed as part of this contract shall have a fiberglass flagsimilar to the Hydrafinder g Y Hydrant Marker. That marker consists of a bright red fiberglass rod 54 inches long by a diameter of 3/8 inches with four white reflective bands without a bulb end. The rod shall be attached to the hydrant by using one of the existing flange bolts. Payment for the hydrant marker shall be included in the bid unit price for hydrant complete in place. 23,000.3. CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS: All valves, hydrants and lateral lines or stubs shall be tied with rods or bolts to the main line and such work shall be considered incidental to the project with no additional compensation therefor. All water main fittings, including the plugs, shall be blocked using concrete thrust blocking as indicated on Standard Detail Plate 2-9. All plugs and tees shall be blocked using the same dimensions as indicated for the 90 degree bend blocking. In addition, where lines terminate with plugs, the plug and two other joints shall be restrained with tie rods in conjunction with the concrete blocking. No valves on the existing water system shall be operated by the Contractor unless under emergency conditions. All water main shall have seven and one-half(7Yi) feet minimum cover. There are three separate instances in this project which will cause interruption of service to existing J P residences. The Contractor's attention is directed to Special Provision No. 15 which explains these situations. 55120 ®1995 Bonestroo,Rosene, 23,000-1 Anderlik&Associates,Inc. i 1 The existing 6" CIP watenmain removed d from Outlot C shall be properly disposed of at a location off the project site. This disposal shall be considered incidental to the bid unit price for removal. 23,000.3.1 Pressure Test: After the pipe has been laid, all newly laid pipe or any valved section of it shall be subjected to a hydrostatic pressure of 150 lbs. per square inch for a period of 30 minutes. A drop in pressure over the 30 minute period exceeding 3 lbs. shall be cause for rejection of the project. All leaks shall be corrected and the test repeated until the pressure drop is within the 3 lb. limit. All testing shall take place after the service lines and valves are in place. 111 23,00.3.L.4. Backfilling: All trench backfill shall be mechanically compacted to the requirements as specified below. Backfill over all pipe shall be compacted with a hand-operated mechanical tamper to a point one foot above the pipe in six inch lifts. The remainder of the trench shall be backfilled in one foot lifts to the top of the trench. The backfill material shall be compacted to 95% of the standard moisture density relationship of soil (ASTM D698-70) below the top three feet of the trench. The top three feet of the trench (exclusive of street surface section) shall be compacted to 100% density. Any settlement of street surface in excess of one (1) inch as measured a by ten foot straight-edge within the warranty period shall be cottaidered failure of the mechanical compaction and the contractor shall be required to repair such settlement with no additional payment therefor. 1 23,000.3.L8. Clean-Up: All of the construction area shall be returned to a condition equal to that at the start of construction. All street and boulevard areas shall be returned to their original grade and all construction debris removed. The Engineer shall provide grade stakes so that the street and boulevard areas can be returned to their I original grade and cross-section. The Contractor shall furnish the necessary motor grader, scraper and/or all equipment required to completely restore the streets and boulevards and dispose of any excess material. All clean-up work shall be considered incidental to the contract with no additional compensation allowed. 111r End of Section n 1 1 55120 1 ®1995 Bonestroo,Rosene, Anderlik&Associates,Inc. 23,000-2 1 1 23,000. WATER MAIN General Requirements 23,000.1. DESCRIPTION: This work shall consist of the construction of water mains in accordance with the requirements of the Contract. Under the numbering system used herein number 23,000.2. - 23,000.2.G inclusive, deal with MATERIALS; 23,000.3. - 23,000.3.L8 inclusive,deal with CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS;23,000.4.-23,000.4.I.inclusive,deal with METHOD OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT. It is intended that when the Standard Specifications do not cover the subject matter necessary to be covered that the additional numbers in the appropriate section may be utilized in the "Specific Requirements" and the numerical sequence preserved. 23,000.1.A. Work Included: The Contractor shall, unless otherwise specified, furnish all materials, equipment, tools and labor necessary to do the work required under his contract and unload, have and distribute all pipe, fittings, valves, hydrants and accessories. The Contractor shall also excavate the trenches and pits to the required dimensions; sheet, brace and support the adjoining ground or structures where necessary; handle all drainage or ground water; provide barricades, guards, and warning lights; lay and test the pipe, fittings, valves, hydrants and accessories, backfill and consolidate the trenches and pits; maintain the surface over the trench, remove surplus excavated material; and clean the site of the work. The Contractor shall also furnish all equipment,tools,labor and materials required to rearrange sewers, conduits, ducts, pipes and other structures encountered in the installation of the work. All the work to completely construct the water facilities shall be done in strict accordance with the contract documents to which these General Requirements are a part. ' 23,000.1.B. Specification Reference: In these General Requirements reference is made to the Minnesota Department of Transportation Specifications which shall mean the "Standard Specifications for Construction, 1988 Edition", and subsequent amendments. 23,000.2. MATERIALS: The materials used in this work shall be new and conform to the ' requirements for kind and size of material specified herein or as altered in the "Specific Requirements", "Special Provisions" and "Proposal". 23,000.2.A. Ductile Iron Pipe: All ductile iron pipe shall be in accordance with AWWA C151 of the Class as shown on the plans, "Specific Requirements", and/or "Proposal". All pipe shall be furnished with standard thickness cement mortar lining conforming with AWWA C104. All ' pipe shall have push-on joints as specified in AWWA Cl i i and shall be electrically conductive. 23,000.2.B. Cast Iron Fittings: All fittings shall be mechanical joint unless otherwise indicated ' and shall be in accordance with AWWA C110. All fittings shall be designed for not less than 250 psi working pressure and shall have a standard thickness cement mortar lining conforming with AWWA C104. Ductile iron compact fittings as specified in C153 with standard thickness lining are acceptable in lieu of cast iron fittings. 23,000-General(3\94) Copyright 1994 Bonestroo,Rosene,Anderlik &Associates,Inc. 23,000-1 1 gaskets for mechanical andpush-on joints Rubber Gaskets: Rubber joints shall conform to AWWA C111 and shall be designed and manufactured to exact dimensions to assure a liquid-tight joint. All joints shall be installed with an electrical contact through every joint. 23,000.2.D. Fire Hydrants: All hydrants shall be of a uniform make. The following information will be furnished in the "Specific Requirements": (1) Size of valve opening; (2)Depth of trench and cover;,(3) No. and size of hose connections; (4) No. and size of steamer connections; (5) Size and type of pipe connections; (6) Direction of opening; (7) Type of threads, hose connections; (8)Type of threads, steamer connection; (9) Shape and size of operating nut; (10) Open or closed drain holes; (11) Hydrant accessories such as flags, wrenches or drain pumps. 23,000.2.E. Gate Valve and Box: Gate valves shall be bronze mounted, iron body valves conforming with requirements of AWWA 509. All valves shall have 0-ring seals with non-rising stems and shall open to the left. Valves shall be equipped with mechanical joint ends in accordance with AWWA C111. Valve boxes shall be cast iron, screw-type, adjustable for 7-1/2 foot depth of cover. Valves and boxes shall be considered as integral units. Gate valve boxes shall be three piece, Clow F- 2450H, Mueller J-10380, or equal. 23,000.2.F. Butterfly Valve and Box: Butterfly valves shall be cast iron body rubber seated, I tight closure valves in accordance with AWWA C504. Butterfly valves shall be furnished with mechanical joint ends conforming to AWWA C111. The valve operator is an integral part of the butterfly valve and shall be constructed to operate without maintenance under ground water conditions. Valve operators shall be manufactured by the valve manufacturer and/or in valve sizes 20 inch diameter and larger shall be equal to 900 worm gear actuators as manufactured by Limitorque Corporation or equal for buried service. Valve boxes shall be cast iron and shall be two or three piece type with screw adjustable top section for 7-1/2 foot depth of cover. 23,000.2.G. Granular Materials: Materials used for improved pipe foundation of pipe bedding shall meet the requirements of Mn/DOT Specification 3149H Course Filter Aggregate, except that hard, durable crushed carbonate quarry rock may also be used. The material shall have the following crushing requirements: Not less than 50% of the material, by weight, that is retained on the No. 4 sieve shall have one or more crushed faces. 1111 1 23,000-General (3\94) Copyright 1994 Bonestroo, Rosene, Anderlik &Associates,Inc. 23,000-2 I 23,000.3. CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS: ' 23,000.3.A. Inspection: I 23,000.3.A.1. Of Materials at Delivery Point: During the process of unloading, all pipe and accessories shall be inspected by the Contractor for loss or damage in transit. ' 23,000.3.A.2. Field Inspection: All pipe and accessories shall be laid,jointed, disinfected and tested for defects and leakage in the manner herein specified. ' 23,000.3.A.3. Disposition of Defective Material: All material found during the progress of the work to have cracks, flaws or other defects will be rejected by the Engineer and the Contractor shall promptly remove from the site of the work such defective material. 23,000.3.B. Contractor's Responsibility for Material: 23,000.3.B.1. Responsibility for Material Furnished by Contractor: The Contractor shall be ' responsible for all material furnished by him and he shall replace at his own expense all such material that is found to be defective in manufacture or that has become damaged in handling after delivery by the manufacturer. This shall include the furnishing of all material and labor required for the replacement of installed material discovered defective prior to the final acceptance of the work. 23,000.3.8.2. Responsibility for Safe Storage: The Contractor shall be responsible for the safe storage of material furnished by or to him and accepted by him and intended for the work,until it has been incorporated in the completed project. 23,000.3.C. Handling Pipe and Accessories: 23,000.3.C.1. General: Pipe and other accessories shall, unless otherwise directed,be unloaded at the point of delivery, hauled to and distributed at the site of the project by the Contractor. ' They shall at all times be handled with care to avoid damage. 23,000.3.D. Alignment & Grade & Underground, Surface & Overhead Utilities 23,000.3.D.1. General: All pipe shall be laid and maintained to the required lines and grades; with hydrants,valves and fittings at the required locations; and with joints centered and spigots ' home; and with all valve and hydrant stems plumb. 23,000.3.D.2. Existing Utilities: Existing water and sewer mains, and other underground ' utilities,are shown on the plans only by general location. The Owner does not guarantee the locations as shown on the plans,nor is it guaranteed that all utilities are shown. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for verifying the exact location of each of these utilities, without ' additional compensation. Prior to the start of any construction, the Contractor shall notify all utility companies having utilities in the project area. 23,000-General (3\94) Copyright 1994 Bonestroo, Rosene, Anderlik &Associates,Inc. 23,000-3 I The Contractor shall have sole responsibility for providing temporary support and for protecting and maintaining all existing utilities in the project area during the entire period of construction, including but not limited to the period of excavation, backfill and compaction. In carrying out this responsibility, the Contractor shall exercise particular care, whenever gas mains or other utility lines are crossed, to provide compacted backfill or other stable support for such lines to prevent any detrimental displacement, rupture or other failure. 23,000.3.D.3. Deviations Occasioned by Other Utility Structures: Wherever existing utility structures or branch connections leading to main sewers or to main drains or other conduits, ducts, pipe or structures present obstructions to the grade and alignment of the pipe, they shall be permanently supported, removed, relocated or reconstructed by the Contractor through cooperation with the Owner of the utility, structure or obstruction involved. In those instances where their relocation or reconstruction is impracticable, a deviation from the grade will be ordered and the change shall be made in the manner directed with extra compensation allowed therefore at unit prices, if applicable. 23,000.3.D.4. Deviation with Engineer's Consent: No deviation shall be made from the required line or grade except with the written consent of the Engineer. 23,000.3.D.5. Subsurface Exploration: It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to determine and verify the location of existing pipes,valves or other underground structures as necessary to progress with the work with no additional compensation allowed. The Engineer shall make all known records available. All known utilities are designated on the plans in a general way as stated in Section 23,000.3.D2. 23,000.3.D.6. Overhead Utilities and Obstructions: Overhead utilities, poles, etc. shall be protected against damages by the Contractor and if damaged by the Contractor, shall be replaced by him. Should it become necessary during the progress of the work to remove or relocate existing poles, overhead utilities and obstructions, the Owner shall cause the same to be done at no expense to the Contractor unless otherwise provided for in the "Special Provisions" or "Specific Requirements". It will be the duty of the Contractor to visit the site and make exact determination of the I existence of any such facilities prior to the submission of his bid. 23,000.3.E. Excavation and Preparation of Trench: 23,000.3.E.1. Description: The trench shall be dug to the alignment and depth shown on the plans and only so far in advance of pipe laying as Engineer shall specify in the "Specific Requirements". The trench shall be so braced (Section 23,000.3.E10.)and drained that workmen may work safely and efficiently therein. The discharge pipes shall be led to natural drainage channels. 23,000-General (3\94) Copyright 1994 Bonestroo,Rosene, Anderlik &Associates,Inc. 23,000-4 1 23,000.3.E.2. Width: The trench width may vary with and depend upon the depth of trench and the nature of the excavated material encountered; but in any case shall be of ample width to permit the pipe to be laid and jointed properly and the backfill to be placed and compacted properly. The minimum width of unsheeted trenches at the top of the pipe shall be 30 inches, and for pipe 12 inches in diameter or larger it shall be one foot greater on each side of the nominal diameter of the pipe. All trenches shall be excavated to conform to the requirements of the State Industrial Commission or the Office of OSHA, whichever is more restrictive. 23,000.3.E.3. Pipe Foundation in Good Soil: The trench shall have a bottom conforming to the grade to which the pipe is to be laid. The pipe shall be laid upon sound soil cut true and even so that the barrel of the pipe will have a bearing for its full length. Bell holes shall be excavated to insure the pipe resting for its entire length upon the bottom of the trench and to permit jointing to be made properly. 23,000.3.E.4. Correcting Faulty Grade: Any part of the trench excavated below grade shall be corrected with approved material thoroughly compacted without additional compensation to the Contractor. 23,000.3.E.5. Pipe Foundation in Poor Soil: When the trench bottom at subgrade is soft and, in the opinion of the Engineer cannot support the pipe, a further depth and/or width shall be excavated and refilled to pipe foundation grade with well compacted granular materials for improved pipe foundation. ' It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to notify the Engineer of changing soil conditions which may be of poor bearing capacity and when organic soils are encountered, Where utilities ' are placed on unstable soils without notification of the Engineer, the Contractor shall be responsible for all repairs and correction of the installation without further compensation. 23,000.3.E.6. Pipe Clearance in Rock: Ledge rock, boulders and large stones shall be removed to provide a clearance of at least 6 inches on each side of all pipe and appurtenances for pipe 16 inches or less in diameter; for pipes larger than 16 inches a clearance of 9 inches below and clear width of 9 inches on each side of inside diameter of pipe shall be provided. Adequate clearance for properly jointing pipe laid in rock trenches shall be provided at bell holes. ' 23,000.3.E.7. Pipe Foundation in Rock: The space between the bottom of the trench and rock and the bottom of the pipe shall be backfilled with granular base material thoroughly tamped. Generally speaking, the material from the trench excavation other than rock or boulders shall ' be considered as suitable material. No additional compensation for placing or tamping this material shall be allowed. However, in the event that additional material must be hauled in, the hauling of the suitable granular material for the pipe bed shall be paid for on a weight basis when ordered by the Engineer. Weight slips shall be delivered to the Engineer daily. 23,000-General (3\94) Copyright 1994 ' Bonestroo, Rosene,Anderlik &Associates, Inc. 23,000-5 1 23,000.3.E.8. Solid Rock Excavation Defined: Solid rock excavation shall include such rocks as are not decomposed,weathered or shattered and which will require blasting,barring,wedging or use of air tools for removal of any boulders or concrete or masonry structure (except concrete pavement, curb, gutter and sidewalk) exceeding one-half (1/2) cubic yard in volume that may be encountered in the work. 23,000.3.E.9.Blasting Procedure: Blasting for excavation will not proceed until the Contractor has notified the Engineer of the necessity so to do, such notification shall in no manner relieve the Contractor of the hazards and liability contingent on blasting operations. The hours of blasting will be fixed by the Owner. Any damage caused by blasting shall be repaired by the Contractor at his expense. The Contractor's methods of procedure relative to blasting shall conform to local and state laws and municipal ordinances. I 23,000.3.E.10. Braced and Sheeted Trenches: Sheeting, bracing, etc. shall be put in place and maintained as may be required to support the sides of the excavation and to prevent any movement which may in any way endanger personnel, insure or delay the work, or endanger adjacent buildings or other structures. Where sheeting and bracing are used, the trench width shall be increased accordingly. Trench sheeting shall remain in place until pipe has been laid, tested for defects and repaired if necessary, and the earth around it compacted to a depth of one foot or over the top of the pipe. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility and duty to be familiar with local and state laws and municipal ordinances relating to this type of work and he shall assume the responsibility for compliance therewith. 23,000.3.E.11. Manner of Piling Excavated Material: All excavated material shall be piled in ' a manner that will not endanger the work and that will avoid obstructing sidewalks and driveways. Gutters shall be kept clear or other satisfactory provisions made for street drainage. 23,000.3.E.12. Barricades, Guards, and Safety Provisions: To protect persons from injury and to avoid property damage, adequate barricades, construction signs, fences, flashers and guards as required shall be placed and maintained during the progress of the construction work and until it is safe for traffic to use the trenched roadway. 23,000.3.E.13. Traffic and Utility Controls: Excavations for pipe laying operations shall be ' conducted in a manner to cause the least interruption to traffic. Hydrants under pressure,valve boxes, curb stop boxes, fire or police call boxes or other utility controls shall be left 111 unobstructed and accessible during the construction period. 23,000.3.E.14. Private Property Protection: Trees, fences, poles and all other private property shall be protected unless their removal is authorized and any property damage shall be satisfactorily restored by the Contractor or adequate compensation therefore shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. Where tree trimming is required, all cut surfaces one inch or more in diameter shall be covered with a coat of asphalt paint. 1 23,000-General (3\94) Copyright 1994 Bonestroo, Rosene, Anderlik &Associates,Inc. 23,000-6 111 f 23,000.3.E.15. Interruption of Water Services: No valve or other control on the existing system ' shall be operated for any purpose by the Contractor without approval of the Engineer and all consumers affected by such operation shall be notified by the Contractor at least an hour before the operation and be advised of the probable time when service will be restored. 23,000.3.E.16. Tunneling,Jacking or Excavation Other Than Open Trench: Where pipe cannot be placed by open trench excavation, the method for placing shall be stated in the "Specific Requirements". 23,000.3.E.17. Manner of Handling Pipe and Accessories Into Trench: Proper implements, tools and facilities satisfactory to the Engineer shall be provided and used by the Contractor for the safe and convenient prosecution of the work. 23,000.3.E.18. Inspection Before Installation: Before lowering and while suspended, the pipe shall be carefully inspected for defects and cracks. Any defective, damaged or unsound pipe shall be rejected. 23,000.3.E.19. Pipe Kept Clean: All foreign matter or dirt shall be removed from the inside of the pipe before it is lowered into its position in the trench, and it shall be kept clean by approved means during and after laying. 23,000.3.E.20. Preventing Trench Water From Entering Pipe: All openings along the line of water main shall be securely closed, as directed, and at the suspension of work at any time, suitable stoppers shall be placed to prevent earth or other substances from entering water main. 23,000.3.E.21. Railroad and Highway Crossings: When any railroad or highway is crossed, all precautionary construction measures required by the Railroad and Highway Department shall ' be followed. Railroad or highway crossings shall be jacking or tunneling and construction and permit requirements shall be as stated in the "Specific Requirements". ' 23,000.3.E.22. Unsuitable Conditions for Laying Pipe: No pipe shall be laid in water or when the trench conditions are unsuitable for such work. ' 23,000.3.F. Jointing: All jointing of mechanical joint pipe and push-on joint pipe shall be in accordance with the requirements of A.W.W.A. Specification C600. 23,000.3.F.1. Preparation of Pipe Ends: Before laying the pipes, the outside of the spigot and the inside of the bell shall be wire brushed and wiped clean and dry. Pipe ends shall be kept clean until joints are made. 23,000.3.G. Setting Valves, Valve Boxes and Fittings ' 23,000.3.G.1. General: Valves and pipe fittings shall be set and jointed to new pipe in the manner heretofore specified for cleaning, laying and jointing pipe. 23,000-General (3\94) Copyright 1994 Bonestroo,Rosene, Anderlik &Associates,Inc. 23,000-7 I by 23,000.3.G.2. Setting Valves: All valves shall be set where directed the Engineer. Valves and boxes shall be supported on a concrete block as shown on the detail drawings. Valve boxes shall be maintained centered and plumb over the operating nut of the valve. Tops of the valve boxes shall be set flush with the existing surface and shall be set so as to provide 12 inches of upward adjustment. Each valve box shall be marked with a 4" x 4" timber, 6' long set with 2 feet of the post exposed above grade. 23,000.3.H. Setting Hydrants: 23,000.3.H.1. Location: All hydrants shall be set where directed by the engineer. A grade stake and location stake will be provided by the Engineer at each hydrant. No hydrant shall be set until such a grade stake has been placed. 23,000.3.H.2. Procedure: All hydrants shall be supported on an 8 inch concrete block or equal concrete base. Each hydrant shall be braced as shown on the detail drawings. After each hydrant has been set, there shall be placed around the base of the hydrant, not less than one cubic yard of gravel or crushed rock from which all fine material has been removed. A layer of polyethylene, minimum 4 mil.thickness, shall be carefully placed over the rock to prevent the backfill from entering the voids in the drain rock. All hydrants must be maintained in a plumb position during the backfilling operation. 23,000.3.I. Anchorage of Bends. Tees and Plugs: 23,000.3.I.1. General: All bends, tees, hydrants and plugs shall be securely braced against i undisturbed soil using timbers, precast concrete block with wooden wedges or poured in place concrete thrust blocks. Method of anchorage must be reviewed with and approved by the Engineer prior to backfilling. 23,000.3J. Testing Pipe Lines: 23,000.3.11. Pressure During Tests: After the pipe has been laid and backfilled as specified, all newly laid pipe, or any valved section of it shall, unless otherwise specified, be subjected to hydrostatic or air pressure of 150 lbs. per square inch. The test must be conducted under the observation of the Engineer and with his approval. 23,000.3.J.2. Duration of Pressure Test: The duration of each pressure test shall be at least two (2) hours. 23,000.3.13. Procedure: All pipe or sections thereof shall be slowly filled with water from a safe source if a hydrostatic test is used, and the specified test pressure, measured at the lowest point of elevation, shall be applied by means of a pump connected to the pipe in a satisfactory manner. The pump, pipe connection, taps, gauges and all necessary apparatus shall be furnished by the Contractor. Gauges and measuring devices must meet with the approval of the Engineer. The test gauge shall be calibrated in one pound increments and operate smoothly and accurately. 23,000-General(3\94) Copyright 1994 Bonestroo, Rosene,Anderlik &Associates,Inc. 23,000-8 1 23,000.3.J.4. Expelling Air Before Test: Before applying hydrostatic test pressure, all air shall be expelled from the pipe. To accomplish this, taps shall be made, if necessary, at points at ' highest elevation and afterward tightly plugged. 23,000.3.J.5. Examination Under Pressure: Any cracked or defective pipes, fittings, valves or hydrants discovered in consequence of the pressure test shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor with sound material in the manner provided and the test shall be repeated until ' satisfactory to the Engineer. 23,000.3.16. Permissible Leakage: A drop in pressure over a 30 minute test period exceeding 3 pounds shall be cause for rejection of the project. All leaks shall be corrected and the test repeated until the pressure drop is within the 3 pound limit. ' 23,000.3.J.7. Conductivity: Conductivity shall be provided throughout the water system by use of copper straps or approved conductive gaskets with copper inserts. All fittings shall be mechanical joint with copper straps. Lead tipped gaskets will not be approved for conductivity. Copper jumper straps between sections of pipe shall be not less than 1/16" x 3/4" strap bolted to shop welded pipe straps of the same size. Bolts shall be 5/16" diameter bronze. For all ' locations where shop welded straps are not available, field welds shall be made using the Cadweld method with size 32 cartridge. Each field weld shall be properly made after filing the surface of the pipe to a clean bare metal over the entire area of the weld. Straps bolted to ' mechanical joint fittings shall be not less than 1/16" x 1-1/2". All straps shall be securely fastened and backfill placed so as to not damage the conductivity. Conductivity test shall be performed on all mains after they have been pressure tested and are full of water at normal operating pressure. A direct current of 350 amps at 30 volts shall be passed through the line for 4 minutes. Current flow shall be measured continuously on a suitable ammeter and shall remain steady without interruption or excessive fluctuation throughout the period. At the end of the 4 minute period, the current shall be raised to 400 amps for 1 minute without fluctuation. Insufficient current or wide fluctuations of ammeter needle shall be evidence of defective conductivity which shall be isolated,corrected and retested. Acceptable equipment for the test shall be arc welding machines with adequate sized cables to ' carry the test current without voltage drop or overheating. Conductivity test shall be carried out in the presence of the Engineer or his duly authorized agent. Caution shall be exercised at all times when working with electrical equipment and wires during the conductivity test. I 23,000-General (3\94) Copyright 1994 Bonestroo, Rosene,Anderlik &Associates,Inc. 23,000-9 23,000.3.K. Disinfection: 23,000.3.K.1. General: After completion of the installation and testing, the Contractor shall disinfect the new pipe,valves and fittings as described in A.W.W.A. Specification No. C651 by use of the Tablet Method which is generally described as follows: The Contractor shall place hypochlorite tablets in each section of pipe and also in hydrants, hydrant branches and other appurtenances during construction. The tablets shall be attached to the top of the pipe with an adhesive such as "Permatex" No. 1 or other approved material. When the installation has been completed, the main shall be filled with water at a velocity of less than 1 foot per second. This water shall remain in the pipe for at least 24 hours. After the 24 hour retention period, the heavily chlorinated water shall be flushed from the main until the chlorine concentration in the water leaving the main is less than 1 ppm. Tests are required to determine chlorine residual at the end of the 24 hour retention period and after flushing to ascertain that the heavily chlorinated water has been removed from the pipeline. At the end of the 24 hour retention period, the main shall contain not less than 10 ppm chlorine. The number of tablets required per 20 foot length of pipe based on 31/4 grain available chlorine ' per tablet is as follows: Diameter No. of Tablets 4" 1 6" 2 8" 3 10" 4 12" 5 16" 9 18" 12 20" 14 24" 20 After final flushing and before the main is placed in operation, samples shall be collected and ' tested to show the absence of coliform organisms. If the initial disinfection fails to produce satisfactory bacteriological samples, the main shall be reflushed and resampled. If further samples show the presence of coliform organisms, then the mains shall be rechlorinated by the continuous feed or slug method of chlorination until satisfactory results are obtained. 23,000-General (3\94) Copyright 1994 Bonestroo, Rosene, Anderlik &Associates,Inc. 23,000-10 I 1 23,000.3.L. Backfilling, Cleaning Up and Maintaining Surfaces: 23,000.3.L.1. Backfilling Procedure at Pipe Zone: Granular material or other suitable backfill material free from rocks, boulders and other unsuitable substances shall be deposited in the trench simultaneously on both sides of the pipe for the full width of the trench to a height of at least six (6) inches above the top of the pipe. The backfill shall be hand placed and thoroughly compacted to fill all spaces under and adjacent to the pipe. 1 23,000.3.L.2. Backfill Procedure Above Pipe Zone: (Type "B") Procedure Where Settlement is Allowable: Succeeding layers of backfill may contain coarser materials and shall be free from pieces of rock, concrete or clay lump more than one cubic foot in volume, roots, stumps, tin cans, rubbish, frozen materials and other similar articles whose presence in the backfill would cause excessive settlement. This type of backfilling may be accomplished above the pipe zone 1 by any mechanical means or otherwise, at the option of the Contractor. On traveled streets, completed backfill shall be rolled by wheel type or crawler type equipment weighing not less than 6 tons. Surface shall be maintained in passable condition for traffic until date of final I inspection. Backfilling under exposed existing utilities shall be compacted to prevent settlement and any future displacement. 1 23,000.3.L.3. Backfilling Procedure Above Pipe Zone: (Type"B") Succeeding layers of backfill may contain coarser materials and shall be free from pieces of rock,concrete or clay lump more than one cubic foot in volume, roots, stumps, tin cans, rubbish, frozen materials and other 1 similar articles whose presence in the backfill could cause excessive settlement. This type of backfilling may be compacted by puddling with hose and long pipe nozzle, or by flooding the trench, as the backfilling is accomplished above the pipe zone by any mechanical means or I otherwise at the option of the Contractor. It is important that proper precautions be taken to prevent flooding of the pipe when flooding the trench and the Contractor shall be wholly responsible for neglect of these precautions. 1 23,000.3.L.4. Procedure Where No Settlement is Allowable: (Type "C") Succeeding layers of backfill may contain coarser materials and shall be free from pieces of rocks, concrete or clay lump more than one-third cubic foot in volume, roots, stumps,tin cans, rubbish,frozen materials and other similar articles whose presence in the backfill would cause excessive settlement. This type of backfilling shall be placed in uniform layers before compaction of approximately 6 inches, tamped by mechanical means to the density specified in the Specific Requirements. 23,000.3.L.5. Procedure Where No Settlement is Allowable: (Type "D") Succeeding layers of 1 backfill shall be made of selected materials meeting requirements as set forth in the "Specific Requirements". This type of backfilling shall be placed in uniform layers before compaction of approximately 6 inches, tamped by mechanical means to the density specified in the Specific 1 Requirements. It shall be the duty of the Contractor to remove excavated materials not used in backfilling to a location as designated in the "Specific Requirements". 1 23,000-General (3\94) Copyright 1994 Bonestroo, Rosene,Anderlik &Associates,Inc. 23,000-11 I 1 23,000.3.L.6. Deficiency of Backfill. By Whom Supplied: Any deficiency in the quantity of material for backfilling the trenches or for filling depressions caused by settlement shall be supplied by the Contractor with no extra compensation allowed. Any settlement which occurs shall be refilled by the Contractor. Material shall be at the Contractor's expense and of a material approved by the Engineer. ' 23,000.3.L.7. Restoration of Surface: All surfaces shall be returned to the original grade and contour. Any excess dirt caused by displacement due to structures shall be removed by the Contractor to a location as designated with no extra compensation. 23,000.3.L.8. Cleaning Up: Surplus pipe line material, tools and temporary structures shall be removed by the Contractor and all dirt and rubbish caused by his operations and excess earth from excavations shall be hauled to a dump provided by the Contractor and the construction site shall be left to the satisfaction of the Engineer. Clean up operations shall be accomplished promptly after tests are completed. 23,000.4. METHOD OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT: ' 23,000.4.A. Pipe in Place: Pipe will be paid for at the contract price per linear foot,which shall include the cost of furnishing all pipe, rubber gasket,joints and other material and of delivering, handling, laying, trenching, bedding, backfilling, compaction, testing and all material or work necessary to install the pipe complete in place at the depth above specified. The length of pipe for which payment is made shall be the actual overall length measured along 111 the axis of the pipe without regard to intervening valves or fittings. All jacking shall be paid for at the contract unit price per linear foot which shall include both the water pipe and the casing under roadway and railroad, complete as specified previously under Section 23,000.3.E21. Payment shall be made for the jacking length specified unless unforseen conditions require a change in length of jacking. 23,000.4.B. Cast Iron Fittings: Cast iron specials will be paid for at the contract price per pound installed, said weights to include fittings, glands,bolts and gaskets. Payment for cast iron fittings shall be for the published weights of mechanical joint fittings as listed in A.W.W.A. C110. If ductile iron fittings are used, the weight for payment shall be the equivalent cast iron weight. 23,000.4.C. Hydrants: Hydrants will be paid for at the contract unit price per hydrant installed complete with gravel,concrete base and bracing,but does not include the auxiliary hydrant valve which shall be paid for under another item of(hese specifications if required. 23,000.4.D. Gate Valves and Boxes: Gate valves and boxes, including extensions,will be paid for at the contract unit price per valve and box installed for each size. 23,000.4.E. Butterfly Valves and Boxes: Butterfly valves, operators and boxes, including extensions, will be paid for at the contract unit per valve and box installed for each size. 23,000-General(3\94) Copyright 1994 Bonestroo, Rosene, Anderlik &Associates,Inc. 23,000-12 t 1 23,000.4.F. Improved Pipe Foundation Material: The additional granular material required below the specified bedding shall be paid for per lineal foot of improved pipe foundation placed for each six (6) inch thickness of granular material placed. ' 23,000.4.G. Rock Excavation: If rock is encountered in the trench, such rock excavation shall be measured by volume in cubic yards and shall be measured from the top of the rock to a point six (6) inches below the bottom of the pipe and twelve (12) inches from each side of the ' inside diameter of the pipe. The minimum trench width of the rock excavation shall be 36 inches. Payment shall be at the contract unit price per cubic yard. 23,000.4.H. Sand Cushion: Granular material used for a sand cushion in areas of rock excavation where suitable materials are not available on site shall be paid for at the contract unit price per ton of material deposited under and around the pipe. 23,000.4.I. Special Structures and Appurtenances: Basis of payment for special structures and appurtenances not included above shall be stated in the "Special Provisions", "Specific Requirements" and/or "Proposal". i 1 1 1 1 1 End of Section 1 1 23,000-General (3\94) Copyright 1994 ' Bonestroo, Rosene, Anderlik &Associates,Inc. 23,000-13 I 24,000. SEWERS Specific Requirements 24,000.1. DESCRIPTION: Unless otherwise noted or modified herein, all sections of the General �j Requirements shall apply. 24,000.2. MATERIALS: All 8 inch diameter lines to be constructed as part of this project shall be solid wall PVC pipe or ductile iron pipe. The PVC pipe shall be either Schedule SDR35 or Schedule SDR 26 as noted on the plans and proposal and in accordance with Section 24,000.2.B of the General Requirements. Polyvinyl chloride sewer pipe and fittings shall be produced by a continuous extrusion process using Type 1, Grade 1 material as defined in A.S.T.M. Specification D-1784. The design, dimensions, and wall thickness shall be in accordance with A.S.T.M. Specification D-3034, SDR 35 or SDR 26 as stated on plans and in the specifications. Polyvinyl chloride i e joints p p � s shall be bell and spigot type with solvent cement applied in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Gasket push-on type joints are considered an equal joint. ' Ductile ironi e shall be installed p installed at the crossing of the existing 36"RCP storm sewer between MH-2 and MH-3, as shown on Plan Sheet No. 4. This ductile iron pipe shall be 8-inch diameter, Class 52, with a metal wall thickness of 0.33 inches. All sanitary sewer service lines shall be 4" PVC pipe as per A.S.T.M. Specifications D-1785, Schedule 40. I All storm sewer shall be reinforced concrete pipe in accordance with Section 24,000.2C of the General Requirements with Type R-4 joints. 24,000.2.H. Manhole&Catch Basin Frames&Covers: All sanitary sewer and storm sewer manhole frames and covers shall be Neenah Foundry R-1642B, or equal with concealed pick holes. Storm sewer catch basin frames and covers shall be Neenah R-3067V or R3290A, and R1737 castings on the high capacity catch basins. Castings shall meet the following requirements; Casting designation Minimum Weight Other Requirements ' R-1642B 325 lbs. Indented Top Design R-1737 115 lbs. Frame shall be cast into top slab I R-3067V 510 lbs. for the high capacity structure. Vane Grates R-3290A 420 lbs. 1 55120 ®1995 Bonestroo,Rosene, Anderlik&Associates,Inc. 24,000-1 I The R-3067V casting shall be furnished with a curb inlet box that has a 3 inch radius front face 1 surface. Manhole structures shall be 4'diameter or as indicated on the storm sewer schedule on Sheet 2 of the plans, and steps shall be included in all structures over 4.0 feet in depth. New manholes and catch basins installed as part of this project shall be adjusted in accordance with Section 1700, Adjust Miscellaneous Structures. 24,000.2.J. Precast Concrete Manholes& Catch Basins: All structures are to be constructed using precast sections, including the high capacity catch basins. All sanitary manholes shall be built in accordance with Detail Plate 1-1. All storm sewer manholes and catch basins shall be built in accordance with Detail Plates 1-10, 1-16, 1-19, 1-32 and 1-32A. All round openings in cones and top slabs shall be 27 inch diameter. All concrete pipes entering manholes or catch basins shall be cut with a power saw similar to type used for ductile iron pipe. 24,000.3. CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS: As shown on Plan Sheet No. 6, the Contractor is required to remove approximately 160 lineal feet of existing 18 inch diameter RCP storm sewer, I including 4 long radius bends. The pipe shall be inspected by the Engineer after removal. Whatever is deemed salvageable shall be reinstalled by the Contractor'at the new locations indicated on the Plan. The remainder of the pipe, including the bends, shall be hauled to an acceptable location off the project site and properly disposed of. The removal of the 18 inch diameter RCP will leave a hole in the side of the pipe in the existing 36 inch diameter RCP trunk storm sewer line. The Contractor shall be responsible to patch this hole in accordance with the following requirements. All loose deleterious and miscellaneous debris shall be removed from the edges of the hole and the inside wall of the pipe. The Contractor shall then erect braced form work on the inside of the pipe, so that the finished surface of the patch will be smooth and curved to match flushly with the inside surface of the existing pipe. The bracing and forms shall be left in place until such time as the patch has sufficiently hardened to allow removal. As part of the patching procedure,the Contractor shall embed 6" x 6" wire reinforcing mesh within the concrete on the outside of the existing pipe. The mesh shall be one continuous piece and extend a minimum of 12 inches beyond the edge of the hole on all sides, and shall be conveyed by a minimum of 3 inches of concrete. The trench around the pipe shall not be backfilled until the patch has hardened sufficiently. I The proposed sanitary sewer crosses under the existing 36 inch diameter RCP trunk storm sewer between MH-2 and MH-3, as shown on Plan Sheet No. 4. The anticipated clearance between pipes I is minimal. Therefore, prior to the installation of any sanitary sewer, the Contractor shall expose the existing storm sewer in order to verify its location and elevation. As indicated on the plan, the crossing is to be made by laying a full piece of 8 inch diameter ductile iron pipe, centered under the existing storm sewer. The ductile iron pipe shall be connected to the 8 inch PVC pipe on either end by means of a Fernco type connector. Care shall be taken to ensure that line and grade are maintained through the connections. A concrete collar shall be poured around each connection. The collar shall be a minimum of 6 inches thick and shall extend a minimum of 6 inches past each end of the Fernco connector. 55120 ®1995 Bonestroo,Rosen, Anderlik&Associates,Inc. 24,000-2 I 24,000.3.E3. Pipe Bedding: Where PVC pipe is used, it shall be installed and bedded in accordance with ASTM Specifications D2321 "Recommended Practice for Underground Installation of Flexible 111 Thermoplastic Sewer Pipe". Bedding requirements shall include mechanical compaction of sand and gravel material surrounding the pipe to at least 95% of standard Proctor to prevent deflection of the pipe cross-section. This granular material must be furnished by the Contractor from a site that is located off the project location. The Contractor will not be allowed to use any on-site granular materials that may be encountered during the installation of water and sewer utilities. This granular material shall comply with gradation specifications and placement requirements as stated on Standard Detail Plate No. 1-25B for Bedding Methods. Payment for such bedding and compaction requirements shall be considered incidental to the installation of the sewer pipe. If improved pipe foundation material is required below the specified bedding, then payment will be made per lineal foot of trench stabilized for each 6 inch thickness of foundation material placed. As an example, if 2 feet of foundation material is required under a pipe installed with C-2 bedding; 6 inches of material is required for Class C-2 bedding and payment will be made for 3 lineal feet of pipe foundation material, 6 inches deep. The Contractor shall furnish the foundation material from a source located off the project site. The Contractor will not be allowed to u§e any on-site granular materials encountered during the installation of the water and sewer utilities for purposes of pipe foundation construction. Foundation material shall comply with gradation specifications and placement requirements as stated on Standard Detail Plate No. 1-25B for Pipe Foundation Methods. Payment shall be as described above and as stated on the Detail Plate. The installation of granular bedding materials for normal PVC pipe installation and also placement of foundation material for pipe stabilization will generate excess material. This excess material and the excess material from pipe and structure installation shall be removed from the project site by the I Contractor. No additional compensation will be considered or allowed for removal, hauling, and disposal of excess material as stated in Section 24,000.6.H. of the Sewer General Requirements. The required procedures described above for pipe bedding and pipe foundation in good soils and pipe foundation and pipe bedding in poor soils shall apply to the sanitary sewer mains and house service lines alike. 24,000.6. BACKFILLING: All trench backfill shall be mechanically compacted to the requirements as specified below. Backfill over allPiP e shall be compacted with a hand-operated mechanical tamper to a point one foot above the pipe in six inch lifts. The remainder of the trench shall be backfilled in one foot lifts to the top of the trench. The backfill material shall be compacted to 95% of the standard moisture density relationship of soil (ASTM D698-70) below the top three feet of the trench. Backfill within easement areas shall be compacted to 98%density. The top three feet of the trench(exclusive of street surface section) shall be compacted to 100% density. 55120 ®1995 Bonestroo,Rosene, Anderlik&Associates,Inc. 24,000-3 I Any settlement of street surface in excess of one (1) inch as measured by a ten foot straight-edge within the warranty period shall be considered failure of the mechanical compaction and the contractor shall be required to repair such settlement with no additional payment therefor, including restoration of the surface area affected. The method of trench settlement repairs and restoration shall be approved by the Engineer. 24,000.6.J. Cleanup: of the construction area shall 1 P be returned to a condition equal to that at the start of construction. All street and boulevard areas shall be returned to their original grade and all construction debris removed. The Engineer shall provide grade stakes so that the street and boulevard areas can be returned to their original grade and cross section. The Contractor shall furnish the necessary motor grader, scraper and/or all equipment required to completely restore the streets and boulevards and dispose of any excess material. All cleanup work shall be considered incidental to the contract with no additional compensation allowed. 24,000.7. TESTING PIPE LINES: 24,000.7.A. Testing Pipe Lines: Pipe line testing requirements shall be as follows: All pipe line testing shall be considered incidental to the bid cost of the pipe. a. Infiltration Test: Perform as required by 24,000.7.A. Contractor shall construct measuring weirs and devices as necessary and directed by the Engineer. The maximum allowable rate of leakage shall not exceed 100 gallons per mile per inch of diameter per day. The measurements shall be taken between individual manholes and the infiltration in any given line shall not exceed the allowable. The test shall be waived if no visible infiltration is observed during the lamping or televising inspections. b. Mandrel Test: As part of the testing procedures, the Contractor shall be required to perform a mandrel test after the sanitary sewer main installation has been completed. A minimum waiting time period of 30 days after the pipe installation is required before the deflection test may be performed. The Contractor shall furnish the mandrel, all materials and equipment, and the necessary labor force to pull the mandrel through all lines to verify the pipe's integrity. The mandrel will be pulled in the presence of the Engineer's project representative. Costs incurred to conduct the test are to be incidental to the pipe installation bid unit price. A deflection greater than five percent of the inside diameter of the pipe is considered a failure of the pipe bedding and is therefore defective work subject to Section 8.13 and 8.15 of the Conditions of the Contract. The Owner further reserves the right to measure the deflection of PVC pipe at any time during a one year period following the final acceptance of the sewer pipe. Deflections greater than 5% of the inside diameter of the pipe shall be considered failure of the bedding procedure and the Contractor may be required to re-excavate the trench, re-compact the backfill material and restore the surface with no additional compensation for such work. 55120 I ®1995 Bonestroo,Rosene, Anderlik&Associates,Inc. 24,000-4 1 c. Air Test: All polyvinyl chloride sanitary sewer pipe installed in this project shall be air tested. Pipe shall be cleaned but may be wetted. Pneumatic balls shall be used to plug the ends at manholes. Low pressure air shall be introduced in the plugged line until the internal air pressure reaches 4.0 psig greater than the average back pressure of any groundwater pressure that may submerge the pipe. At least two minutes shall be allowed for the pressure to stabilize before readings are taken and the timing started. During this time, the Contractor shall check all plugs with soap solution to detect plug leakage. If any plugs are found to leak,air shall be bled off, the plugs shall be retightened and the air shall be reintroduced into the line. The sewer line under test will be accepted as havingpassed the air test if the pressure does not drop P more than 0.6 psig in less time than 1/2 minute per inch in diameter of the pipe being tested. The minimum starting pressure is 3.6 psig. All costs associated with performing the air tests or any corrective work found necessary due to failure of tests shall be considered incidental to the project. 24,000.7.B. INSPECTION: Upon completion of the pipe installation the City of Oak Park Heights will televise the entire system installed under this contract. Any defects, faulty joints, cracked pipe or other deficiency noted by the TV inspection shall be immediately corrected by the installing contractor with no additional compensation allowed. Any visible sign of infiltration shall be considered a defect requiring correction. The Contractor shall assist with providing access to all sanitary sewer manholes at the time of television inspection. 24,000.9. BASIS OF PAYMENT: Placement of the 8 inch diameter DIP at the storm sewer crossing between Manhole 2 and 3 shall be paid at the bid unit price stated in the Proposal based on the lineal feet of DIP actually installed. This shall be considered payment in full for all work associated with the crossing, including Fernco connectors and concrete collars. Payment for the patching of the 36 inch diameter RCP following removal of the 18 inch RCP shall be made at the lump sum bid unit price as stated in the Proposal. This shall be considered payment in full for all work associated with the patching, including forms and reinforcing mesh. I End of Section I I 55120 1995 Bonestroo,Rosene, 0�-5 Anderlik&Associates,Inc. } l 24,000. SEWERS General Requirements 24,000.1. DESCRIPTION: This work shall consist of the construction of sewers in accordance with the requirements of the Contract. Under the numbering system used herein numbers 24,000.2 - 24,000.2.N inclusive, deal with Materials; 24,000.3 - 24,000.7.A inclusive, deal with Construction Requirements; 24,000.8 - 24,000.8.K inclusive, deal with Method of Measurement and 24,000.9 - 24,000.9.M, inclusive, deal with Basis of Payment. It is intended that when the Standard Specifications do not cover the subject matter necessary to be covered, additional numbers in the appropriate section may be utilized in the Specific Requirements and the numerical sequence preserved. 24,000.1.A. Work Included: The Contractor shall, unless specified otherwise, furnish all materials, equipment, tools and labor necessary to do the work required under his contract and unload,haul and distribute all pipe,castings, fittings, manholes and accessories. The Contractor shall also excavate the trenches and pits to the required dimensions; sheet, brace and support the adjoining ground or structures where necessary; handle all drainage or groundwater;provide barricades, guards and warning lights; lay and test the pipe, castings, fittings, manholes and 111 accessories;backfill and consolidate the trenches and pits; maintain the surface over the trench; remove surplus excavated material; and clean the site of the work. The Contractor shall also furnish all equipment, tools, labor and materials required to rearrange sewers, conduits, ducts, pipes or other structures encountered in the installation of the work. All the work to completely construct the sewer facilities shall be done in strict accordance with the contract documents to which these General Requirements are a part. 24,000.1.B. Specification Reference: In these General Requirements reference is made to the Minnesota Department of Transportation Specifications which shall mean the "Standard Specifications for Highway Construction" of the Mn/DOT, dated January 1, 1983 and subsequent amendments. 24,000.2. MATERIALS: The materials used in this work shall be new and conform to the requirements for class, kind and size of material specified below or as altered or more specifically described in the "Specific Requirements", "Special Provisions" and "Proposal". 1 24,000.2.A. Clay Pipe: Clay sewer pipe and fittings shall conform to the requirements of the current A.S.T.M. Specification C-700 for extra strength clay sewer pipe. Extra strength pipe shall be used for all Vitrified Clay Sewer Pipe on the project. 24,000.2.B. Polyvinyl Chloride Sewer Pipe: Polyvinyl chloride sewer pipe and fittings shall be produced by a continuous extrusion process using Type 1, Grade 1 material as defined in A.S.T.M. Spec. D-1784. The design, dimensions and wall thickness shall be in accordance with ASTM Spec. D-3034, SDR 35. 24,000-General (3/94) Copyright 1994 Bonestroo, Rosene, Anderlik &Associates,Inc. 24,000-1 24,000.2.C. e' R inforced Concrete Sewer Pipe: The sewer pipe shall conform to the requirements of the Standard Specifications for Reinforced Concrete Sewer Pipe, A.S.T.M. Designation C-76 of the class designated on the plans and in the Proposal. 24,000.2.D. Corrugated Metal Pipe: Corrugated metal pipe shall conform to the Standard Specifications for Corrugated Metal Pipe Culvert of the A.A.S.H.O. Specification M-36 with exceptions and additions as noted in Mn/DOT Specification 3226. The kind of base metal and gauge is stated in the "Specific Requirements". If any special coating is required, it will be stated in the "Specific Requirements". 24,000.2.E. Ductile Iron Pipe: Ductile iron pipe shall conform with the requirements of AWWA Standard C151 of the class and type stated in the "Specific Requirements". All ductile iron pipe shall have mechanical or push-on type joints and shall have a standard thickness cement mortar lining in accordance with AWWA Standard C104. I Where ductile iron pipe is used as a pressure line receiving discharge from a pumping station, all joints shall be electrically conductive by use of copper straps or approved conductive gaskets with copper inserts. 24,000.2.F. Cast Iron Fittings: Where ductile iron pipe is furnished,fittings shall be mechanical joint in accordance with AWWA Standard C110. All fittings shall be designed for 150 psi working pressure. All fittings shall have a standard thickness of cement mortar lining in accordance with AWWA Standard C104. Ductile iron fittings in accordance with AWWA Standard C-153 are considered equal. 24,000.2.G. Joints and Joint Materials: 24,000.2.G.1. Clay Pipe: Clay pipe joints shall be rubber or plastic type compression joints in accordance with A.S.T.M. Spec. C-425. Plain-end vitrified clay pipe may be used which employ Type B compression couplings in accordance with ASTM Specification C594. 24,000.2.G.2. Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe: Polyvinyl chloride pipe joints shall be bell and spigot type with solvent cement applied in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Gasketed push-on type joints are considered equal. 24,000.2.G.3. Concrete Pipe: Reinforced concrete pipe joints shall meet the requirements of 111 ASTM Specification C-361 and shall be the Bureau of Reclamation Type R-4. Deformed concrete pipe shall be jointed with material similar to Ram-Nek, Hamilton Kent, Kent Seal No. 2 or equal gasket material applied in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. 24,000.2.G.4. Ductile Iron Pipe: Gaskets for mechanical joint and push-on joint pipe shall be designated and manufactured to exact dimensions to assure a liquid tight joint. All joints for pipe used as a pressure line shall be installed with an electric contact through every joint. Joints shall conform to AWWA Standard C111. 24,000-General (3/94) Copyright 1994 Bonestroo,Rosene,Anderlik &Associates,Inc. 24,000-2 Wr I 25,000.5.C. Services: All curb boxes shall be marked with a solid 41" each t8''1 shall be mawood post rked with 4 feet above grade as per Standard Detail Plate No. 3-4. The end of a continuous 2" x 2" wooden post extending from adjacent to the plug to 12" above the finish ground line. 11 All service lines and curb box locations and elevations shale cord a he acd tual the l Engdepine t pe endrior to f the installation. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility tor sanitary sewer service in relation to the stake thatisortantdand thaterythey must exercise ice line. The ncare �n should be aware that this information is very important determining the depth. Furthermore,this depth recording is incorporated into the "Record Plans" and becomes a permanent part of the City's records. The depth of service record, wye location, and length of individual water and sewer service lines installed shall be submitted to the Engineer at the end of each ed inspector.week. No service line shall be backfilled until it has been inspected by the Engineer or an f It should be noted that, for the twin homes, two sewer andwater services will be located in each 11 trench, as indicated in the detail drawing on Plan Sheet No. Due to the circumstancessurrounding the service installations, off of the outlined in the Project existing mains, Specii cations.will be 111 impossible to perform the standard testing f the utilities as fthe existing mains shall be backfilled until it has been For this reason, no service installed off 111 visually inspected and approved by the Engineer. 25,000.5.E. Trench Comp__ _ All service trenches acted in a allowed manner equal to that Ispecified for the main lines and laterals with no additionalcompensation Any settlement of street surface in excess of one (1) inch as measured by a ten foottton anddge 1 within the warranty period shall be considered failure of the mechanicae co p contractor shall be required to repair such settlement with no additional repairs andt hrestorationrefor, including surface restoration of the area affected. The method of tree jbe approved by the Engineer. 25,000.6. METHOD OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT: Insulation of the copper service nstalled at the specified 4 inch lines shall be measured based on the square feet of boardactually • thickness. Payment will be made at the bid unit price as completely payment in full for all materials, equipment and labor necessary toompletely install the insulation in accordance with the Standard Detail Plate, including sand cushion. 111 Payment for the saddles used in the tapping of the 2 inch diameter corporation cocks shall addil included in tthe bid unit price for the 2 inch corporation stop as statedProposal. nal compensation will be considered or allowed for the use of the tapping saddles. I i 55120 ®1995 Bonestroo,Rosene, 25,0()0-3 Anderlik&Associates,Inc. I Core drilling and placement of the 8 inch by 4 inch PVC saddles for the sanitary sewer services which will extend from the existing VCP main shall be paid bythe unitert in Part 3 of the Proposal. Payment of this item at the contract price shall be considered e bid t item listedn full for all materials, equipment and labor necessary to completeley payment in work as specified, . including core drilling. Service wyes placed in-line with the new PVC sanitary mains installed under this contract shall be paid under the specified bid unit item under Part 1 of the Proposal. Payment of the in-line cleanouts shall be made at the bid unit price stated in the Proposal based on the unit of each. This shall be considered payment in full for all materials, labor and equipment necessary to completely install the cleanout according to the Detail Drawing, includin lon t p concrete encasement, marker, and all else. g g urn T-Y, 1 I • . I End of Section I I I I I I I 1 55120 °1995$oneatroo,Rosene, Anderlik&Associates,Inc. 25,000-4 I 1 I24,000.2.G5. Corm ated Metal Pie: Corrugated metal pipe shall be joined using coupling bands in accordance with Mn/DOT Specification 3226. 24,000.2.H. Manhole and Catch Basin Frames & Covers: Cast iron foree both from allh manoles and catch basin frames and covers ll be Class 35 it nin accordancebest grade f with A.S.T.M. Spec. A-48. Each cast iron, frdefects and flaws ansha casting shall be sand blasted but no further coating or finish s required g protBcotionhe surface wordsr of II the cover and frame in contact shall be machined for "SANITARY SEWER" or "STORM SEWER" shall be top of each be f Dnhol woh two in two inch letters where each is applicable. All manhole castings concealed type pick holes of a design approved by the Engineer. The type, style and weight ht of all manhole castings, special castings and catch basin castings shall . be as stated in the "Specific Requirements". ole Stes: 24,000.2.I. Manh p 24,000.2.1.1. Cast Iron Manhole Ste s: Cast iron manhole steps shall be manufactured from stepsmetal havin a minimum tensile strength 35,000 pounds per square inch. All manhole III hi-test t meg shall be Neenah Foundry Step No. R 1"1TC-Badger F-15 or equal. All steps shall conform to the requirements of A.S.T.M. Designation o 24,000.2.I.2. Aluminum Manhole Steps: Aluminum manhole steps steps fhald es m adel r t the I cast iron steps specified may be used. Aluminum manhole pex Ternalloy No. 5 aluminum alloy. 24,000.2.I.3. Polypropylene Coated Manhole Steps: Polypropylene molded over steel reinforcing rod and similar in designto the cast iron steps specified may be used. All such steps shall be M.A. Industries (SP-1-PF) Manhole Step, or equal. for all 24,000.2.J. Pre-Cast Concrete Manholes: Precast concrete manholes shall be used forms manholes more than 6.5' deep from rim to °bbloof ck may be used forconform i the lower portion of to the reqir iof A.S.T.M. Designation C-478. Segmentalless se manholes over large diameter pipe up to the top of the la rgest oft ppipe. ne manhle shotl beer ireducedstated, I to the internal diameter shall be four feet. The upper section a smaller diameter opening by use of an eccentric sectaon immediately below the cost cone made expressly for ine sectionip deep and greater the pre-caststream side On manholes 8 ft. d p be on the i shall be one (1 foot in height). The vertical diameterl of oror greater e cone shall here steps will be placed to of the manhole, except for pipe 36 inches f provide the most suitable access. A minimum of 2 rings to Pre cast maximum o jfours i gl bf adjustment shall be allowed. All manholes shall be Ovate rubber o-ring gasket type. All manhole steps shall be bases may be preTicastaor poured n lace. be neatlymortared up. Manholere placedn All lifting holes shall place. Poured in place bases must be acceptably ll ianholes shallrbe shaped �oethesections h If section of I on the hardened slab. The inverts of equivalent size pipe conforming to the inlet and outlet pipe so as to allow for a free 11 24,000-General(3/94) Copyright 1994 II Bonestroo,Rosene, Anderlik 24,000-3 &Associates,Inc. I Iuninterrupted flow with all surfaces sloping to the flow line. Manholes may be supplied with preformed inverts and watertight pipe connections for all lines 15" in diameter or smaller. Preformed inverts will not be allowed where pipe grades are 2 percent or greater unless design grade is built through the manhole. esign All manholes, catch basin manholes and catch basins shall be constructed in accordance the detail plates included in the contract documents. with Where manhole or catch basin depths are less than 6.5 feet from rim to top of pipe, they shall be built with precast concrete manhole sections and a precast concrete manhole opening suitable for street loading. slab with offset Where manholes are constructed using a precast concrete m immediately below the slab shall be one (1) foot in height.anhole top slab, the pre-cast section "Mini-Tee" type precast manhole bottom sections may be used for the instlI latio diameter concrete pipe sewers in lieu of the construction method described above of all small 24,000.2.K. Pre-Cast Segmental Block: Eight inch precast segmental radial block for the lower portion of manhole over large diameter pipe and for shallow manholes and be basins. Concrete used in the manufacture of these blocks shall conform to the requirementsetch of A.S.T.M. "Specifications for Concrete & Masonry Units for Construction an & Manholes", Serial Designation C-139. tion of Catch Basins The exterior of all block manholes shall be plastered with one-halfinch of mortar as per Paragraph 24,000.5.D. at 24,000.2.L. Concrete Materials: Concrete for monolithic concrete bases shall consist of Standard Portland Cement Type I, clean washed sand anddcrus ed rock and gravel free from deleterious materials. Portland cement shall conform to A.S.T. k Specifications, Portland Cement Type I, Standard Serial Designation C- A.S.T.M. be subject to the approval of the Engineer with proper water-cement ratio to obtain Gradation concrete testing not less than 3000 pounds per square inch in 28 days. 24,000.2.M. I Mortar Materials. Mortar used for laying up concrete block or brick manholes or 11 used for plastering lift holes and exteriors of manholes shall consist of Standard Portland Cement Type I, Standard Serial Designation C-150. Lime shall conform to normal finishing hydrated lime, A.S.T.M. Serial Designation C-6 or specifications for hlydraufor liic hydrated lime for structural purposes, A.S.T.M. Serial Designation C-141. subject to the approval of the Engineer. Gradation shall be 1 I 24,000-General (3/94) Copyright 1994 Bonestroo, Rosene,Anderlik &Associates,Inc. 24,000-4 I 24,000.2.N. Granular Materials: Granular materials used for improved pipe foundation,special I pipe bedding, or PVC pipe bedding where improved pipe foundation is required shall meet the requirements of Mn/DOT Specification 3149H, Coarse Filter Aggregate except that hard, durable crushed carbonate quarry rock may also be used. The material shall have the following crushing requirements. Not less than 50% of the material, by weight, that is retained on the No. 4 sieve shall have one or more crushed faces. I Granular materials used for pipe bedding in rock and for PVC pipe bedding where improved pipe foundation is not required shall meet the requirements of Mn/DOT Specification 3149A, Granular Borrow, except that 100%, by weight, shall pass the 1" sieve. 1 24,000.3. CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS: 1 24,000.3.A. Inspection: 24,000.3.A.1. Of Materials at Factory: All materials,whether furnished by the Owner or by the Contractor are subject, at the discretion of the Owner, to inspection and approval at the plant of the manufacturer. I 24,000.3.A.2. Of Materials at Delivery Point: During the process of unloading, all pipe and accessories shall be inspected by the Contractor for loss or damage in transit. No shipment of material shall be accepted by the Contractor until or unless notation of any lost or damaged material shall have been made on the bill of lading by the agent of the carrier. 24,000.3.Ap .3. Field Inspection: All pipe and accessories shall be laid,jointed,tested for defects 11 and for infiltration in the manner herein specified as directed by the Engineer and subject to his approval. 24,000.3.A.4. Disposition of Defective Material: All material found during the progress of the I work to have cracks, flaws or other defects will be rejected by the Engineer and the Contractor shall promptly remove from the site of the work such defective material. I24,000.3.B. Contractor's Responsibility for Material: I24,000.3.B.1. Responsibility for Material Furnished by Contractor: The Contractor shall be responsible for all material furnished by him and he shall replace at his own expense all such material that is found to be defective in manufacture or that has become damaged after delivery IIby the manufacturer. 24,000.3.B.2. Responsibility for Safe Storage: The Contractor shall be responsible for the safe storage of material furnished by or to him, and accepted by him, and intended for the work, until it has been incorporated in the completed project. I 24,000.3.C. Handling Pipe & Accessories: Pipe and other accessories shall, unless otherwise directed, be unloaded at the point of delivery, hauled to and distributed at the site of the project by the Contractor; they shall at all times be handled with care to avoid damage. II24,000-General(3/94) Copyright 1994 I Bonestroo,Rosene, Anderlik &Associates,Inc. 24,000-5 I 24,000.3.D. Alignment & Grade & Underground, Surface & Overhead Utilities: 24,000.3.D.1. General: All pipe shall be laid and maintained to the required lines and grades; 111 with tees,wyes, catch basins, special structures and manholes at the required locations; joints centered and spigots home. q and with Deviation from grade in excess of 0.05 percent may be cause for removal and the Contractor's expense. relaying pipe at 24,000.3.D.2. Existing Utilities: Existing water and sewerun1 ergr utilities, are shown on the plans only by general location. The Owner does not g aranteeound that the utilities are complete or that the locations are as shown on the plans, and the Contractor ,r shall be solely responsible for verifying the exact location of each of these utilities, without additional compensation. Prior to the start of any construction, the Contractor shall notify all utility companies having utilities in the Project Area. The Contractor shall have sole responsibility for providing temporary support and for protecting and maintaining all existing utilities in the Project Area during the entire period of construction, including but not limited to the period of excavation, backfill and compaction. In carrying out this responsibility, the Contractor shall exercise particular care, whenever gas mains or other utility lines are crossed, to provide compacted backfill or other stable support for such lines to prevent any detrimental displacement, rupture or other failure. 24,000.3.D.3. Deviations Occasioned by Other Utility Structures: Wherever existing utility structures or branch connections leading to main sewers or to main drains or other conduits, 11 ducts, pipe or structures present obstructions to the grade and alignment of the pipe, they shall be permanently supported, removed, relocated, or reconstructed by the Contractor through cooperation with the Owner of the utility, structure or obstruction involved. In those instances where their relocation or reconstruction is impracticable, a deviation from the will be ordered and the change shall be made in the manner directed with extra compensation eallowed therefore at unit prices, if applicable. 24,000.3.D.4. Deviation with Engineer's Consent: No deviation shall be made from the required line or grade except with the written consent of the Engineer. 24,000.3.D.5. Subsurface Exploration: It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to determine and verify the location of existing pipes, valves or other underground structures as necessary to progress with the work with no additional compensation allowed. The Engineer s known records available. All known utilities are designated on the plan sin a generalhall ma ake y alls stated in Section 24,000.3.D2. 1 II 24,000-General (3/94) Copyright 1994 Bonestroo, Rosene,Anderlik &Associates,Inc. 24,000-6 i 1 24,000.3.D.6. Overhead Utilities & Obstructions: Overhead utilities, poles, etc., shall be protected against damage by the Contractor and if damaged by the Contractor, shall be replaced by him. Should it become necessary during the progress of the work to remove or relocate existing poles, overhead utilities and obstructions, the Owner shall cause the same to be done at no expense to the Contractor unless otherwise provided for in the "Special Provisions" or "Specific Requirement". It will be the duty of the Contractor to visit the site and make exact determination of the existence of any such facility prior to the submission of his bid. i24,000.3.E. Excavation & Preparation of Trench: 24,000.3.E.1. Description: The trench shall be dug to the alignment and depth shown on the plans and only so far in advance of pipe laying as Engineer shall specify. The trench shall be so braced (Section 24,000.3.E.11) and drained that workmen may work safely and efficiently therein. All trenches shall be excavated and/or sheeted and braced in accordance with applicable State Regulations relating to industrial safety to a safe angle of repose. Such angle of repose shall be no less than that required by the Accident Prevention Division of the State Industrial Commission or the requirements of the Occupational Safety and Health Act (OSHA) whichever is more restrictive. All surface water and ground water discharges shall be conducted to natural drainage channels, drains or storm sewers. 24,000.3.E.2. Width: The trench width at the top of the excavation may vary with and depend upon the depth of trench and the nature of the excavated material encountered, but in any case shall be of ample width to permit the pipe to be laid and jointed properly and the backfill to be placed and compacted properly. The minimum width of unsheeted trench shall be 18 inches and for pipe 10 inches or larger at least one foot greater than the nominal diameter of the pipe. All trenches shall be excavated to conform to the State Industrial Commission Safety requirements and applicable OSHA Standards. 24,000.3.E.3. Pipe Bedding: All sewer pipe shall be bedded for strength purposes in accordance with the class of bedding specified in the Specific Requirements, as detailed in the Standard Detail Plates, or as indicated on the plans and/or proposal. Where no specific class of pipe bedding is listed, it shall be understood to be Class C-1 bedding. Side fills and the area over the pipe to the depths indicated on the sewer bedding detail shall be filled with natural trench material carefully compacted in place. 24,000.3.E.3.1. Class C-1 Bedding: Where Class C-1 bedding is specified or allowed with existing materials, the trench shall have a bottom conforming to the grade to which the pipe is to be laid. The pipe shall be laid upon sound soil, cut true and even so that the barrel of the pipe will have bearing over at least 50 percent of the pipe width for its entire length. Bell holes shall be excavated to insure that the pipe rests for its entire length upon the bottom of the trench. When a uniform trench bottom cannot be formed as specified, Class C-2 bedding shall be used. 24,000-General (3/94) Copyright 1994 1 Bonestroo, Rosene,Anderlik &Associates,Inc. 24,000-7 I The Contractort' _ may, athis option, elect to use a Class C 2 bedding in lieu of Class C-1 bedding, without any additional compensation allowed therefor. 24,000.3.E.3.2. Class C-2 Bedding: Where Class C-2 bedding is specified or allowed, the pipe shall be bedded on granular materials meeting 24,000.2.N specifications. The depth of bedding shall be one fourth of the outside diameter of the pipe barrel, but not less than six inches in accordance with the standard detail plates. 24,000.3.E.3.3. Class B Bedding: Where Class B bedding is specified or allowed, the pipe shall be bedded on granular materials meeting 24,000.2.N. specifications. The depth of bedding shall be one fourth of the outside diameter of the pipe barrel, but not less than six inches, plus one half of the outside diameter of the pipe barrel all in accordance with the standard detail plate. 24,000.3.E.3.4. Class A Bedding: Where Class A bedding is specified or allowed, the pipe shall be bedded in the same manner as for Class C-1 bedding except that 2000 psi concrete shall be placed around the pipe from the bottom of the trench to a point one half the outside diameter of the pipe barrel above the bottom of the trench all in accordance with the Standard Detail Plate. 111 24,000.3.E.3.5. PVC Pipe Bedding: All polyvinyl chloride sewer pipe shall be installed and bedded in accordance with ASTM specification D-2321, "Recommended Practice for Underground Installation of Flexible Thermoplastic Sewer Pipe"with granular materials meeting Specification 24,000.2.N. used for all PVC pipe bedding. The granular materials shall be placed from a point 6" below the bottom of the pipe to a point 12" above the top of the pipe. Bedding requirements shall include mechanical compaction of sand and gravel material surrounding the pipe to at least ninety-five (95%) percent of maximum density as described in ASTM Methods D698 to prevent deflection of the pipe cross-section. Payment for such bedding and compaction operations shall be considered incidental to the installation of the sewer pipe. Where existing soils are of non-granular nature, the Contractor shall furnish sand or gravel material for pipe bedding as incidental to the cost of the pipe. The Owner reserves the right to measure deflection of PVC sewer pipe 30 days after placement I of backfill material in the trench and at any time during the warranty period. Deflections greater than five (5%) percent of the inside pipe diameter shall be considered failure of the bedding procedure and the Contractor may be required to re-excavate the trench and provide additional compaction along the side of the sewer pipe with no additional compensation for such work. Deflection testing of PVC pipe shall be performed by the contractor with no additional compensation allowed therefor. 24,000.3.E.4. Correcting Faulty Grade: Any part of the trench excavated below grade shall be corrected with approved material thoroughly compacted without additional compensation to the Contractor. I 24,000-General (3/94) Copyright 1994 Bonestroo, Rosepe,Anderlik &Associates,Inc. 24,000-8 I � 24,000.3.E Improved Im roved Pipe Foundation: When the bottom of the trench is soft or where in the opinion of the Engineer unsatisfactory foundation conditions exist, the Contractor shall excavate to a depth to insure proper foundation. The excavation shall then be brought up to 000.2.N. No ials meeting ion n pipe grade with thoroughly compactedinstalled without theerknow edge orS consent pecificatof he4Engineer nor I payment will be made for rock 1 will payment be made for rock installed only for dewatering purposes. Payment will be made for only the authorized granular foundation material placed under the pipe. I It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to notify the Engineer of changing soil conditions which may be of poor bearing capacity and when organic soils are encountered. Where utilities are placed on unstable soils without notification of the Engineer, the Contractor shall be responsible for all repairs and correction of the installation without further compensation. 24,000.3.E.6. Pipe Clearance in Rock: Ledge rock,boulders and large stones shall be removed to provide a clearance of at least 6 inches below the outside barrel of the pipe and to a clear width of 6 inches on each side of all pipe and appurtenances for pipe 15 inches or less in I diameter; for pipes larger than 15 inches, a clearance of 6 inches below and a clear width of 9 inches on each side of outside diameter of pipe shall be provided. Adequate clearance for properly jointing pipe laid in rock trenches shall be provided at bell holes. I 24,000.3.E.7. Pipe Bedding in Rock: Where rock is encountered, the space between the rock and the pipe surfaces shall be backfilled with granular materials meeting specification 24,000.2.N. and thoroughly tamped. The material from the trench excavation, other than rock, I boulders, peat, silt or other unacceptable material, shall be considered as suitable material. No additional compensation for placing or tamping this material shall be allowed. However, in the I event that additional material must be hauled basis onl n, the awhen ordered placed by the Engineer. uling of the suitable granular material for the pipe bed shall be paid for on a weight Y II 24,000.3.E.8. Solid Rock Excavation Defined: Solid rock excavation shall include such rocks ii as are not decomposed,weathered or shattered and which will require blasting,barring,wedging or use of air tools for removal. Under this classification shall be included the removal of any concrete or masonry structures (except concrete pavement, curb, gutter and sidewalk) or 1 boulders exceeding one-half (1/2) cubic yard in volume that may be encountered in the work. 24,000.3.E.9. Blasting Procedure: Blasting for excavation will not proceed until the Contractor has notified the Engineer of the necessity to do so, such notification shall in no manner relieve the Contractor of the hazards and liability contingent in blasting operations. The hours of blasting will be fixed by the Owner. AnyContractor's methods of procedurerelative to blasting shall damagee repaired by the I Contractor at his expense. The conform to local and state laws and municipal ordinances. t24,000.3.E.10. Bell Holes Required: Bell holes of ample dimensions shall be dug in trenches at each joint to permit the jointing to be made properly. I 24,000-General (3/94) Copyright 1994 I Bonestroo,Rosene,Anderlik 24,000-9 &Associates,Inc. I 24,000.3.E.11. Braced & Sheeted Trenches: The Contractor shall adequately excavations wherever necessary to prevent cavingor damage to nearby property.brace and shee cost et this temporary sheeting and bracing, unless provided for otherwise, shall be odered as part of the excavation costs without additional compensation to the Cont p i ng r bracing shall remain in place until the pipe has been laid, tested for defects and repaired if necessary, and the earth around it compacted to a depth of one foot over the top of the pipe. Sheeting, bracing, etc. placed in the "pipe zone" (that part of the trench below a distance of one foot above the top of the pipe) shall not be removed without the written permission or written order of the Engineer. Sheeting ordered left in place by the Engineer shall be paid for at the unit price bid. The Contractor may also leave in place, at his own expengor i tion to that ordered left in place by the Engineer necessary to prev prevent injury orr damage to perracing in sons, corporations, or property, whether public or private, for which the Contractor under the terms of this contract is liable. 24,000.3.E.12. Manner of Piling Excavated Material: All excavated material shall be piled in I a manner that will not endanger the work and that will avoid obstructing sidewalks and driveways. Gutters shall be kept clear or other satisfactory provisions made for street drainage. 24,000.3.E.13. Maintenance of Traffic: When traffic cannotwIt to use the highway at all times. the Contractor shall at his ownexpense erect nde pma permitted warning signs and warning barricades. The Contractor shall at his own expense, place and maintain acceptable warning lights and barricades to protect persons from injury and to avoid property damage. At all dangerous intersections, bypasses, and intercepting roads theat I s own expense furnish, erect and maintain such warning barricades as are necessary and 1 required by the Engineer,and he shall place and maintain acceptable warning lights at each. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to check and inspect all lights and barricades at all times including Sundays and Holidays. He shall maintain the streets in a passable condition, shall conduct his work so as to create a minimum amount of inconvenience to traffic and shall furnish not less than two flagmen at each location where loading or depositing of material requires the turning of the trucks on any state highway or "main street" and where the operation of construction equipment endangers traffic. Temporary suspension of work does not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility outlined in the above requirements. 24,000.3.E.14. Property Protection: Trees, fences, poles and all other property shall be protected unless their removal is authorized; and any property damaged shall be satisfactorily restored by the Contractor, or adequate compensation therefor shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. Where tree trimming is required, all cut surfaces one inch or more in diameter shall be covered with a coat of asphalt paint. 11 24,000-General (3/94) t Copyright 1994 Bonestroo, Rosene, Anderlik &Associates, Inc. 24,000-10 i I $ 24,000.3.E.15. Interruption of Water Service: No valve or other control on the existing system I shall be operated for any purpose by the Contractor without approval of the Engineer and all consumers affected by such operation shall be notified by the Contractor at least an hour before the operation and advised of the probable time when service will be restored. I24,000.3.E.16. Tunneling,Jacking or Excavation Other Than Open Trench: Where pipe cannot be placed by open trench excavation, the method for placing and payment thereof shall be Istated in the "Specific Requirements". 24,000.3.E.17. Manner of Handling Pipe &Accessories Into Trench: Proper implements, tools 1 and facilities satisfactory to the Engineer shall be provided and used by the Contractor for the safe and convenient prosecution of the work. 24,000.3.E.18. Pipe Kept Clean: All foreign matter or dirt shall be removed from the inside I of the pipe before it is lowered into its position in the trench, and it shall be kept clean by approved means during and after laying. All matter entering the pipe shall be removed by the IContractor prior to acceptance with no additional compensation allowed. 24,000.3.E.19. Laying the Pipe: The spigot shall be lubricated, centered in the bell, the pipe I shoved into position and brought into true alignment; it shall be secured there with earth carefully tamped under and on each side of it, excepting at the bell holes. Care shall be taken to prevent dirt from entering the joint space. I24,000.3.E.20. Preventing Trench Water From Entering Pipe: All openings the line of along sewer shall be securely closed, and at the suspension of work at any time, suitable stoppers shall be placed to prevent water, earth or other substances from entering the sewer. I 24,000.3.E.21. Bell Ends to Face Direction of Laying: Pipe laying shall proceed upgrade with spigot ends pointing in the direction of flow. ill_ 24,000.3.E.22. Railroad & Highway Crossing: When any railroad or highway is crossed, all precautionary construction measures required by the railroad or highway shall be followed. Railroad or highway crossings shall be jacking or tunneling and construction and permit requirements shall be as stated in the "Specific Requirements". i 24,000.3.E.23. Unsuitable conditions for Lain Pipe: No pipe shall be laid Laying P p in water or when the trench conditions are unsuitable for such work. I24,000.3.E.24. Jointing: Joints for vitrified clay and concrete pipe shall be made by wiping the joints clean,applying the manufacturer's recommended lubricant compound over the entire joint II surface and then inserting the spigot end into the bell with sufficient force to properly seat the pipes. Joints for polyvinyl chloride pipe shall be made by the use of a solvent cement or push- on rubber gaskets. All jointing procedure shall be in accordance with the recommendations of 11 the pipe manufacturer. 124,000-General (3/94) Copyright 1994 it Bonestroo,Rosene, Anderlik &Associates,Inc. 24,000-11 I After joints are made, any superfluous material inside the pipe shall be removed by means of an approved follower or scraper. All joints must be watertight, and any leaks or defects discovered must be immediately repaired. Any pipe which has been disturbed after being laid must be taken up, the joint cleaned and properly relaid as directed by the Engineer. Joints connecting cast iron pipe with concrete or clay pipes shall be made with a concrete collar completely surrounding the joint or approved adapter. Where a sewer line outlets to grade or where the line is terminated with a flared endsection, 1 the Contractor shall fasten at least the last three (3) joints together by the use of "U" bolt fasteners approved and as recommended by the pipe manufacturers. 24,000.4. SERVICE CONNECTIONS: 24,000.4.A. Wye Branches: Extra strength wye branches shall be placed at the locations directed by the Engineer. The wye branch shall be placed so that the wye is located at approximately a 450 angle from horizontal. Vitrified or other suitable plugs shall be provided for the openings. Plugs shall be installed with Atlastic 77, Sonolastic Sealant or equal joint material or shall be specifically designed for the opening to be plugged. 24,000.4.B. Risers: Standard weight cast iron soil pipe shall be used as risers to extend service I� connections to a point within 10 feet of the street grade or as directed. Risers shall be installed in accordance with the standard service riser detail plate. Care shall be taken in backfilling so as not to damage the riser installation. Suitable plugs shall be provided for the openings, properly sealed. 24,000.4.C. Records & Location of Service Connections: It shall be the duty of the Contractor to keep an accurate record of service connections, as to location, depth to top of riser, type of connection provided, etc. Location shall be made in respect to nearest manhole center, downgrade from the service. This record shall be turned over to the Engineer at the end of each week. 24 000.5. MANHOLES: I 24,000.5.A. General: All reference to manholes shall apply equally to catch basin structures in this section of the specifications. 24,000.5.B. Excavation: Excavation shall be to a depth and size to provide for construction of the manholes and catch basins as shown in detail on the plans. 24,000.5.C. Concrete Base: Concrete base for manhole construction shall be of size and depth as shown on the plans. Concrete used for this purpose shall consist of one part Portland cement, two parts of clean sharp sand and four parts of graded coarse aggregate. Material used for this purpose shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer. Base shall be poured on undisturbed earth prior to setting the precast manhole sections. Precast concrete manhole bases shall be considered equal. 4 24,000-General (3/94) Copyright 1994 Bonestroo,Rosene, Anderlik &Associates,Inc. 24,000-12 II 11 24,000.5.D. Walls: Material to be used in the walls of manholes 24,000.2. M external surfaces concrete block shall be as specified in 2 ,0/2 inch coat Portland cement of mor . manholes if a Section permitted one part ollf be cement tod with parts suitable plaster sand. Mortar shall contain one a oft stable for r sand. Lime or mortar mix shall be used in amount necessary three plastering Purposes, but not to exceed 15% byvolume of cement.to make used for laying concrete block shall consist of one part port which lime or mortar mix Mortar may be added not to exceed fifteen percent t(15%) cement. parts of sand by volume of 24,000.5.E. Manhole Ste s: 24,000.2.J. p Manhole steps shall be of the t Sing agement.shall be as shown on the detailed manhole plans, as specified in Section but not greater than 16 inches in vertical 24,000.5.F. Placin Manhole Rin s & Covers: The frame or ring casting shall be set to the designation elevation in a full mortar bed. 24,000.5.G. Placin Catch Basin Frames & Covers: final grade and castings are to be installed in curbing, shall be encased in concrete ae aleast 4 inchesWhere catch basins are to be placed then the castinguand alle adjustingrkrings I done under separate contract the casting frame shall be ckness. Where curb and street work is to be set in mortar only. 24,000.5.I-I. Drop Manhole Inlets Encased drop inlets shall be constructed as required o II plans and in accordance with the standard Drop Inlet Detail Plate. 9 n the 24,000.6. BACKFILLING CLEANING UP & MAINTAINING SURFACES: 24,000.6.A. Backfillin Procedure at Pi e backfilled immediately after pipe is laid therein.oFor backfill trenches and excavationsfonefo over be top of the pipe, only selected materials free from rock, up boulders,a lebris or of other foot over the content substances, shall be used. The backfilling shall be plcedcompletel undert haunches in uniform layers not exceeding 4 inches in depth. high void carefully and uniformly tamped to eliminate the Each layer shall be the pipe provide uniform support possibility of lateral displacementeand o completely under the pipe haunches. to The backfill material shall be compacted under and on each side of hi necessary, tamped in 4 inch layers and thoroughly surface the pipepipe to provide solid backingagainst II gainst the external The installation and backfilling of polyvinyl chloride D-2321inwith specialaattentionkgiven to compacting least with maximum density topipe backfillfl be in accordance theh pipe to at the material around to tY a distance of one foot above the top of the pipe. 111I 24,000-General (3/94) Copyright 1994 I Bonestroo, Rosene, Anderlik &Associates,Inc. 24,000-13 .. I II Bove Pi e Zone: (Type "A") Procedure where settlement is 0Succeeding g lae rs o maycontain coarser materials and shall be free from tin 24,00 layers of backfill allowable. Succeeding lay more than one cubic foot in volume, roots, pieces of rock,hconcrete or clay lump • ed above the pipe zone and other similar articles whose presence in the backfill would be accomplish cans,urubbish, frozenematerials type of backfilling may cause excessive settlement. This Backfilling under maintainedany mechanical means or otherwise, at the option of the Contractor. ctor. Surface shall be by in passable condition for traffic until date of finalinspection. be compacted to prevent settlement and any future displacement. exposed existing utilities shall p "C") Succeeding layers of backfill may ieces of rock,concrete or clay lump more than coarser materialsl Procedure Above Pee f om P (Type and othero similar 24,000.6.C. contain volume,and shall u s tin cans, rubbish, frozen materials of backfilling one cubic foot in roots, stumps, nozzle or by flooding the trench, as the presence in the backfill would cause excessive settlement. Thistype may ac bewhose p puddling with hose and long pipe he maycompacted by zone by any mechanical means or otherwise flooding optionlof is Contractor. above the pipe precautions be taken to prevent of the Contractor. It is important that proper the trench, and the Contractor shall be wholly responsible for neglect of the pipe when flooding of these precautions. (TypeII "C") Succeeding gtl err of backfil6.D. Procedure Where No Settlement is Allowable:eefrom p es of ock, materials and backfill may contain coarser materials and shalltin cans, rubbish,frozen ay I more than one cubic foot in volume, roots, stumps, approximately 6 inches, lump presence in the backfill would cause excessive a Settlement.yThis type 11 other similar articlesb whose layers, before compaction, pP of backfilling shall be placed in uniform lay in the Specific Requirements. tamped by mechanical means to the density specifiedle. (Type "D") Succeeding layers of II materials meeting requirements as set forth in the "Stiction, 24,000.6.E.backf Procedure Where No Settlement is Allowable: before compaction, I ecific Requirements." men be made of selectedof backfilling shall be placed in uniform layers, of ui approximately ' This he bymechanical means to the density specified in the Specific q of approximately 6 inches, tamped Requirements. approved soils testing firm at performed by an Engineer. The 24,000 various locations Density Tesdepths e t sat roughouttests il the project as directed by the these with t various and p provide assistance as necessary to completeI Contractor shall cooperate fully and no additional compensation being made to the Contractor. the OwnerAll testing costs be aid for by All testing costs pertaining to passing tests shall for by the contractor. pertaining to failing tests will be charged to and paid requirements,these have not been compacted sufficiently to meet specific de nsity re met. All cost for Where II areas acted until the density areaassshall be excavated and recompacted with recompaction shall be the Contractor's sole responsibility. work associated I I 24,000-General(3/94) 1 Copyright 1994 Bonestroo,Rosene,Anderlik 24,000-14 &Associates,Inc. I 24,000.6.G. Deficiencyof Backfill, By Whom Supplied: Any deficiency in the quantity of material for backfilling the trenches, or for filling depressions caused by settlement, shall be I supplied by the Contractor with no extra compensation allowed. Any settlement which occurs shall be refilled by the Contractor. Material shall be provided at the Contractor's expense and Ithe material shall be approved by the Engineer. 24,00p 0.6.H. Disposal of Excess Materials and Debris: Unless otherwise specified, excavated I material either not suitable or not required for fill material shall be disposed of by the Contractor outside of the right-of-way at his expense in any manner he may elect subject to the provisions of the following paragraph. I Before dumping such materials or debris on a private or public land, the Contractor must obtain from the Owner of such land written permission for such dumping and a waiver of all claims I against the Owner for any damage to such land which may result therefrom together with all permits required by law for such dumping. A copy of such permission, waiver of claims and permit shall be filed with the Engineer before said disposal is made. 1 24,000.6.I. Restoration of Surface: All surfaces disturbed during the construction period, whether caused by actual excavation, deposition of excavated material, or by the construction equipment, shall be returned to its original conditions or better. Exceptions to the above, if any, or special instructions pertaining to any particular section of the project will be outlined in the Special Provisions". I24,000.6.J. Cleaning Up: Surplus pipe line material, tools and temporary structures shall be removed by the Contractor, and all dirt, rubbish,caused the Contractor and the construction site shall excavations shall be hauled to a dump provided by be left to the satisfaction of the Engineer. I Clean up and restoration shall include the replacement and restoration of all street signs, mailboxes, posts, fences and similar items disturbed by the construction described herein. Unless otherwise noted in the Special Provisions or Proposal all items of clean-up and restorations shall be considered incidental to the contract with no additional compensation II allowed. 1 24,000.7. TESTING PIPE LINES: 24,000.7.A. Infiltration in Sewers: Upon completion of the sewer construction, leakage tests I shall be made to determine the amount of ground water infiltration into the sewers. Measurements will be made by means of 900 V-notch weirs placed in the lines. Measurements shall be taken at all points where, in the opinion of the Engineer, the flow of water in the I sewers is greater than the maximum allowable leakage. Tests may be taken between individual manholes and the infiltration in any given line shall not exceed the specified maximum allowable rate. 1 The maximum allowable rate of leakage shall not exceed 100 gallons per mile per inch diameter of pipe per day. i24,000-General (3/94) Copyright 1994 I Bonestroo,Rosene, Anderlik 24,000-15 &Associates,Inc. I The Contractor shall furnish the weirs and other material and the labor for placing the weirs in the sewers and shall assist the Engineer in making the measurements. The Contractor shall receive no additional compensation for making the leakage tests or corrective work necessary to reduce leakage below the maximum allowed by the specifications. 24,000.8. METHOD OF MEASUREMENT: 24,000.8.A. Trench Excavation: Trench excavation will be measured in linear feet of trench according to the zone classifications specified as follows: From O'to8', from 8'to10' and in two foot increments thereafter,which are based on the total depth of the trench to the designated grade of the pipe invert. No deduction in depth will be made for rock encountered in the trench above the designated grade. 1 Measurement will be made along the centerline of the sewer and from center to center of all manholes, catch basins or junction fittings. 111 24,000.8.B. Solid Rock Excavation: If solid rock is encountered in the trench, such rock excavation shall be measured by volume in cubic yards and shall be measured from the top of the rock to a point six inches below the outside barrel of pipe and twelve inches from each side of inside diameter of pipe. The minimum trench width of the solid rock excavation shall be 36 inches. For measurement purposes volume will be computed based on vertical walls for the width specified above. 24,000.8.C. Sewer Pipe with Bedding: Sewer pipe of each diameter and classification furnished and installed with associated pipe bedding will be measured separately by length in linear feet. Measurement will be made along the centerline of the sewer and from center to center of all manholes, catch basins or junction fittings. Where bends, tee manholes, flared end sections or other special shapes are installed, the length of pipe replaced by these structures shall be deducted from the distance from center of manhole to center of manhole for pay purposes. The special structures will be paid for as separate bid items. 24,000.8.D. Service Connection: Wyes and tee branches of each diameter and classification furnished and installed will be measured as a unit. 24,000.8.E. Service Riser Pipe: Sewer pipe used for service risers of each diameter and classification furnished and installed will be measured separately by vertical length in linear feet from the centerline of the sewer to the top of the last riser section. 24,000.8.F. Constructing Manholes: Manholes will be measured by depth of the structure from the invert of the pipe to the top of the cover in linear feet, based on the dimensions as staked by the Engineer. 24,000-General (3/94) 1 Copyright 1994 Bonestroo, Rosene, Anderlik &Associates,Inc. 24,000-16 I I24,000.8.G. Constructing Catch Basins: Catch basins will be measured by the number of catch basins completed as to shape, size, and depth according to the plans. I24,000.8.H. Improved Pipe Foundation: Granular materials placed for improving pipe foundation below the specified pipe bedding shall be measured by the lineal foot of pipe placed with improved foundation in six inch depth increments of granular material placed. As an example, if two feet of granular material is required for improved pipe foundation under a 12" I e ass pipe installed with C-2 bedding; six inches of o materials lineal is equir d fixon blas deep bedding and improved pipe foundation shall be measur I 24,000.8.J. Drop Inlets: Drop inlets will be measured by depth from the lowest invert of the manhole to the invert of the pipe being served by the drop inlet. I 24,000.8.K. Special Structures & Appurtenances: Methods of measurement for special structures and appurtenances not included above shall be as stated in the "Special Provisions," "Specific Requirements," and "Proposal". l24,000.9. BASIS OF PAYMENT: 24,000.9.A. Trench Excavation & Backfill: Regardless e fContractthe excavated, sewer pipe width Price per linear foot I, furnished and installed with bedding will be paid for at of pipe falling within each of the following depth zones as measured from the profile grade: IFrom 0' to 8', from 8' to 10', and two foot increments thereafter. I Excavation and backfilling of trench and associated pipe bedding shall be included in the price of sewer pipe furnished and installed. 24,000.9.B. Solid Rock Excavation: Solid rock excavation will be paid for at the Contract Unit Price per cubic yard. 24,000.9.C. Sewer Pipe with Bedding in Place: Sewer pipe in each efoodiameter which ad shall include classification furnished and installed will be paid for at the Contract Price per payment for trench excavation and backfilling and associated pipe bedding. 24,000.9.D. Ductile Iron Pipe: Ductile iron pipe will be paid for at he ContractoUnit forPrice enche per linear foot for each type and diameter of pipe furnished which shallpayment excavation and backfill. 24,000.9.E. Wye Branches: Wye branches will be paid for at the Contract Unit Price for each unit furnished and installed of the size specified on the Proposal. I I i24,000-General (3/94) Copyright 1994 I Bonestroo,Rosene, Anderlik 24 000-17 &Associates,Inc 24,000.9.F. Service Riser Pipe: Service riser pipe will be paid for at the Contract Unit Price per linear foot for the vertical distance from the centerline of the sewer to the top of riser. Concrete reinforcement of the main sewer and riser pipe as described in Section 24,000.4.B. shall be considered as incidental and will not constitute a pay item. ' 24,000.9.G. Constructing Manholes to Depth of Eight Feet: Constructing of manholes to a depth of eight (8) feet will be paid for at the Contract Unit Price per manhole which shall include furnishing and placing the manhole frame and cover. This section also applies to all catch basin manholes and catch basins. I 24,000.9.H. Constructing Manholes to a Depth Greater than Eight Feet: Constructing of manholes to a depth greater than eight (8) feet will be paid for at the Contract Unit Price per manhole plus the unit price per linear foot for each foot of depth that is greater than eight This section also applies to all catch basin manholes and catch basins. feet. 24,000.9.I. Constructing Catch Basins: Constructing catch basins as s hoon the ans will be paid for at the Contract Unit Price per catch basin which shall include furn sh ng and placing the catch basin frame and grating. I 24,000.9.J. Improved Pipe Foundation: Authorized granular materials for improving pipe foundation in place shall be paid for at the Contract Unit Price per lineal foot for each six inch layer placed below pipe bedding. 1 24,000.9.K. Sand Cushion: Granular material for a sand cushion in place in rock excavation 11 shall be paid for at the Contract Unit Price per ton. 24,000.9.L. Drop Inlet Pipe: Drop inlets in place shall be paid for at the Contract Unit Price per linear foot which shall be payment in full for the extended manhole base, encasement, pipe, cast iron tee, cast iron pipe and concrete collar. Payment shall be made for sewer pipe from center to center of all manholes as per Section 24,000.8.C.when cast iron pipe is extended 11 for drop inlets. 24,000.9.M. Special Structures & Appurtenances: Basis of payment for special structures and appurtenances not included above shall be stated in the "Special Provisions," "S e ' Requirement," and "Proposal". p clfic I I End of Section 1 I 24,000-General (3/94) Copyright 1994 Bonestroo, Rosene,Anderlik &Associates,Inc. 24,000-18 1 I • 1 25,000. SEWER AND WATER SERVICE LINES 111 Specific Requirements 25,000.1. DESCRIPTION: Unless otherwise noted or modified herein, all sections of the General IRequirements shall apply. 25,000.3. MATERIALS: All sanitary sewer service lines, saddles and cleanouts shall be as per 11 A.S.T.M. Specifications D-1785, Schedule 40, as stated on the plans, proposal and in the specifications. All Schedule 40 polyvinyl chloride sewer pipe and fittings shall be produced by a I continuous extrusion process using Type 1, Grade 1 material as defined in ASTM Specification D- 1784. The size of the service line shall be 4 inch diameter laid at a minimum slope of 1/4 inch per foot. All single family and twin home service lines shall terminate 15 feet past the street right of way 111 line. Townhome services shall terminate 15 feet from the proposed building wall, as indicated on Plan Sheet No. 5. Due to the length of the townhome services,in-line cleanouts shall be installed on each, in accordance with the detail drawing shown on Plan Sheet No. 2. iPolyvinyl chloride pipe joints shall be bell and spigot type with solvent cement applied in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Gasket push-on type joints are considered an equal joint. The end of the service will be adequately capped or plugged to insure a satisfactory air test. 25,000.3.B. Copper Service Pipe: Copper service lines shall be 2 inch diameter Type K copper for I the three townhome buildings, and 1 inch diameter Type K copper for all single family and twin home services. All service lines shall terminate 15 feet past the street right of way line. All copper service I lines shall be placed with 7 foot of cover from the finished grade. As shown on Plan Sheet No. 4, the water services for Lots 1, 2 and 3 of the single family area will I pass under the existing 36 inch diameter RCP storm sewer. The Contractor shall be required to insulate the 1 inch diameter copper service line at each of these crossings as follows. The insulation shall be Styrofoam HI-3 5 board as manufactured by Dow Chemical Company. The insulation shall I be placed 4 inches thick, and shall be 4 feet wide centered on the copper line and 8 feet long, centered on the 36 inch RCP. The installation shall be made in accordance with Standard Detail Plate 2-8. I As described in the Water Main Specific and General Requirements, the Contractor is to perform a water pressure test on all water mains and this test is to be applied when the service lines are in place. Special efforts are required of the contractor to test the water services. To include a pressure test I in the tail portion of the service beyond the curb box, the contractor shall install a copper tube flare nut and plug. During the installation, the contractor shall clear the line entirely of air by flushing the tail portion with water. The entire service line shall then be pressure tested by having the curb stop I in an open position and after the test has been satisfactorily performed, the contractor shall close off all curb boxes. I i 55120 ®1995 Bonestroo,Rosette, 25 000-1 Anderlik&Associates,Inc. , I I 25,000.3.C. Corporation Cock: The 2 inch copper water services shall be connected to the existing 6 inch main by utilizing a double strap bronze tapping saddle, Smith Blair Model 323 or equal. All 1 inch corporation stops may be tapped directly to the main with no saddle required. The Contractor may delete the concrete support block indicated under the corporation on Standard Detail Plate 3-4 and instead place and thoroughly compact crushed material similar to Type B pipe bedding material. 25,000.3.D. Curb Stop: Curb stop shall be for copper service pipe inlet and outlet and shall be 1 inch or 2 inches in size. 25,000.3.E. Curb Box: Curb boxes for the 2 inch water service shall be Minneapolis pattern base with a 1-1/2 inch upper section. Curb boxes for 1 inch water services shall be Minneapolis pattern base with a 1-1/4 inch upper section. All curb boxes shall be Mueller H-10388, or equal, and shall 1 be adjustable in height from 78" to 90" and shall have stationary rods. The curb box and stop shall be supported on a full size precast segmental manhole block as per Detail Plate 3-4. 25,000.5.A. Sewer Service Line: The connections to the existing sanitary sewer main for the twin home and townhome services shall be accomplished in accordance with the following description. At each location identified on the plan,the existing VCP main shall be core-drilled to receive a 4-inch diameter service line. An 8 x 4 inch PVC saddle, Schedule 40, shall then be placed over the opening and secured to the main by means of adhesive applied per the manufacturer's recommendation. In 111 addition, the saddle shall be secured by two stainless steel straps which shall completely encircle the sanitary sewer main. All PVC sanitary sewer service lines shall be installed as per Detail Plate No. 1-25 with Granular Borrow material. The granular material described shall be obtained from a source located outside of this project. The material, placement, compaction and removal of excess trench backfill material shall be included in the bid unit price for sanitary sewer service line. All sanitary sewer service lines are to terminate with a plug that is to be marked with a wooden 2"x 2" extending 6" below and adjacent to the plugto 12" above the ground g ound line. This marker is to be continuous without any breaks and the marker shall be vertical. As noted on the preceding page, the contractor shall construct an inline 4 inch cleanout near the end of the service run for each townhome building. The location of the cleanout shall be as determined at the time of construction. The lower fitting shall be a Long Turn T-Y (P45180) one piece fitting as manufactured by Colonial Engineering or equal. The entire fitting and at least 12 inches of the adjoining pipes (3) shall be carefully encased in concrete consisting of at least 1/3 cubic yard of material. The vertical segment of the clean out shall also be constructed of 4 inch PVC, Schedule 40, pipe that must be one piece at least 10 feet long. The pipe must extend at least 3 feet above the finished grade and shall be marked with a wooden 4"x 4"x 8' long marker extending 4 feet above grade. The top of the pipe shall consist of a 4 inch hub section with a threaded plug. The section shall not be permanently connected to the pipe, but rather will be installed at the final elevation by the developer when the site grading is completed. 1 55120 ®1995 Bonestroo,Ronne, Anderlik&Associates,Inc. 25,000-2 I 1 I25,000. SEWERAND WATER SERVICE LINES IGenei___1. --lirelnents 25,000.1. DESCRIPTI ON: This work shall consist of the construction of water and sewer IIservices in accordance with the requirements of the contract. to require that the INTENT OF SP ECIFICATIONS: It is the intent of these specifications and house that th e same quality of work be received on the laterals. services in the way ofgrade alignment as shall be required on the main lines and conform to the requirements 25,000.3. MATERIALS: The materials used in this work shall for class, kind and size of material specified below. II The Contractor shall submit a list of materials he proposes to use for the approval of the Engineer. weight 25,000.3.A.oA.SCast Ir on Soil Pi e: Cast iron soil pipe shall be service and Fittnd shall conform to the A.S.T.M. Standard Specification A-47 for Cast Iron SoilPipe size shown on II 25,000.3.B. Copper ry Seice Pipe: Copper service pipe shall be seamless, of the shall be suitablend U.S.Governm Government Type K° theplan and T M B-88 Class K Specifications for use as an underground water tubing shall conform to"A.S.T.M. Specifications". 2ation Cock: Corporation cock shall be Muted oler, Minneapolis,he plpand threaded 15,000 threaded a____2� ith pper pipe of the size indica on theinlet for tuse standard corporation cock thread. Corporation cock with Mueller 110 on inlet end with compression connections are approved. Ford Type F600, Hayes No. 5200 and McDonald No. 4701 corporation stops are considered to be equal. all 25,000.3.D.eMueller Curb 1, Curb stops shall be for copper service pipe inlet andler outlet etand compressionh be Mueller Oriseal, Minneapolis Pattern H-15151. Curb stops with connections are approved. Ford No. B22, Hayes No. 5155 and McDonald No. 4714 curb stops are considered equal. Curb stops larger than one inch shall be No Mueller Minneapolis pattern. Ford 4008 and McDonald No. 6104 ball valves are No. B22 series ball valves, Hayes Nus liconsidered equal. I25000-General(3\94) Copyright 1994 Bonestroo,Rosene,Anderlik 25,000-1 &Associates,Inc. I I Curb stops shall have full opening through the valve body with no smal 25,000.3.E. Curb Box: Cu ler restriction allowed. --_ rb boxes shall be Mueller,Minneapolis pattern base with 1-1/4"upper section. Curb boxes shall be Mueller H-10388 and shall be adjustable in and shall have stationary rods. pp height from 78"to 90" Minneapolis pattern curb boxes with 1-1/4" upper section and 12 inches of adjustment, with stationary rods as manufactured by Hayes and McDonald are 25,000.4. CAST IRON SOIL PIPE JOI approved equals. Gaskets sh ls•be equal to soil Tyler shall be joined by the use of preformed neoprene gaskets. �' r "Ty-Seal" or Central Foundry Company "Multi-Tite". Gasket pipe shall be connected by using a jointing devicespecifically slip- type pipe. The use of a bar or wedge for making the joints shall e prohibit for jointing 25,000.5. CONSTRUCTION prohibited. Plumbing Code and aocal ordinances whicUIREMEh The governing code shall be the Minnesota may apply. 25,000.5.A. Sewer Service Line: vitrified clay tile wye or tee shall be done ue s ng preformed neoprenennection of the cast iron soil pipe service to the designed for the purpose. Where conditions require that the first tion be a fitting normally be a 1/16th bend and shall gaskets specifically be cast iron. Other conditions it oro fittings. may require otherno no Cast iron soil pipe shall be laid at a grade of 1/4" per foot unless Engineer and shall be laid at right angles to the sewer main, terminathegse dir propdirected tbyy linee or as shown on the detail drawing. The line shall be capped at the end with plug. ng at the property a cast iron or PVC �• 25,000.5.B. Water Service Line: The water service line shall parallel the be laid in the same trench. Complete support of the1 pThis shall be achieved by some artificial h sewer service line and rovlded, water service line gooseneck will be Curb stop and boxes shall be supported on a concrete sblock or means appsatroved al. the Engineer. cocks shall be tapped into the main only when the main is under equal. Corporation der pressure. Water service line shall be laid in a workmanlike manner and shall to roperty line or as shown on the detail drawin cg. u b ae t t shall be crimped at the elndtto keep itat the free off dirt. If the service is to terminate at thee a 6 inch long copper 111 on the house side of the curb stop and crimped to keep the stopiece freoo shall be placed P f dirt. I 25000-General (3\94) Copyright 1994 Bonestroo,Rosene,Anderlik &Associates,Inc. 25,000-2 I I li25,000.5.C. House Services: Services for water and sanitary sewer are to be run to each lot where wye locations are show on the plans. Water and sewer service is to be placed in the same trench unless otherwise stated. Where water main is 10 feet or less from the sanitary sewer the service length installed between the main is considered as in the same trench. A 4" x 4" x 8' long wood post shall be installed by each curb box extending 2 feet above grade for identification and field location and protection. II A 2"x 2"x 7' marker shall be placed at the end of the sewer service lines for identification and field location and shall extend 1 foot above grade. No additional compensation will be allowed for installation of the markers described above but shall be considered incidental to the service line. Curb boxes are to be placed in a vertical position as shown on the standard detail plate in these specifications. The top of each box shall be placed at finish grade of the boulevard which is 0.4 feet above centerline profile which is the top of the manhole grade. Grade stakes shall be 111 furnished to establish elevations. Services shall be installed in accordance with the detail plate included in this specification. No service line trench shall be backfilled until the service has been inspected and approved by the Engineer or his inspector. I 25,000.5.D. Existing Utilities: Existing underground utilities are shown on the plans only by general location. The Owner does not guarantee the locations as shown on the plans, and the Contractor shall be solely responsible for verifying the exact location of each of these utilities, I without additional compensation. Prior to the start of any construction, the Contractor shall have sole responsibility for providing temporary support and for protecting and maintaining all I utilities in the project area during the entire period of construction including the period of water and sewer installation. In carrying out this responsibility the Contractor shall exercise particular care, wherever gas mains or other utility lines are crossed, to provide compacted backfill or other stable support for such lines to prevent any detrimental displacement, rupture or other Ifailure. 25,000.5.E. Trench Compaction: All service trenches shall be backfilled and compacted in a manner equal to that specified for the main lines and laterals as a part of the service installation. 25,000.6. METHOD OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT: Method of measurement and payment for each item covered under this section shall be as follows: I 25000-General(3\94) Copyright 1994 Bonestroo,Rosene,Anderlik I &Associates,Inc. 25,000-3 I I 25,000.6.A. Sewer Service Line: Sewer service lines shall be paid for at the contract unit price per foot which shall include the cost of all pipe, fittings, gaskets, excavation and backfill. Payment shall be from centerline of the main to the property line ny unless shown otherwise on the detail plate. 25,000.6.B. Water Service Line: Water service lines shall be paid for at the contract unit price per foot which shall include the cost of all pipe, fittings, laying, excavation, backfilling and testing. Payment shall be from centerline of the main to the property line only unless shown otherwise on the detail plate. 25,000.6.C. Curb Stop and Box: Curb stop and box shall be paid for at the contract unit price per curb stop and box installed. 25,000.6.D. Corporation Cock:ock: Corporation cock shall be paid for at the contract unit price per corporation cock installed. I I I I I I I End of Section 25000-General(3\94) Copyright 1994 Bonestroo,Rosene, Anderlik &Associates,Inc. 25,000-4 I I • Manhole steps shall be placed CASTING. A B I so that off -set vertical portion of cone Is facing downstream R 1772 B 2qT ;I.,'R1760 8 - ' ; ,;,,. q. R16428 27" ' 7" "; i R I940A • ' ° 4R 1755 F 24" 9" R 1755 G 24 27" , 7" i .. g •••4, . •. T• •°. Slope Grout •.:.;•' 4' •a • •• Grout bottom of manhole to '::•74'."o' •."-" ...- 1/2 diameter at pipe and slope _1_----- grout 2" toward invert. I PLAN Neenah frame and cover, or equal. with 2 concealed pick holes. - See Specification for costing number. � ..__ �..__.— ,J ? 'ze -T, Minimum of 2, maximum of 3 _ "} Concrete adjustment rings allowed. �',.• L ;t '' A .? .. All joints in manhole to haveu 0n ring rubber gaskets. • r.i -2 ..e,-• I Manhole steps, Neenah R198I J o � e' or equal, 15 o.e. Aluminum -grsteps approved. ° •_�: Where sewer runs straight through �v 4;:e a standard manhole, the pipe shall •,:.••. be continuous. The top 1/2 of the ,_ pipe shall be broken out after I o S `' , .:l: completion. I Minimum slab thickness, 6" for 14' depth. I Al .. ;. 4 .4.. Increase thickness I" for each 4' of • o depth greater than 14' and reinforce d �% with 6 " x 6 ' 10/10 mesh. • I' Max .'I Flow 1 ; , I I /4.1.1 i •.'...:1••• _� /.:'-'''... .., ". l%I. . /.,..., • • .y i.�.•vi..°• .o, ft /I--Pipe shall be cut out flush I �6�- with inside face of wall. SECTION Compact to top of pipe,to first joint. I Not to Scale Note: Kor-n-seal manhole or equal considered acceptable alternate Bonestroo, Rosene, Revisions Plate No. Anderlik t3 Assoc., Inc. STANDARD DETAILS Jan.1980 Consulting Engineers SANITARY SEWER MANHOLE l-1 1 St. Paul, Minnesota ICASTING A B Ri772B 24" 7" I R17608 27" 9" •R1642B 27" • 7'p s- ' R1940A 24" 6" R 1755 I 24 9" .:.:.::..> . 11 27u 7" .:.. .. ....*t::,•'• .. I R 1755iitr; �.�.,. ,�f " r. z4 ►.;� Flow I [1:::ill1" • I ' ...•.• •••.•., �- For 6 diem. Manhole an 8" precast • slob Is Required I PLAN Neenah frame and cover, or equal. with 2 concealed pick hobs. see specs. for casting numbers. III Concrete Adjusting Rings,min. of 2, t max. of 3 req'd. m a% - -.'s• .--.116 t ,�""" '�6"Precast Reinforced Concrete Manhole —1--,; e,, �,;•:� Slob tt 4 Bars at 5 o.c.Each Way 2-s. 4 Bars All Sides of Opening =c) 1 I Manhole steps, Neenah R198IJ or equal, A 15"o.c. Aluminum steps approved. II Where sewer runs straight through 0 standard manhole, the pipe shell be continuous. The top 1/2 of fhe pipe shall be broken out offer completion. 5" 4.- 0'or All joints In manhole to haw "0"ring • i °- 6-0" rubber gasket r Minimum slab thickness 6" for I4:depth ' 1.0" Increase thickness I for each 4 of - max..,, ., depth reciter than 14', and reinforce AA'• with 6 a 6" 10/10 mesh. 111 1 1111 Use opening in 4 M.H. I 1 410 , lection to 24 dia. • I `•, ... • •' Ali_ 8 precast segmental i/7'______ '41.;";::.7.".7.• =�..:.7. a ti•.. •.:'.:i••i:!. •: ;:% :•,,.r'. concrete bloc�C. to be AD ...,••i ►`, p,, ,.P+,4.,' ,, :&�. l., ! used with 24 dia. or larger. Slope grout 2/ft Pipe shall be cut Out flush i 4.-- with inside face of wall. SECTION -- Compact to top of first pipe to first joint Not to Scale . Bone$troo, Rosins, STANDARD DETAILS Revisions Plots No Andirtlk, a Assoc. STORM SEWER Aug. 1974 • 1-10 Consulting Engineer• Jan.1980 JUNCTION MANHOLE WITH REINFORCED 1 St. Pout. Minn. TOP SLAB --„ i „, , . ! I i I 24"x36" slab opening for Neenah I ` R3067 or equal 'm Ilm lo iip_1! Dimension from back of curbppto center of i e. 14' Dia. MH - 9rin from Back of Curb 1 I 5 Dia. MH - 3" in from Back of Curb 6 Dia. MH - 3" behind Back of Curb 7 Dia. MH 9 behind Back of Curb -_.-� If' 8' Dia. MH - 15' behind Back of Curb I Neenah R3067 casting or equal II with type D or Vane Grate. PLAN Minimum of 2 maximum of 5 3" Radius concrete adjustment rings with full ■■■■■■■■■■■I, bed of mortar between each and �• • a 4" collar on the outside. l• lo ame i »- ° ' �'`�--- 6" precast reinforced concrete slab. 1 Q • Seal with 2 beads of RAM-NEK. I .-\. „f"' - All joints in manhole to have "0" ring rubber gaskets. `—`' Varies Precast concrete I5" t sm.- - Doghouses shall be groutedsection on both m v. the outside and inside. I ,m a • Manhole steps, Neenah R1981 J or .� • . equal, 15" o.c., Aluminum steps . approved. c :=0 . 8" Precast segmental concrete block m to top of the pipe shall be used 44Q o when size and depth prohibit the �'"—�� �� fabrication of precast units. / 10 r . . '�• • • d . . : . • • • .- }-, Minimum slab thickness, 6" for 14' depth. increase thickness 1" for each 4' of depth greater than 14', SECTION and reinforce with 6"x6" 10/10 mesh. • Grout bottom 1 Last STANDARD D D L I AI LS Revision 1 „El Bonestroq Mar. 1990 or Aosene TYPE II InAnderlik & Associates CATCHBASIN MANHOLE Plate No. 1 Engineers & Architects 1 --1 6 St. Paul. Minnesota e I —16.O1NG 1 i I 1 36" I Back of curb _ I I II I } s 3o = /4,711 = tv Direction of flow a I I :I i i it • ,: � - to i i NOTE: / 1 Right hand grate shown t i i i i PLAN I Catchbosin costing Grate to be 2" below gutter grade. Slope gutter 5� each side of Neenah R3067 or equal Catchbosin. with DR. or DL. grate. I3"radius curb box Top of Curb Variable j-------_-------i. . A Min. of Z , Max. of 3 t°, concrete adjustment rings allowed. �'-'.'. ,:< II `:•'1. 71 I '. •• 24"x 36" Precast �:: . 5" '.•• r---5 OT grout :• ':y y...-• -- "'••• \ ;.o rtNe i • P a • .ft •..a, • • :o • a, n, :.,. • y. • 5ECTICi',1 Revisions Plate No. Bonestroo , Rosene, STANDARD DETAILS Jon.1981 Ande►lik a Assoc. Consulting Engineers TYPE II 1- 19 ISt. Paul,Minn. CATCHBASIN I 1 I LOAD FACTOR 1.5 LOAD FACTOR 1.5 I /8c / „ ,, -/ //Bc' / 1\ % 'I,: 6 min. \��. �� 7. I S;,4-, .........._...).,i ! Compacted 0" 4II4 ' Ull U II 11—NII ffl: - I 115'r Bc/q but not M,�11�_":� •N .:r.•II less than 6 '° • 0.5 Bc mina--* T ::..,• a;.°. ...:, iii Normal 17 =1ir�Ici;=�l =1! w Bedding — 0.5Bcmin. I Coarse Filter Aggregate w (Mn Dot Spec. 3I49H Mod.) I CLASS C-I CLASS C-2 HAND SHAPED FROM HAND SHAPED FROM I FIRM UNDISTURBED SOIL ANGULAR BEDDING MATERIAL I "Bci. Denotes outside diameter of Pipe Barrel I • w Bc t 12 Minimum LOAD FACTOR 1.9 LOAD FACTOR 2.3 HBc. 1 T=� r' L�Dr N;� ,g� �, Compacted OM 1 ��U! " Backfill Compacted 7:: I'1 IL�i, t , e �c Backfill ; • \� p.". • . 0.5 Bc 0.5 f9c 1111 ° _,-/• �''•..'t ;.� =,`: • 1 w J 'r I _ W 'c/ but not,, 2000 les than 6 Concrete I Coarse Filter Aggregate (Mn DOT Spec. 3149H Modified) CLASS B CLASS A I HAND SHAPED FROM CONCRETE BACKFILL ANGULAR BEDDING TO 0.5 OF OUTSIDE MATERIAL DIAMETER WITH SHAPED BEDDING I Bonestroo, Rosene, Revisions Plate No. Anderlik $ Assoc. Inc. STANDARD DETAILS JAN.1986 Consulting Engineers BEDDING METHODS 1-25 St. Paul, Minnesota FOR RCP, VCP a DIP I I I ICompacted Backfill I 1111 7/4 /13c ,. // INI n• Backfill a ��� 1 Bedding iii Variable ��t. • . /4" ���•��//8 it/Type of Bedding 0 . o • . a ` o__ ••. " _ .. • • ° ://t 6" Pay Depth Foundation 1` ' d //� 6" Increments I 11� .-- ° =--- °- •-. Variable ' ,. j. (Typical) _�••11'O O . O. • • O . O .O ' o • • • O.ii l Iraq 1 . IIIA---I• IIII JIIIIII II ,!• •il u I I.. Minimum = 2d + Bc + 12 I "Bc" Denotes outside Coarse Filter diameter of Pipe Aggregate Barrel (Mn DOT Spec. 3I49H Modified) I I • I Bonestroo, Rosen; STANDARD DETAILS Revisions Plate No. Anderlik B Assoc.socInc. I IMPROVED FOUNDATION JAN. 1986 Consulting Engineers 1-2 5 A St. Paul, Minnesota FOR RCP, VCP a DIP I _ , Compacted Backfill Backfill // , / jr I ' •. . . • (�6 12" X111, .°. ' .,..-r o«• . . /pJ/// 1��y ' ' •° -• •P��l/ Bedding 0, 7, ! `\ ` ' 4.-dik/ Granular Borrow �11` ° y ; • /N/: (Mn DOT Spec. 3149A, • Modified) 1�U1 ' . \ - ' • '7/Hl u . � a S. d o ��// 6" I - 1 Minimum= Bc +12"�] PIPE FOUNDATION & BEDDING IN GOOD SOILS I Compacted Backfill 1111/ 1 -_-i�' it/ ° • // Bedding o v •� • ° ° • 0 i i \\ \ • ♦ • ° 1 ,t .- • •, ` ✓ o - O u y . = 6" I r - - ---'77-07-. :1-;77,'• . • III 4- .7.777. : a_ d.• 6 Pay Depth • , - - - - - - "- -3__ Increments Foundation Q0 • •, •• Variable J''. ••";��� 6� •(Typical) . o °_,_ _. •,_, • • -_• • • S & v • A. • v • a• 0 *0 itt I IIHIIIE III IIH tIl IIIInIIlellll _ \ Coarse Filter Sc Denotes outside Minimum = 2d + Bc+12'� Aggregate diameter of Pipe ( Mn. DOT Spec. 3149H IBarrel Modified ) PIPE FOUNDATION & BEDDING IN POOR SOILS I - Bonestroo, Rosene, Revisions Plate No. Anderlik 8 Assoc. Inc. STANDARD DETAILS Consulting Engineers PVC PIPE FOUNDATION & 1-258 1 St. Paul, Minnesota BEDDING METHODS I R,. I - -- ANGLE IRON- 2"x 3"x 4=0"x 5/16" PLACE 3" LEG VERTICAL a PAINT I 1'-8n 221/4" . 21' 1,7,..._ NEENAHEDURL-1737 OR A WITH ONE COAT RED LEAD PRIMER 1.. 221/4" II 8" am§_S--_-- r „__, ,„ -„__-,-___ ____= =_ _-T 11 • M • PLAN �- ME- -NI 4'-4" 2" ...® N r �1 =..�21. I ®R �� _iv - - --------- -- I-\ 1 C2�� ��� _ II �P-- � I I CO ID IIINIIIIIIICIE •..S .,:: ,'•••Ati°O.N o\ JS.VP ,1 it , p leg U 8" 2'-8" 8'� �J - N iJ 'gig, II3'-4" 7" SECTION AA ELEV. SECT i2- 1/2"x 6" BENT BOLTS C27N9.5 BENT REINFORCING BARS SURMOUNTABLE 6-4 LONG I. 2=6" Ir..' 2'-6" CURB 9 GUTTER o wod CURB OPENING It o..el o?•'e 'I IJO�OvAyY°:D�'�j• - / Fe" / / �i OPENING-4-< -coTAPER CURB TO / 2" / SLOPED INLET-{ ;. CATCH BASIN II" HIGH 8 7"WIDE / i LEAD AT BASIN i i 7-- MAINTAIN 12 .: I i ANGLE IRON- 2"x 3"x 4=0"x 5/16" PLACE 3" LEG VERTICAL III PAINT 22 V4" NEENAH R-1737 WITH ONE COAT RED LEAD PRIMER pile 1.1" 211 1011OR EQUAL r4 o• • - - - - ` r`' -__._::4-7.------="z==-7- 1":'-- i =`_. I 1 PLAN Erallillailli ` a I I 1 2" Ma : I1 -11- ----_ ‘ 'l fid, I 1 11111 16_ may®1111 •.;••.`•: II II ,i +6 8" 2'-6" U a -I p 3'-4" 7" I SECTION AA ELEV. SECT. 2-I/2"x 6" BENT BOLTS 27145 BENT REINFORCING BARS 8618 I fr 2-6 i2-6" , " 6-4 LONG CURB OPENING CURB S GUTTER i / s„/ / • OPENING- / io= tt 6 / ii SLOPED INLET-{� CATCH BASIN TAPER CURB TO ••: ' LEAD II” HIGH a 7"WIDE --\__;__' , AT BASIN -c II . I i I MAINTAIN 12" / "r .. ... MADE GUT f),cf-1 `! •..•.Arl ' I NIPOINT 2„ ippELOW NOR :00•000 r 6" 3'-4" B"� GUTTER • SECTION BB \\\ ICK AS k �' ,\ P�ON-MN/DOT LONG STEEL- 6 NO.4 / i P 2341 BARS x 4i-4m LONG AT _;o 2.0.C. TO BE ON TOP j-k / ,� o OF DIAGONAL STEEL \\ �j �1< \ THIS POINT 6" I NOTE �\ o �/ \ BELOW NORM�_ PLACE STEPS IF DEPTH \ L / r GUTTER FROM TOP OF CASTING TO �\ \ \\ �• GRADE / INVERT, IS GREATER THAN 4 FEET. \ l\ / \ .0„,ji# Pte/ \\ �.< '(\'\ -;`. I SHORT STEEL-4 NO. 4 k. ..---74)-1, BARS"x 3 '-O" LONG TO BE \ �-� / 11/2 CLEAR FROM �\ */ �\ _ BOTTOM OF SLAB \\ ` �\ ,/• I \. \\V( TAPER CURB DIAGONAL STEEL- 4 NO. 4 \ �) / AS ABOVE BARS x 3%-3" LONG TO BE ON \ .'� i 1 TOP OF SHORT STEEL \-' 6 /6" PLAN I / BASIN S/M/LAR TO / / ST. PAUL PLATE NO. 2004 Bonestroo, Rosene Revisions Plate No. I Anderlik & Assoc., Inc. STANDARD DETAILS Consulting Engineers CATCH BASIN — HIGH CAPACITY I- 32A St. Paul, Minnesota I ill I ►alai a il I T., ► »1 i _ ,., I., ■ //VBackfllllobe tamped i ,/-.. . ,„,,-x.a 1 Y • `+:p r/. .\i��< �i�'(v7 '//iceW , �///' i/ ,, :/\/\ ate,› / l,, -. / -1111111- 6 ------ C' 1N c 0 0 -- IP el 1U / d II Cubic Yard grovel o at Or crushed rock. li o w Cover with > y I polyethylene. c' i st c N • ii C oa • tet, .. .:.. o ai (AIM1 ( a ` 111 "J e / 4x4” thrust h. III t �� block � 1`,I I ex 6°vertical ;�'�'.' '►• '4.. . . ' •.• block •.:�.,: • .:. I 1 13"Concrete 8 Concrete block block HYDRANT INSTALLATION GATE VALVE a BOX Bonestroo , Rosene Revisions Plate No. IAnderlik a Asso. Inc. STANDARD DETAILS Apr. '73 Consulting Engineers GATE VALVE & BOX Apr. 'SI 2 - I A St. Paul, Minn. AND HYDRANT INSTALLATION 1 I I I Desi n Grade or ng Grade i I I , W E. c.4.1 Variable ISee Specifications d g r _ i .13 c n- 4" Min. Sand Fill > v7 .r.:.:.,o. �_�:...._v�a ww:....w..*:•_• o v_...10.wti 6" Sand I Fill Rigid Insulation To. of Pi.e _i__ See Specs. 1 • Pipe To Be Insulated I i i r Bone5troo , Rosene, STANDARD DETAILS Revisions Plate No. i ' Anderlik 8 Assoc. Inc. 1 Consulting Engineers INSULATION DETAI L 2-8 St. Paul , Minnesota I o \\/ ' E NOTE 3 + /.' .# 1;\ 1 .* ...- I _ . 4 "•*.•::::•....i k ..:.,:•.� .. . .. ..; .. . �..•�:•:,. ..::. II 1 •: .. :• 1 CONCRETE nmm • • . r . " o§ PLAN - 221/2° BEND W� Di- Ow 1� a0 •� eNOS� P Q' :JAN4.900 CCI M re BEND . \'....:': : :: :: St 1mcoII cl3'4 1-a CONCRETE SHALL BE .' .y' IN CONTAC WITH THISjoi,am.44.• •.' . :,. 4. V .. \.............•••• QUADRANT •F PIPE, ••r��':'. CI C2 C3• n I , , I V IIAT LEAST. / /1 '. .'• , '•. .,/ c I I 1 BEDDING / (s.. .' ' • ,''' .a:• � o PLAN-45° BEND I MATERIAL :. ., • ;'.: ... • d:'•'..... / NOTES: I. DIMENSIONS IN TABLE ARE BASED ON A �� •••;...- 1 WATER PRESSURE OF 150 PSI, AND AN EARTH RESISTANCE OF I TON PER SQ. FT. \• J -4.4..,,-: 2 WOOD BLOCKING MAY BE USED IN LIEU OF I APPROX. I SLOPE WHERE DEPTH BgLOW 2,-0\ CONCRETE FOR 6"B 8"0 45°BENDS AND FOR PIPE EXCEEDS 6 \ I 6 8 8 12 0 221/2°BENDS PROVIDED AREA IN \ CONTACT WITH EARTH IS SAME AS AREA SHOWN. 3. DIMENSION CI C2 C3 SHOULD BE LARGE �_� SECTION A-A ENOUGH TO MAKE ANGLE 9' EQUAL TO OR LARGER THAN 45° 4. DIMENSION A, A2 As SHOULD BE AS LARGE AS POSSIBLE WITHOUT INTERFERRING I BUTTRESS DIMENSIONS WI5. SHAPE OF TH M.J BOLTS. Y VARY AS LONG ASK POUR OF �IS AGAINSTTTRESS FIRMPIPE 22'/2° BENDS 45°BENDS 90°KENOS UNDISTURBED EARTH. SIZE BI D, B2 D2 e, D3 I 6" I'-5" I'-5" I'-5" I'-5" 2. - I 1'-6" B I -5 I -5" 2'- I" I'-6" 2'-8' 2'-0" 12" 1'-10" ! I'-10" 3'-4" 2'- 0" 4'- 9" 2'-6" I 16" 3'- 0" I 2'-0" 3'-10" 3'-0" 6- 2" I 3.- 6" 20" 3'-6" 2'-8" 5.-6" 3_4 8'-4" 4.-0" - 24" 4'-4" r I Bonestroo, Rosene, Anderlik & Assoc.,Inc. STANDARD DETAILS Revisions Plate No. I Consulting Engineers CONCRETE THRUST BLOCKING 2-9 St. Paul, Minnesota I 111 I rt I Variable (See Plan) i I Variable (See Plan) 15' 6 t I 4`x4"x8' Wood Fence Post 4' above grade I c Curb Stop and Box laJ 1 I ._._.r.._._._.__,_r_ C:=7Water Service 1 it O ° r o CL ,v o Corporation Stop I< Copper Concrete Block -2 I I .co a in Support c• n -1—• x I e Curved Segmental Manhole, BlockI for Gooseneck Support Water Main Sewer Service 4" Cast Iron Soil Pipe Sanitary Sewer Min. Slope-1/4" per ft. I 15" long piece of Copper with Crimped end I I IABonestroo e Rosene STANDARD DETAILS L°'t ' '°", III vii' Anderllk & Oct.1992 AssociatesEngineent SEWER AND WATER [Plate No. A Architects SERVICE CONNECTIONS St.Paul. Minnesota 3-4 I3-4.DWG 6" Distance to Q variable 1/2"r — 1-3 J = • 3 . I/2r TYPE 'IA'IA"N ,��� sl..e 3/4" .er ft I _ STANDARD SECTION • • ;. M.H.D. B6I8 b , CONCRETE CURB a GUTTER I -! 8•• .. 18" 6" Distance to C. variable I 1/2"r _� 13 r/ TYPE ��B�O r sb•e 3/4" •er ft. j*-I/2 r II _N STANDARD SECTION ti M.H.D. B624 CONCRETE CURB a GUTTER I - 8" 24„ I 1/2"r1 3TYPE "C" I slo• 3/411fix-1/2"r o ,: - STANDARD SECTION • SURMOUNTABLE I ` ` • : CONCRETE CURB GUTTER I 12" ..•• . 12" I I/2"r-N, f3"r 1 ' I Distance to I. variable IBituminous surface TYPE "D" .-..s ' , , MEN, STANDARD SECTION 1 N 8.. :.\5; . Grovel base M.H.D. B6 CONCRETE CURB u n n n - Type A or Type"B" Curb - ' 1--- ' "&'�'` 311s10•e e 3/4" g er ft. 1/2"r TYPE - A, B,C,D _ STANDARD SECTION rn DRIVEWAY 9 y. • E 10" leTi.•A 22"Type B I 12 . 12-Type C Bonestroo, Rosene, Revisions Plate No. I Anderlik 8 Assoc, Inc. STANDARD DETAILS Consulting Engineers CONCRETE CURB a GUTTER 4-1 St Paul, Minnesota I I 3/4" I/2 4 � 2..r _4.7 Bituminous I Backfill with 1"rTYPE "A"`,, • \ \ selected soil • STANDARD \ \\ `° SECTION ‘ '�\- f surface 6" MACHINE LAID CURB , , /) ) ,‘ \ ///7/ , ' . \\\\ \ I \ \ ii 5 I/2 1 3/4" I \\ Backfill with i"r TYPE "B" \�� selected soil \,,\ r..- STANDARD SECTION \ ', Bituminous 7.. MACHINE LAID CURB i •`---- \ surface 6.. I 111 1/2 .. 4 — 6" iI1/8 r TYPE "C" =,� /,411(iritassit Bituminous surface STANDARD SECTION N 6" SHOE FORMED CURB • . 1 I4.. 8.. -r---- --11/8 r I - op,/---- "D" /,•.. Bituminous surface STANDARD SECTION 1 N /,. /%/ i 8"SHOE FORMED CURB I Bonestroo, Rosene, Revisions Plate No. I Anderiik a Assoc, Inc. STANDARD DETAILS Consulting Engineers BITUMINOUS CURB St Paul, Minnesota 4-2 I 1 ti. ,�c2 IB6I 8 C 8 G • Q` n. IO' I ••,, • TRANSITION •..• I SURMOUNTABLE CURB \\\\MOB CATCH BASIN AT P.C. or PT 5 q• I .1V- 1 6618 C 8 G 5 Q0 °:1 I I 10' . II`• SURMOUNTABLE CURB •i I TRANSITION I0 ...v.;• . 0 I CATCH0BASIN IN RADIUS .-• •fI5 I ���p q1 a I I B6I8CaG 6 10 • 1 TY P. . TRANSITION .` 1 Ali I . __rSURMOUNTABLE CURB DOUBLE CATCH BASIN • I 6„ _ 10' TRANSITION I 111111111g1,1111111 II ,eyezi , , ., •I 7 c., i ° . 0 . v ' 4, • D b, o o _ . .Q v 7. . • M.H.D. •B6I8. .CONC. .0 8,.G SURMOUNTABLE CONC. C a G 4 I .. SECTION. A—A NO SCALE `Bonestroo,Rosene, I • Anderlik S Assoc, Inc. STANDARD DETAILS Revisions Plate No. Consulting:Engineers 7g Be CURB a GUTTER CONCRETE • "�°"='°' St. Paul, Minnesota4- 8 _ T4''"S I TRANSITION I I 1 � I� 4 I8618 conc. curb : 3-'�`� :,;;;: a gutter. sit: ...• I Catchbosin frame :�:"'���,.,+:4". 51et a cover. .�''" ZeP► s .,- :;: 00 000' , oog ___---- •:• .Kra ~ #yl`'541•.:t \\—ll i tr;;: 7 PERSPECTIVE 1 1 10'Min. Transition B618 curb 8 gutter - - IO�Min. Transition II cv v Top of curb I .„.,40 .: *-... . ;.... q• Awl=lw Lies'f ' . iiti • ... .,.. .:*:" 1":••••• -••• El 2-Na 4 rebars Expansion II Design gutter Joint line grade. Neenah frame 8 coyer or equal 1 R-3067 with Type DL grate SECTION A- A 1 Bonestroo Rgsene SPECIAL DETAILS I Anderlik and Assoc. Inc. Revisions Plate No. 8618 CURB a GUTTER 2-19-82 JKI Consulting Engineers4 -9 St. Paul, Minn. CONSTRUCTION AT CATCH BASIN I NOTE: Surmountable conc. I Surmountable curb a gutter to be formed into a 8 618 type curb curb a gutter at catchbasin castings. 4 I .....• •••:• . -. ...... • ..• ..,AP. . ... ' I , ' ,..'-'' .•• • ..,f...: .. .....' .:•'' Catchbasin frame ,.... i.''' ion 1 a cover ,- - .• , 00e _ V-P5 I 0 .,.. . .•• •,..:O. I ‘01‘ 4.,.;,:•''..':. .•Sec2 ...,,...::.. •,- 0 . . . ..* • I% - - k 0 ,p..• ....•:' 111 .. • 41 ..... „...........„ RSPECTIVE .....-- I I 14 I10' Min. Transition lO'Min. Transition Surmountable curb 8 gutter 'IN Cr Top of curb 1 imoul ;4 -4.44 ; •;777-77777::.:.-- . •• 111111111V=.1.1 • • - • - • - 2 • .••••. • : •:.-'4.:•••..:*.f.‘*".: BM" '4-3. - -•-.-", • .rr4"..0. -"-4,'••!-•;'-•1.•: -.741,-i- :•f---!--.; •• Ell •2-No.4 rebors Expansion Joint I Design gutter line grade Neenah frame 8 cover or equal. R-3067 with Type DL grate _SECTION A-A ___ INIMME.11•=•••• Bonestroo , Rosene SPECIAL DETAILS Revisions Plate Na Anderli -19-82 JKI k a Assoc. IncI . SURMOUNTABLE CURB 8 GUTTER 4-10 Consulting Engineers St. Paul, Minn. CONSTRUCTION AT CATCHBASIN I I I II Bales placed on edge. Len.th Variable Butted tight. ( see plan 8. spec. ) I . . � �m m0o�� 1 2 x 2" Wood stake I 2 per bale ; III 0 PLAN 1 a U X W `4' 1/2 Total Length I Graded grade I A—, IPt.A Pt. A Pt., B I NOTE. A 1 Pt. A to be higher than Pt. B I PROFILE I 2"x 2" Wood stake l 2 per bole. a Bales placed on edge. ill I Earth fill Graded grade ' flow flow i --• � ii'N OPTION I = 1 10 min. - ----t— 10"min. 1I —1,‘; OPTION 2 _t____-1/ SECTION A-A No Scale Bonestroo, Rosene, IAnderlik a Assoc., Inc. SPECIAL DETAILS Revisions Plate No. Consulting Engineers St. Paul , Minnesota EROSION CONTROL SP- 64 I i I 1 1 2" x 2" wood stakes 8' Maximum spacing i _ Engineering fabric, Mirafi cI irofence" or equal. 11 CI Env z I = I _z Fabric anchorage trench Backfill trench with I tamped natural soil Direction of runoff II • , �`� N a. ZQW 1 . .� i Support post anchorage in—situ soil Litz Attach fabric to support posts with lath and staples 1 I I i III Bonestroo1 SO Ff STANDARD DETAILS fZ Revign:Iti Aderlik d 1990 An 1 Associates SILTATION FENCE Plate No. Engineer' b Architects ISP-89 st. Paul, Minnesota I 2 Rows Bales �O Placed on Edge 4l 411111111 with overlapping F�.O joints backed by snow fence for support. Area to Snow Fence ��•_� . 111 be graded prior �` Support to placing bales ;I i >' , ll lm I I , . PLAN A \,....1 Storm Sewer I111‘ • ipe Catch Basin I044 NOTE 2'x2' Wood Stakes I2 Per Bale Snow Fence Placed 0' DIA. with 4 Steel ‘,O I Posts for Support � 4 % Fj►� Silt (Oeotextlle) Fence -, - As Specified - IPLAN 1 Backed by saow fence F�O� k�f` r .�• for support. �/„� Bottom 0' of Fabric I to be Buried to 'o Prevent Underwashing. Storm Sewer Catch Basin N`Oit.. 1 Storm Sewer I . r--- Catch Basin: Kkil 1 P �, LAN C 97zy, 2•x2' Wood Stakes 2 Per Bale 1 . . Bales on Edge I Bonestroo, Rosehe Assoc.,Inc. STANOARD DETAILS I AnderliC a Revisions Plate No. Consulting Engineers EROSION C O N T R O St, Poul, Minnesoto L P-104 1 CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT INDEX 'j PAGE NO. ' SECTION 1 - DEFINITIONS 1. SECTION 2 - BIDDING REQUIREMENTS 5. SECTION 3 - AWARD AND EXECUTION OF CONTRACT,PROGRESS 7. AND COMPLETION OF WORK SECTION 4 - CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: INTENT AND REUSE 9. SECTION 5 - AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; 11. REFERENCE POINTS SECTION 6 INSURANCE AND BONDS,LEGAL RESPONSIBILITY AND 13. SAFETY SECTION 7 - ENGINEER-OWNER-CONTRACTOR RELATIONS, ARBITRATIONI 18 AND INDEMNIFICATION SECTION 8 - MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT, INSPECTION AND WORKMANSHIP 25. Iv SECTION 9 - MEASUREMENT,PAYMENT AND PROJECT ACCEPTANCE 34. SECTION 10 - CHANGES IN THE WORK 40. SECTION 11 - CHANGES OF CONTRACT PRICE AND CONTRACT TIME 42. SECTION 12 - SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION 46. SECTION 13 - MISCELLANEOUS 48. FORM OF AGREEMENT PERFORMANCE BOND LABOR AND PAYMENT BOND 11\90-356GENRL ' Copyright 1990 Bonestroo,Rosene,Anderlik &Associates,Inc. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 II TABLE OF CONTENTS illCONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT DEFINITIONS 1 - II 1.1 ACTS OF GOD 1.2 ADDENDA 1.3 AGREEMENT II1.4 BID SECURITY 1.5 BIDDER I1.6 CONTRACT 1.7 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS I 1.8 CONTRACT PRICE 1.9 CONTRACTOR 1.10 CHANGE ORDER II 1.11 DAY 1.12 DEFECTIVE II1.13 DRAWINGS 1.14 ENGINEER il ' 1.15 FIELD ORDER 1.16 FINAL COMPLETION II - 1.17 MODIFICATION 1.18 NOTICE OF AWARD II 1.19 NOTICE TO PROCEED 1.20 OWNER il 1.21 PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BONDS 1.22 PROJECT 1.23 PROPOSAL I1.24 RESIDENT PROJECT REPRESENTATIVE 1.25 SHOP DRAWINGS 1.26 SPECIFICATIONS il 1.27 SUBCONTRACTOR 1.28 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION II 1.29 SURETY 1.30 WRITTEN NOTICE I1.31 WORM. II - 1 - 11\90-356GENRL Copyright 1990 II Bonestrop, Rosene, Anderlik & Associates, Inc. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I/ TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT'D) 1 SECTION 2 - BIDDING REQUIREMENTS 2.1 PROPOSAL FORMS 2.2 INTERPRETATION OF QUANTITY ESTIMATES 2.3 EXAMINATION OF PLANS, SPECIFICATIONS AND WORK SITE 2.4 ADDENDA 2.5 PREPARATION OF BID 2.6 RESERVATIONS AND/OR EXCEPTIONS 2.7 BID SECURITY 2.8 DELIVERY OF PROPOSAL 2.9 OPENING OF PROPOSALS 2.10 EVALUATION OF PROPOSALS 2.11 CERTIFICATION OF INDEPENDENT PRICE DETERMINATION SECTION 3 - AWARD AND EXECUTION OF CONTRACT, PROGRESS & COMPLETION OF WORK 3.1 AWARD OF CONTRACT 3.2 EXECUTION OF AGREEMENT 3.3 FAILURE TO EXECUTE AGREEMENT 3.4 RETURN OF BID SECURITY 3.5 NOTICE TO PROCEED 3.6 CONTRACT TIME 11 3.7 SCHEDULE OF COMPLETION 3.8 COMPUTATION OF TIME ID 3.9 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES SECTION 4 - CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: INTENT AND REUSE r4.1 INTENT OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 4.2 ORDER OF PRECEDENCE 4.3 DISCREPANCIES 4.4 ADDITIONAL INSTRUCTIONS 4.5 DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS AT JOB SITE 4.6 OWNERSHIP OF DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS AND REUSE 4.7 DIMENSIONS 2 - 11\90-356GENRL Copyright 1990 Bonestrpo, Rosene, Anderlik I/ & Associates, Inc. �1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 IITABLE OF CONTENTS CONT'D ISECTION 5 - AVAILABILITY OF LANDS- PHYSICAL CONDITIONS- REFERENCE POINTS 11 5.1 AVAILABILITY OF LANDS 5.2 PRIVATE PROPERTY 11 5.3 SURVEYS 5.4 UTILITIES il 5.5 INVESTIGATIONS 5.6 UNFORESEEN PHYSICAL CONDITIONS 11 SECTION 6 — INSURANCE AND BONDS LEGAL RESPONSIBILITY AND PUBLIC SAFETY 6.1 INSURANCE II 6.2 PERFORMANCE AND OTHER BONDS 6.3 PATENTS, FEES AND ROYALTIES 11 6.4 PERMITS AND LICENSES 6.5 LAWS, REGULATIONS AND SAFETY 6.6 WARNING SIGNS AND BARRICADES INEER-OWNER-CONTRACTOR RELATIONS ARBITRATION & INDEMNIFICATION SECTION 7 _ ENG il _ 7.1 ENGINEER'S STATUS AND AUTHORITY 7.2 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES 11 7.3 OWNER'S RESPONSIBILITIES 7.4 ASSIGNMENT OF CONTRACT ii 7.5 RIGHTS OF VARIOUS INTERESTS 7.6 SEPARATE CONTRACTS 7.7 SUBCONTRACTS 7.8 ORAL AGREEMENTS 7.9 NON-DISCRIMINATION IN EMPLOYMENT 7.10 DECISIONS ON DISAGREEMENTS VI 7.11 ARBITRATION 7.12 INDEMNIFICATION MB - 3 - 1 il 11\90-356GENRL Copyright 1990 Bonestroo, Rosene, Anderlik & Associates, Inc. 1 r i i r r y R y t r I TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT'D) I SECTION 8 - MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT, INSPECTION AND WORKMANSHIP 8.1 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT FURNISHED BY CONTRACTOR I/ 8.2 EQUIVALENT MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT 8.3 MATERIALS FURNISHED BY OWNER 8.4 STORAGE OF MATERIALS 8.5 SAMPLES 8.6 FURNISHING OF PRODUCT DATA 1/ 8.7 QUALITY OF EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS 8.8 SHOP DRAWINGS 8.9 ACCESS TO AND OBSERVATION OF WORK 8.10 TESTS AND INSPECTIONS I/ 8.11 UNCOVERING THE WORK 8.12 CUTTING AND PATCHING 8.13 WARRANTY AND GUARANTEE II8.14 CORRECTION PERIOD 8.15 CORRECTION OR REMOVAL OF DEFECTIVE WORK 1 8.16 ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK 8.17 OWNER MAY STOP WORK 11 8.18 OWNER MAY CORRECT DEFECTIVE WORK 11 1/I I - 4 - 11\90-356GENRL Copyrig4t 1990 1/ Bonestroo, Rosene, Anderlik & Associates, Inc. I 1 TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT' Qi 11 SECTION - MEASUREMENT PAYMENT AND PROJECT ACCEPTANCE li 9.1 DETAILED BREAKDOWN OF CONTRACT AMOUNT 9.2 REQUEST FOR PAYMENT II 9.3 ENGINEER'S ACTION ON A REQUEST REQUEST ORPAYM R PAYMENT ENT 9,4 OWNER'S ACTION ON AN APPROVED 9.5 OWNER'S RIGHT TO WITHHOLD PAYMENT il9.6 CONTRACTOR'S WARRANTY OF TITLE 9.7 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION 1/ 9.8 PARTIAL UTILIZATION 9.9 FINAL INSPECTION 9.10 FINAL APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT It9.11 FINAL PAYMENT AND ACCEPTANCE II 9.12 CONTRACTOR'S CONTINUING OBLIGATION 9.13 WAIVER OF CLAIMS li - SECTION 10 - CHANGES IN THE WORK 10.1 CHANGE ORDERS 10.2 FIELD ORDERS 10.3 UNAUTHORIZED WORK li 10.4 ENGINEER RECOMMENDATIONS 10.5 NOTICE OF CHANGE TO SURETY i 10.6 CLAIMS FOR ADDITIONAL COSTS 10.7 WORK DURING AN EMERGENCY SECTION 11 - CHANGE OF CONTRACT PRICE AND CONTRACT TIME 111.1CONTRACTPRICE 11.2 CHANGE IN CONTRACT PRICE li 11.311 BASIS OF CHANGE 11.4 CHANGE OF CONTRACT TIME j II - 5 - 11\90-356GENRL Copyright 1990 Bonestroo, Rosene, Anderlik & Associates, Inc. IV , I I j I h I I I I • 1 I I I I I I 1I II , 11 TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT'D) SECTION 12 - SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION II I12.1 OWNER MAY SUSPEND WORK 11 12.2 OWNER MAY TERMINATE 12.3 CONVENIENCE TERMINATION BY THE OWNER il 12.4 CONTRACTOR MAY STOP WORK OR TERMINATE SEC - ISCELLANEOUSTION 13 M 1 13.1 LIMITATION OF LIABILITY 13.2 REMEDIES t 13.3 PUBLIC CONVENIENCE 13.4 CROSSING UTILITIES, ETC. II 13.5 SANITARY PROVISIONS 13.6 PRESERVATION OF HISTORICAL OBJECTS 13.7 USE OF PREMISES FORM OF AGREEMENT II • PERFORMANCE BOND LABOR AND MATERIAL PAYMENT BOND li t II ii , _ 6 11\90-356GENRL Copyright 1990 Eonestroo, Rosene, Anderlik II & Associates, Inc. . . 1 1 1 1 1 I 11 CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT SECTION 1 DEFINITIONS li1.1 ACTS OF GOD 11 An Act of God is an unusual, extraordinary and sudden manifestation of the forces of nature, uncontrolled and uninfluenced by the power of man and with- out human intervention, that could not under normal circumstances have been II anticipated or expected. Ordinary weather conditions of normal intensity for the locality shall not be considered as an Act of God. III 1.2 ADDENDA Written or graphic instruments issued prior to the opening of Bids which clarify, correct or change the bidding documents or the Contract Documents. I1.3 AGREEMENT II The Agreement is the tofnthecWorktdescribedexecuted inbthetContOractrpocumentsand Contractor covering the performance 1.4 BID SECURITY il - The Bid Security, where required by the Advertisement or Information to Bid- ders, is a cashier' s or certified check, cash or Bid Bond accompanying the Proposal submitted by the bidder, pledging that the bidder will enter into an li ' Agreement with the Owner for the carrying out of the Work, should the contract for the Work be awarded to him. 1 1.5 BIDDER A Bidder is an individual or other entity submitting a Proposal for the adver- ttised Work. 1.6 CONTRACT The Contract Documents form the Contract. The Contract represents the entire /11 and integrated agreement between the parties hereto and supersedes all prior r_ negotiations, representations, or agreements, either written or oral. II1.7 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS The Contract Documents consist of the following, including all Addenda issued Iprior to the opening of bids, Field Orders, Change Orders or other Modifica- tions issued after execution of the Agreement: 11 It - 1 - I 11\90-356GENRL Copyright 1990 Bonestroo, Rosene, Anderlik & Associates, Inc. II . . • . I (a) Drawings (b) Specifications 11(1) Bid Documents (Advertisement, Addenda, Information to Bidders Proposal and Bid Security) ; ' (2) Special Provisions; (3) General and Specific Requirements; (4) Conditions of the Contract (General and other conditions) ; (5) Performance Bond and Labor and Material Payment Bond I (6) Form of Agreement; (7) Detail Plates and other drawings attached to specifications; 1.8 CONTRACT PRICE The moneys payable by Owner to Contractor under the Contract Documents as stated in the Agreement. 1.9 CONTRACTORI/ The Contractor is the person or entity or authorized representative thereof named in the Contract Documents. 1.10 CHANGE ORDER 11 A written order to Contractor signed by Owner authorizing an addition, le- tion or revision in the Work, or an adjustment in the Contract Price ore the Contract Time issued after the effective date of the Agreement. 1.11 DAY A calendar day of twenty-four hours measured from midnight to the next mid- night. 1.12 DEFECTIVE Refers to Work that is unsatisfactory, damaged, faulty or deficient, does not conform to the Contract Documents or does not meet the requirements of any IIinspection, test or approval referred to in the Contract Documents. 1.13 DRAWINGS The Drawings are all plans, drawings (including revisions thereto) repro- ductions thereof issued bythe Engineer or orpro g' pertaining to the Work provided for in the Contract Documents. - 2 - 11\90-356GENRL Copyright 1990 Bonestroo, Rosene, Anderlik & Associates, Inc. 11 II 1.14 ENGINEER I The Engineer is the person or entity or authorized representative thereof named in the Contract Documents. 1.15 FIELD ORDER li A written order issued byEngineer which orders g minor changes in the Work in accordance with Paragraph 10.2, but which does not involve a change in the Contract Price or the Contract Time. 1.16 FINAL COMPLETION IThe Work, including any punch list items, has been completed in all respects in accordance with the Contract Documents. II1.17 MODIFICATION (a) A written amendment of the Contract Documents signed by both parties, (b) Ia Change Order, or (c) a Field Order. 1.18 NOTICE OF AWARD The written notice by Owner to the apparent successful Bidder stating that 11 upon compliance by the apparent successful Bidder with the conditions preced- ent enumerated therein, within the time specified, Owner will sign and deliver II - the Agreement. 1.19 NOTICE TO PROCEED IIA written notice given by Owner to Contractor (with a copy to Engineer) fixing the date on which the Contract Time will commence to run and on which Contrac- tor shall start to perform his obligation under the Contract Documents. 1 1.20 OWNER The Owner is the person or entity or authorized representative thereof named in the Contract Documents. 1.21 PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BONDS II The Performance and Payment Bonds are the approved form of security furnished by the Contractor and a Surety prior to the execution of the Agreement as a I pledge of good faith on the part of the Contractor and the Surety in the event of the Contractor's default, covering the Contractor's faithful performance under the Contract Documents and the payment of all obligations arising there- under. 1 - 3 - 1/ 11\90-3S6GENRL Copyright 1990 Bonestroo, Rosene, Anderlik II & Associates, Inc. . I/ • 1.22 PROJECT 11 The totalconstruction thetwhole, orwalch partthe Work to as indicatedbeelsewhere under rthee Contract Contract Documents mayy Documents. 1.23 PROPOSAL 1 The Proposal is the offer of a bidder to perform rthe work escribedmin tthe Bid Documents when made out and submitted on the prescribed pdsal ly signed and secured. 1.24 RESIDENT PROJECT REPRESENTATIVE The authorized representative of the Engineer who is assigned to the site or any part thereof. 1.25 SHOP DRAWINGS All drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules and other data which are specifically prepared by Contractor, a Subcontractor, manufacturer, fabrica- tor, supplier or distributor to illustrate some portion nf the eh Work andtrall illustrations, brochures, standard schedules, performance tions, diagrams and other information prepared by a manufacturer, fabricator, supplier or distributor and submitted by Contractor to illustrate material or 11 equipment for some portion of the Work. 1.26 SPECIFICATIONS That portion of the Contract Document generally bound in booklet form and con- sisting of the documents identified in Paragraph 1.7 (b) of the Conditions of 1 the Contract. 1.27 SUBCONTRACTOR The Subcontractor is the person or other entity having a direct contract with the Contractor and acts for or on behalf of the Contractor in executing any part of the Contract, but does not include any separate Contractor or his sub- contractor or any material suppliers. 1.28 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION I The Work (or a specified part thereof) has progressed to the point where, in the opinion of Engineer as evidenced by his certificate of Substantial Comple- tion, it is sufficiently complete, in accordance with the Contract Documents, so that the Work (or specified part) can be utilized for the purposes for which it was intended; or if there be no such certificate issued, when final payment is due in accordance with Paragraph 9.10 and 9.11. The eo terms "sub- stantially complete" and "substantially completed" as applied Work 1/ refer to Substantial Completion thereof. - 4 - 11\90-356GENRL Copyright 1990 11 Bonestroo, Rosene, Anderlik & Associates, Inc. 1/ 11 11 1.29 SURETY A Surety is the person or other entity executing the Contractor's Bid, Per- formance and Payment Bonds. 1.30 WRITTEN NOTICE Written Notice shall be deemed to have been served if delivered in person or sent by registered or certified mail to the individual or other entity or to the last known business address of such individual or entity. It shall be the duty of each party to advise the other parties to the Agreement as to any change in the business address until completion and acceptance of the Work. I/ 1.31 WORK The entire completed construction or the various separately identifiable parts 11 thereof required to be furnished under the Contract Documents. Work is the result of performing services, furnishing labor and furnishing and incorporat- ing materials and equipment into the construction, all as required by the Con- tract Documents. SECTION 2 BIDDING REQUIREMENTS . 2.1 PROPOSAL FORMS The Owner will furnish Proposal Forms to any qualified Bidder upon request. 2.2 INTERPRETATION OF QUANTITY ESTIMATES I/ The schedule quantities as listed in the Proposal are to be considered approx- imate only and may be increased, decreased or omitted as necessary to complete the Work as described in the Contract Documents. it2.3 EXAMINATION OF PLANS, SPECIFICATIONS AND WORK SITE Each Bidder is required to examine carefully the site of the Work, the Pro- posal Forms, Specifications and Plans. Submission of a Proposal constitutes a representation by the Bidder that he has made such examination, has familiar- ized himself with the conditions to be encountered, the character, quality and quantity of work to be performed and material to be furnished and has carre- lllated his observations with the requirements of these Contract Documents. 2.4 ADDENDA Any Addenda issued prior to the time of receipt of Proposals shall be included in the Proposal and shall be made part of the Contract Documents. Receipt of 11 each Addendum shall be acknowledged by the Bidder in his Proposal. - 5 I/ - 11\90-356GENRL ' Copyright 1990 Bonestroo, Rosene, Anderlik 11 & Associates, Inc. I 2.5 PREPARATION OF BID 11 The bidder shall submit his Proposal on the Proposal Form provided by the Owner. All blankspaces `in the Proposal must be filled in clearly and coril - rectly in ink or typewritten. Any interlineation, alteration or erasure must be initialed by the signer of the Proposal. The Proposal shall be signed in ink by the individual or authorized representative making the Proposal. J 2.6 RESERVATIONS AND/OR EXCEPTIONS Reservations or exceptions shall be clearly stated in writing and attached to 11 the Proposal. They will be deemed to be a part of and incorporated into the Proposal. Bidders are advised that if such reservations or exceptions con- stitute a substantial deviation from the advertised terms and conditions, 11 their Proposals may be rendered nonresponsive. The Bidder shall make no addi- tional stipulations on the Proposal nor qualify it in any other manner. 2.7 BID SECURITY 11 If so stipulated in the Advertisement for Bids, or Information to Bidders, each Proposal shall be accompanied by a Bid Security in the required form and amount pledging that the Bidder will enter into a Contract with the Owner on 11 the terms stated in his Proposal and will, if required, furnish bonds as de- scribed hereunder in Section 6 covering the faithful performance of the Con- tract and the payment of all obligations arising thereunder. Should the Bid- der refuse to enter into such Contract or fail to furnish such bonds, if re- quired, the amount of the Bid Security shall be forfeited to the Owner as liquidated damages, not as a penalty. The Owner will have the right to retain • the Bid Security of Bidders until either (a) the Agreement has been executed and bonds, if required, have been furnished by the Contractor to whom an award has been made or (b) the specified time has elapsed so that unaccepted Pro- 1 posals may be withdrawn, or (c) all Proposals have been rejected. 2.8 DELIVERY OF PROPOSAL Each Proposal shall be placed in an opaque envelope and securely sealed. The envelope shall be so marked as to indicate the name and address of the Bidder, the type of work and the Project Designation. If mailed, the sealed envelope li shall be enclosed in a separate mailing envelope with the notation "PROPOSAL ENCLOSED" on the face thereof. All Proposals shall be in the office of the designated recipient before the time set for bid opening. 2.9 OPENING OF PROPOSALS 11 Proposals will be opened publicly and read aloud at the time, date and place ' designated in the Advertisement. 2.10 EVALUATION OF PROPOSALS11 The Owner reserves the right to reject any Proposal if it shows any omissions, alterations, irregularities, is submitted subsequent to the time established I - 6 - 11\90-356GENRL Copyright 1990 II Bonestroo, Rosene, Anderlik & Associates, Inc. II II I in the Advertisement for Bids for receipt of bids, or is unaccompanied by any required Bid Security. The Bidder further acknowledges the right of the Owner to reject all Proposals and readvertise with the same or different Bid Docu- ments. In any event, the Owner reserves the right to waive any informalities, irregularities or minor deviations in the Proposal. On unit price Proposals, comparison of Proposals will be made on the basis of the stated unit prices 11 and unit prices will control in the event of a discrepancy between the unit price and the extension or summation bethereof. on the basis of lthe mp slowestprice price Pro- posals, comparison of Proposals that is responsive to the Advertisement. 1/ 2.11 CERTIFICATION OF INDEPENDENT PRICE DETERMINATION IBy submission of a Proposal, each Bidder certifies that: (a) The prices in the Proposal have been arrived at independently, with- 11 out consultation, communication or agreement as to any matters relat- ing to such prices with any other bidder or with any competitor for the purpose of restricting competition; I, (b) The prices in the Proposal have not been or will not be knowingly disclosed to any other bidder or competitor prior to the Owner' s opening of the Proposals; (c) No attempt has been made or will be made by the Bidder to induce any other person or firm to submit or not to submit a Proposal for the purpose of restricting competition. It SECTION 3 AWARD AND EXECUTION OF CONTRACT, PROGRESS & COMPLETION OF WORK I3.1 AWARD OF CONTRACT When the lowest responsive Proposal of the lowest responsible bidder is -1/ accepted end within the time limit established in the Advertisement for Bids, the Owner will send him the necessary Contract Documents and a Notice that the contract has been awarded to him, subject to the furnishing of a Performance iland Payment Bond, cohere required. 3.2 EXECUTION OF AGREEMENT Ill The lwt apobidder 15days after receiving e Notice of AwardandContract Documents, sign the Agreementcontainedin the Contract 11 d and Documents and return the signed Agree enttofandisucho ondBonds OandrInsurance forms as the successful Bidder may q 3.3 FAILURE TO EXECUTE AGREEMENT ii II Upon the failure of the lowest responsiblebidd rn iddthe to furniimsh anoacCestable Bond, where required, or to execute the 7Agreement I/ 11\90-356GENRL Copyright 1990 Bor_estroo, Rosene, Anderlik 1 & Associates, Inc. I I fied, the Owner may have the option to annul the award and retain the Bid Se- curity accompanying the Bid as liquidated damages and not as a penalty. This shall not be the sole remedy of the Owner but upon default by the Bidder the Owner may adopt any legal remedy which it may see fit to adopt. 3.4 RETURN OF BID SECURITY II All Bid Securities, except that of the lowest responsible bidder, will be re- turned within 45 days after the date of the opening of Proposals unless stated otherwise in the Special Provisions. The Bid Security of the lowest respon1/ - sible bidder will be returned upon receipt of the properly executed Agreement and Bond. 3.5 NOTICE TO PROCEED II The date of commencement of the Work is the date set forth in the Notice to II Proceed. Thereupon, the Contractor shall begin and shall prosecute the Work regularly and without interruption, unless otherwise directed in writing by the Owner, with such manpower and equipment as is necessary to complete the Work within the time stated in the Contract Documents. 3.6 CONTRACT TIME The Contractor shall complete, in an acceptable manner, all of the Work con- 11 tracted for in the time stated in the Contract Documents, subject only to extension for unforeseeable delays above and beyond the control of the Con- tractor and his Subcontractors and without their fault or negligence. Written notice of the Contractor's claim for such extension shall be given within ten (10) days of the occurrence of the event giving rise to the claim; otherwise the claim shall be waived. 3.7 SCHEDULE OF COMPLETION The Contractor shall submit, at such time as may reasonably be requested by the Engineer, schedules which shall show the order in which the Contractor proposes to carry on the Work, with dates at which the Contractor will start the several parts of the Work and estimated dates of completion of the severalII parts. 3.8 COMPUTATION OF TIME I When any period of time is referred to in the Contract Documents by days, it shall be computed to exclude the first and include the last day of such per- iod. If the last day of any such period falls on a Saturday or Sunday or on a day made a legal holiday by the law of the applicable jurisdiction, such day shall be omitted from the computation. II - 8 - li 11\90-356GENRL il Copyright 1990 it Bonestroo, Rosene, Anderlik & Associates, Inc. I 1 . if3.9 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES 11 3.9.1 Time is the essence of the contract. The Costrartorilr therebythagrees that the Owner will be entitled toliquidated of the Contractor to complete the Work within the time limits provided for in the Contract Documents. 3.9.2 Should the Contractor fail to complete the project on or before the specified date, liquidated damages in the amount specified in the Special Pro- II visions shall be deducted from any monies seuo due or asominglidue to todthe Contractor tor or shall be paid to the Owner not as a penaltyq each and every calendar day that the contract shall remain uncompleted after II the specified date for Completion. Liquidated damages are specified herein because of the extreme difficulty of ascertaining and establishing the actual damages which the Owner would sustain. 11 SECTION 4 I/ CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: INTENT AND REUSE 4.1 INTENT OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 11 en r and 4.1.1 The Contract Documents WorkPr1Theyse hmaye nberaltered only byAgreement taewritOteneChange Contractor concerning t Order. 4.1.2 The Contract Documents are complementary; what is called for by one is binding as if called forby all. If, during the performance of the Work, the /11 Contractor finds a conflict, ambiguity or discrepancy in the Contract` Docu- ments, he shall report it to engineer inCwriting oat sonce landotd before proceedingg with the Work affected thereby; however, discrep Owner11 Co Encincumentsfaunlessre tConto ractorany had confactuallict, amknowledgebiguity r thereofanor Do in the Contract Do should reasonably have known thereof. 4.1.3 It is the intent of the Specifications and Drawings to describe a com- II plete project (or part thereof) to be constructed in accordance with the Con- tract Documents. Any Work that may reasonably be inferred from the Specifica- 11, tions or Drawings as being required to produce the intended result shall be supplied whether or not is is specifically called for. When words which have a well-known technical or trade meaning are used to describe Work, materials or equipment, such words shall be interpreted in accordance with such meaning. II Reference to standard specifications, manuals or codes of anytechnical society, organization or association, or to the code of any governmental authority, whether such reference be specific or by implication, shall mean the latest standard specification, manual or code in effect atthe time of 1 opening of Bids (or, on the effective date o tAg tntf there were provision Bids) , except as may be otherwise specifically stated. However, no II of any referenced standard specification, manual or code (whether or not spec- ifically incorporated by reference in the Contract Documents) shall change the - 9 - I/ 11\90-356GENRL Copyright 1990 Bonestrpo, Rosene, Anderlik 11 & Associates, Inc. I duties and responsibilities of Owner, Contractor or Engineer, or any of their11 agents or employees from those set forth in the Contract Documents. Clarifi- cations and interpretations of the Contract Documents shall be issued by Engi- neer as provided for in Paragraph 4.4. II 4.1.4 The Contract Documents shall be governed by the law of the place of the Project. 4.2 ORDER OF PRECEDENCE If there be a conflict between or among any of the terms or provisions of the11 Contract Documents, which conflict cannot be reconciled by resorting to the intent of the Contract Documents under Paragraph 4.1, the conflict shall be resolved by applying the following Order of Precedence: (a) Agreement; (b) Conditions of the Contract; (c) Special Provisions; (d) Specific Requirements; IC (e) General Requirements /1/ (f) Drawings. 4.3 DISCREPANCIES Any conflict, ambiguity or discrepancy in the Contract Documents, no matter how seemingly insignificant to the Contractor, shall be brought immediately to the attention of the Engineer for clarification. Any Contractor who fails to bring any conflict, ambiguity or discrepancy to the attention of the Engineer of which it was or should have been aware, shall assume the risk of loss aris- ing out of any such conflict, ambiguity, or discrepancy. 11 4.4 ADDITIONAL INSTRUCTIONS Further or additional instructions may be issued by the Engineer during the I progress of the Work by the use of Drawings or other means to clarify the _ intent of the Contract Documents or to explain or illustrate Changes in the Work or Field Orders. 4.5 DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS AT JOB SITE Contractor shall keep one record copy of all Specifications, Drawings, Addenda, Modifications, Shop Drawings and samples at the site, in good order and annotated to show all changes made during the construction process. These J - 10 - 1 11\90-356GENRL Copyright 1990 11 Bonestroo, Rosene, Anderlik & Aspociates, Inc. I I 11 shall be available to Engineer for examination and shall be delivered to Engi- neer for Owner upon completion of the Work. II4.6 OWNERSHIP OF DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATION AND REUSEI/ All original Drawings and Specifications and other data furnished by the Engi- neer are and shall remain his property. Copies thereof will be furnished to Owner and are to be used only with respect to this Project and are not to be used on any other project or extensions of this Project without the prior 11 written consent of Engineer. Submission or distribution to meet official regulatory requirements or for other purposes in connection with the Project are not to be construed as publication in derogation of the Engineer's common II law copyright or other reserved rights. 4.7 DIMENSIONS 11 Figured dimensions on the plans will be used in preference to scaling the Drawings. Any conflicts, ambiguity, or discrepancy, shall be immediately brought to the attention of the Engineer before proceedingbr d Work. Contractor shall assume the risk of lossfor 1/ fattention of the Engineer such conflict, ambiguity, or discrepancy. iiSECTION 5 AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; REFERENCE POINTS 5.1 AVAILABILITY OF LANDS t - 5.1.1 Owner shall furnish, as indicated in the Contract Documents, the lands upon which the Work is to be performed, rights-of-way for access thereto, and such other lands which are designated for the use of Contractor. Easements for I/ permanent structures or permanent changes in existing facilities will be obtained and paid for by Owner, unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. ,. 5.1.2 Contractor shall, at his expense, provide for all additional lands and access thereto that may be required for temporary construction facilities or storage of materials and equipment. Contractor shall confine his machinery and il equipment, storage of materials and operation of workmen to those areas described in the Contract Documents and such additional areas which he may provide at his expense. I5.2 PRIVATE PROPERTY The Contractor shall not enter upon private property for any purpose without I obtaining written permission from the owner thereof, and he shall be respon- sible for the preservation of all property, trees, monuments, etc. , along and adjacent to the street and/or right-of-way, and shall use every precaution - 11 - 11\90-356GENRL Copyright 1990 Bonestroo, Rosene, Anderlik & Associates, Inc. II necessary to prevent damage or injury thereto. He shall protect carefully from j disturbance or damage all monuments and property markers until an author- ized agent has witnessed or otherwise referenced their location and shall not remove II them until directed. II 5.3 SURVEYS Unless otherwise specified, the Owner shall establish all base lines for the location of the principal component parts of the Work together with a suitable number of bench marks adjacent to the Work. Based upon the information pro- vided by the Owner, the Contractor shall develop and make all detail surveys necessary for construction, including batter boards, stakes for pile locations and other working points, lines and elevations. The Contractor shall be re- sponsible for carefully preserving bench marks, reference points and stakes, II and, in the case of destruction thereof resulting from his negligence or otherwise, the Contractor shall be charged with the expense and damage result- ing therefrom and shall be responsible for any mistakes that may be caused by the unnecessary loss or disturbance of such bench marks, reference points and stakes. 5.4 UTILITIES J The contractor shall be solely responsible for verifying the exact location of all utilities, whether or not shown on the Drawings or referenced in the Spec- ifications. Prior to the start of any construction, the Contractor shall notify all utility companies having utilities in the Project area. The Con- tractor shall have sole responsibility for providing temporary support and fon protecting and maintaining all existing utilities in the Project area during the entire period of construction, including but not limited to the period of excavation, backfill and compaction. In carrying out this responsibility, the Contractor shall exercise particular care, whenever gas mains or other utility lines are crossed, to provide compacted backfill or other stable support for such lines to prevent any detrimental displacement, rupture or other failure. 11 5.5 INVESTIGATIONS Reference is made to the Contract Documents for identification of those re- ports of investigations and tests of subsurface or latent physical conditions at the site or otherwise affecting cost, progress or performance of the Work which have been relied upon by Engineer in preparation of the Drawings and il Specifications. Such reports or tests are not guaranteed as to accuracy or / completeness and if incorporated into the Contract Documents, they shall be for general information only. Contractor shall be responsible for verifying site and subsurface conditions to his satisfaction prior to submitting a bid on the project. 5.6 UNFORESEEN PHYSICAL CONDITIONS Contractor shall immediately notify Owner and Engineer in writing of any sub- surface or latent physical conditions at the site or in an existing structure differing materially from those indicated or referred to in the Contract Docu- II - 12 - 11\90-356GENRL Copyright 1990 II Bonestroo, Rosene, Anderlik & Associates, Inc. 11 II 11 ments. Engineer will promptly review those conditions and advise Owner in writing if further investigation or tests are necessary. Promptly thereafter, II Owner shall obtain the necessary additional investigations and tests and fur- nish copies to Engineer and Ctractor.indicatelfthaEngineer t therefinds aretsubsurfacethe eorllatent of such investigations or tests 1/ physical conditions which differ materially from those intended in the Con- tract Documents, and which could not reasonably have been anticipated by Con- tractor, a Change Order shall be issued incorporating the necessary revisions. 111 SECTION 6 II INSURANCE, AND BONDS, LEGAL RESPONSIBILITY AND PUBLIC SAFETY 6.1 INSURANCE II ract 6.1.1 General: The Contractor shall not requience work under red under this Section andsshallthave until he has obtained all insurance of and insurancehv I/ filed the certificate of insurance or the certified copy policy with the Owner and Engineer. The Contractor shall not allow any Sub- contractor to commence work ° his obtainedtraEachuntil insurance policyashallrcontain li for the Subcontractor has been a clause providing that it shall not be cancelled by the insurance company without thirty (30) days written notice to the Owner and Engineer of intent to cancel. Certificates of insurance shall be submitted on Standard Form C.I.C.C.-701 or ACORD 25 forms and shall specifically note the clause providing for 30 day written notice to the Owner and Engineer of intent to cancel. This clause shall read as follows: "Should any of the above described policies be cancelled before the expiration date thereof, the issuing company will mail 30 days written notice to the certificate holder named to the left. " I/ 6.1.2 Workman' s Compensation & Employer Liability Insurance: The Constratractor shall secure and maintain during the life of this Contract, sation and Employer' s Liability Insurance as required by law for all his II employees to be engaged directly or indirectly in the work on the project under this Contract. In case any work is sublet, the Contractor shall require the Subcontractor to similarly provide Workmen' s Compensation and Employer's Liability Insurance for all the latter' s employees to be engaged directly or I indirectly in such work. The Contractor shall also maintain insurance re- quired under any other Employee Benefit Acts in force or required by law at the site of construction. 11 6.1.3 Contractor Comprehensive General & Automobile Liability: The Contrac- tor shall procure and maintain during the life of this Contract, Contractor's Comprehensive General and Automobile Liability Insurance which shall protect 11 him from claims for damages for personal injury, including accidental death, - 13 - 11\90-356GENRL Copyright 1990 Bonestroo, Rosene, Anderlik & Associates, Inc. $ as well as from claims for property damage which may arise from operations 11 under this contract, whether such operations be by himself or by any Sub- contractor or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by either of ' them. The insurance shall be in amounts listed below and shall provide coverage under the following hazards: 1. Operations of Contractor 2. Operations of Subcontractor (Contingent) 3. Products, including completed operations. This insurance is to be carried for a period of one year after completion or acceptance of the work. 4. Contractural Liability (See Section 6.1.5) 5. Property Damage 6. Broad Form Property Damage 11 7. All Owned, Non-Owned and Hired Vehicles Minimum Limits - General Liability 1. Bodily injury $500,000.00 each occurrence $500,000.00 completed operations 2. Property damage $100,000.00 each occurrence11 $200,000.00 aggregate Minimum Limits - Automobile Liability 11 1. Bodily injury $250,000.00 each person $500,000.00 each occurrence 2. Property damage $100,000.00 each occurrence 11 $200,000.00 aggregate It is required that basic exclusions for damage caused by explosion, collapse and damage to underground facilities, commonly known as X, C, U exclusions, be removed from the policies and so indicated as covered in the declaration and on certificates of insurance. This provision of the Conditions of the Con- tract will be waived on above ground projects where hazards of explosion and/or collapse do not exist. The exclusion of explosion will be allowed on underground projects where blasting is not required. 11 In addition to all of the listed coverages, the Contractor shallP rocure and maintain an Umbrella Excess Liability Policy in a minimum limit of $1,000,000.00. Any Umbrella Excess Liability policy in excess of $1,000,000 11 may be utilized to meet the above listed basic coverages. 6.1.4 Builder's Risk Insurance: Before commencement of the Work, the Con- tractor shall provide Builder's Risk Insurance on a multiple peril form in the full amount of the total construction and material contract. Such insurance shall contain an appropriate rider to include as Additional Named Insureds, the Owner, the Engineer and his consultants, and each of their officers, employees and agents, all subcontractors, the equipment contractors and all of their subcontractors on the construction premises. Such insurance may have a 1/ - 14 - 11\90-356GENRL Copyright 1990 Bonestroo, Rosene, Anderlik & Associates, Inc. 1 II 11 deductible clause but the deductible amount shall be borne by the Contractor and shall not exceed $1,000.00. II The Builder's Risk Insurance required herein shall apply to projects involving construction of structures and building only. The requirements of this sec- tion shall be waived on projects involving only underground utilities, grad- ing, street improvements and similar construction work, but any damage or loss to property shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor until final acceptance of the Work. 1/ If the Owner finds it necessary to occupy or use a portion or portions of the Work prior to substantial completion thereof, such occupancy shall not com- mence prior to a time mutually agreed to by the Owner and Contractor and to II which the insurance company or companies providing the property insurance have consented by endorsement to the policy or policies. This insurance shall not be cancelled or lapsed on account of such partial occupancy. Consent of the Contractor and of the insurance company or companies to such occupancy or use 11 shall not be unreasonably withheld. 11 The Owner and Contractor waive all rights against each other and the Sub- contractors and their agents and employees and against the Engineer and sepa- rate contractors (if any) and their subcontractors' agents and employees, for il damages caused by fire or other perils to the extent covered by insurance pro- vided under this section or any other property insurance applicable to the work. 6.1.5 Contractural Liability Insurance: To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Owner and the Engi- neer and their agents and employees from and against all claims, damages, 1111 ' losses and expenses, including but not limited to attorneys' fees arising out of or resulting from the performance of Work provided that any such claim, damage, loss or expense (1) is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease or death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible property (other 11 than the Work itself) including the loss of use resulting therefrom, and (2) is caused in whole or in part by any negligent act or omission of the Contrac- tor, any Subcontractor, anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, regardless of whether or Inot it is caused in part by a party indemnified hereunder. Such obligation shall not be construed to negate, abridge or otherwise reduce any other right or obligation of indemnity which would otherwise exist as to any party or 11 person described in this Section. In any and all claims against the Owner or the Engineer or any of their agents I or employees by any employee of the Contractor, any Subcontractor, anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, the indemnification obligation under this Section shall not be limited in any way by any limitation on the amount or type of damages, 11 compensation or benefits payable by or for the Contractor or any Subcontractor under worker' s or workmen' s compensation acts, disability benefit acts or 11 other employee benefit acts. - 15 - 11\90-356GENRL Copyright 1990 Bonestroo, Rosene, Anderlik & Associates, Inc. I/ 6.1.6 Minimum Insurance Requirements: Losses other than those covered by insurance shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractors. The insurance requirements as set forth herein shall be considered to be minimum require- ments only. Any other insurance that may be necessary to provide adequate coverage must be provided by the Contractors and shall be their sole respon- sibility. 6.1.7 Boiler Insurance: If a permanent boiler is to be installed as part of the project, the Owner will be responsible for maintaining all boiler and machinery coverage. 'This coverage will be placed in effect when the equipment is ready for inspection and operation. This coverage shall include the in- terests of the Owner, the Contractor, Subcontractors and Sub-subcontractors. 6.2 PERFORMANCE AND OTHER BONDS ,! 11 6.2.1 Contractor shall furnish Performance and Payment Bonds, each in an amount at least equal to the Contract Price as security for the faithful per- formance and payment of all Contractor's obligations under the Contract Docu- ments. These Bonds shall remain in effect at least until one year after the date of final payment, except as otherwise provided by law. Contractor shall also furnish such other Bonds as are required by the Contract Documents. All Bonds shall be in the forms prescribed by the Contract Documents and be exe- cuted by such Sureties as (A) are licensed to conduct business in the state where the Project is located, and (B) are named in the current list of "Companies Holding Certificates of Authority as Acceptable Sureties on Federal Bonds and as Acceptable Reinsuring Companies" as published in Circular 570 (amended) by the Audit Staff Bureau of Accounts, U.S. Treasury Department. All . Bonds signed by an agent must be accompanied by a certified copy of the authority to act. 6.2.2 If the Surety on any Bond furnished by Contractor is declared bankrupt 1 or becomes insolvent or its right to do business is terminated in any state where any part of the Project is located or it ceases to meet the requirements of clauses (A) and (B) of Paragraph 6.2.1, Contractor shall within five days thereafter substitute another Bond and Surety, both of which shall be accept- able to Owner. 6.3 PATENTS, FEES AND ROYALTIES 11 Contractor shall pay all license fees and royalties and assume all costs incident to the use in the performance of the Work of any invention, design, process, product or device which is the subject of patent rights or copyrights held by others. If a particular invention, design, process, product or device is specified in the Contract Documents for use in the performance of the Work and if to the actual knowledge of Owner or Engineer its use is subject to patent rights or copyrights calling for the payment of any license fee or royalty to others, the existence of such rights shall be disclosed by Owner in the Contract Documents. Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner and Engineer and anyone directly or indirectly employed by either of them from and against all claims, damages, losses and expenses (including attorneys' fees) 11 - 16 - 11\90-356GENRL Copyright 1990 11 Bonestroo, Rosene, Anderlik & Associates, Inc. 1/ II 1 arising out of any infringement of patent rights or copyrights incident to the use in the performance of the Work or resulting from the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product or device not specified in the Contract Documents, and shall defend all such claims in connection with any alleged infringement of such rights. 1/ 6.4 PERMITS AND LICENSES All permits and licenses necessary for the prosecution of the Work shall be secured by the Contractor prior to the commencement of the Work. Contractor 11 shall also pay all public utility charges, governmental charges and inspection fees. 6.5 LAWS, REGULATIONS AND SAFETY 11* 6.5.1 Contractor shall give all notices and comply with all laws, ordi- nances, rules and regulations applicable to the Work. If Contractor ob- serves 11 that the Specifications or Drawings are at variance therewith, he shall give Engineer prompt written notice thereof, and any necessary changes shall be adjusted by an appropriate Change Order or other Modification. If Contrac- tor II performs any Work knowing or being in a position to know it to be contrary to such laws, ordinances, rules and regulations, and without such notice to Engineer, he shall bear all costs arising therefrom; however, it shall not be li his primary responsibility to make certain that the Specifications and Draw- ings are in accordance with such laws, ordinances, rules and regulations. 6.5.2 Contractor shall be responsible for initiating, maintaining and super- vising all safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work. He .. shall take all necessary precautions for the safety of, and shall provide the necessary protection to prevent damage, injury or loss to: (a) all employees on the Work and other persons who may be affected thereby; 11 (b) all the Work and all materials or equipment to be incorporated there- in, whether in storage -on or off the site; and I (c) other property at the site or adjacent thereto, including trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, roadways, structures and utilities not desig- nated for removal, relocation or replacement in the course of construction. '' 6.5.3 Contractor shall comply with all applicable laws, ordinances, rules, regulations and orders of any public body having jurisdiction for the safety of persons or property or to protect them from damage, injury or loss. He shall II erect and maintain, as required by the conditions and progress of the Work, all necessary safeguards for its safety and protection. He shall notify owners of adjacent utilities when prosecution of the Work may affect them. All damage, 1/ injury or loss to any property referred to in Section 6.5.2(b) and (c) caused, directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, by Contractor, any Subcontractor or any directly or indirectly employed by any of them or anyone for whose acts I - 17 - 11\90-356GENRL I/ Copyright 1990 Bonestroo, Rosene, Anderlik & Associates, Inc. I any of them may be liable, shall be remedied by Contractor. Contractor's J duties and responsibilities for the safety and protection of the Work shall continue until such time as all the Work is completed and Engineer has issued a notice to Owner and Contractor that Work is acceptable. I 6.5.4 Contractor shall designate a responsible member of his organization at the site whose duty shall be the prevention of accidents. This person shall be Contractor's superintendent unless otherwise designated in writing by Con- tractor to Owner. 6.5.5 Contractor agrees to indemnify the Owner and Engineer and their agents and employees against all claims, demands, losses, damages and expenses (in- cluding attorneys' fees) arising out of or resulting from the contractor's violation of any safety law, regulation or code (including without limitation OSHA) or any other prudent precaution. 11 6.6 WARNING SIGNS AND BARRICADES The Contractor shall provide adequate signs, barricades, colored lights /or watchmen and take all necessary precautions for the protection of theWWork dand the safety of the public. All barricades and obstructions shall be protected at night by colored signal lights which shall be kept in operation from sunset to sunrise. SECTION 7 ENGINEER-OWNER-CONTRACTOR RELATIONS; ARBITRATION: INDEMNIFICATION 7.1 ENGINEER'S STATUS AND AUTHORITY J 7.1.1 Engineer will be Owner's representative during the construction period. The duties and responsibilities and the limitations of authority of Engineer as Owner' s representative during construction are set forth in the Contract11 Documents and shall not be extended without written consent of Owner and Engi- neer. 11 7.1.2 Engineer will make visits to the site at intervals appropriate to the various stages of construction to observe the progress and quality of the executed Work and to determine, in general, if the Work is proceeding in accordance with the Contract Documents. Engineer is not required to make exhaustive or continuous on-site inspections to check the quality or quantity of the Work. On the basis of such visits and on-site observations, Engineer will keep Owner informed of the progress of the Work and will endeavor to guard11 Owner against defects and deficiencies in the Work. 7.1.3 If Owner and Engineer agree, Engineer will furnish a resident project. representative to assist Engineer in observing the performance of the Work. The Resident Project Representative shall work under the authority and direc- 1/- 18 - 11\90-356GENRL Copyright 1990 11 Bonestroo, Rosene, Anderlik & Associates, Inc. I t 11 tion of the Engineer. The duties and responsibilities of the Resident Project Representative shall not exceed those duties and responsibilities of the Engi- neer as set forth in the Contract. It shall be to the discretion of the Engi- neer to delegate to the Resident Project Representative those duties and tasks II that are within the authority of the Engineer to perform. In general, the duties of the Resident Project Representative may consist of, but shall not be I limited to, the following: 1. General contract administration 2. Periodic observation of the Work I 3. Unit price quantity and record plan measurements 4. Schedule, perform and verify tests and inspections 5. Monitor Contractor' s progress performance 6. Provide information for the Engineer's review IIand decision concerning disputes and defective Work. 7.1.4 Engineer will issue with reasonable promptness such written clarifica- tions or interpretations of the Contract Documents (in the form of Drawings or II otherwise) as Engineer may determine necessary, which shall be consistent with or reasonably inferable from the overall intent of the Contract Documents. If Contractor believes that a written clarification or interpretation justifies an II increase in the Contract Price or Contract Time, Contractor may make a claim therefor as provided in Section 10 or Section 11. II 7.1.5 Engineer will have authority to disapprove or reject Work which is defective, and will also have authority to require special inspection or test- ing of the Work as provided in Paragraph 8.10, whether or not the Work is fabricated, installed or completed. The Engineer shall not have charge of or II - control over the Work and shall have no authority to stop the Work. 7.1.6 Neither Engineer' s authority to act under this Section 7 or elsewhere in the Contract Documents nor any decision made by Engineer in good faith either to exercise or not exercise such authority shall give rise to any duty or responsibility of Engineer to Contractor, any Subcontractor, any manufac- turer, fabricator, supplier or distributor, or any of their agents or employ- eees or any other person performing any of the Work. I 7.1.7 If a Resident Project Representative is assigned to the project, the purpose of his efforts shall be to provide a greater degree of assurance to the Owner that the Work is constructed in conformance to the requirements of the Contract. The Resident Project Representative's efforts are for the bene- fit II of the Owner alone. Neither his authority to act nor his decision to exercise or not exercise such authority shall give rise to any duty or respon- sibility to the Contractor, any subcontractor, any manufacturer, fabricator, supplier or 11 distributor, or any of their agents or employees or any other per- son performing any of the Work. The Resident Project Representatives author- ity shall not exceed limitations on Engineer' s authority as set forth in the Contract Documents nor shall the Resident Project Representative undertake any 1 of the responsibilities of Contractor, Subcontractors, or Contractor's Super- intendent. II - 19 - 11\90-356GENRL 1/ Copyright 1990 Bonestroo, Rosene, Anderlik & Associates, Inc. 1 • I/ 11 7.1.8 Whenever in the Contract Documents the terms "as ordered", "as direc- ted", "as required", "as allowed", or terms of like effect or import are used, or the adjectives "reasonable", "suitable", "acceptable", "proper", or "satis- factory", or adjectives of like effect or import are used to describe require- ments, direction, review or judgment of Engineer as to the Work, it is in- 11 tended that such requirements, direction, review or judgment will be solely to evaluate the Work for compliance with the Contract Documents. The use of any such term or adjective never indicates that Engineer shall have authority to 11 supervise or direct performance of the Work or authority to undertake respon- sibility contrary to the provisions of Paragraphs 7.1.9 or 7.1.10. 7.1.9 Engineer will not be responsible for Contractor's means, methods, tech- 11 niques, sequences or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, and Engineer will not be responsible for contrac- tor's failure to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 7.1.10 Engineer will not be responsible for the acts or omissions of Contrac- tor or of any Subcontractors, or of the agents or employees of any Contractor or Subcontractor, or of any other persons at the site of otherwise performing any of the Work. 7.2. CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES 7.2.1. The Contractor shall supervise and direct the work competently and efficiently, devoting such attention thereto and applying such skills and expertise as may be necessary to perform the work in accordance with the Con- tract Documents. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for the means, methods, techniques, quality of workmanship, sequences and procedures of con- struction. The Contractor shall be responsible to see that the finished work complies accurately with the Contract Documents. A competent superintendent, who is acceptable to the Owner, shall be main- 11 tained on the Work site and give efficient supervision to the Work until its completion. The superintendent shall have full authority to act on behalf of the Contractor, and all communications given to the superintendent shall be as binding as if given to the Contractor. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor's superintendent to coordinate the work of all the Subcontractors. When required, the superintendent shall be present on the site to perform adequate supervision and coordination. Contractor shall provide competent, suitably qualified personnel to survey and lay out the Work and perform construction as required by the Contract Docu- ments. Contractor shall at all times maintain good discipline and order at the site. The Contractor shall at all times be responsible for the conduct and discip- line of his employees and/or any Subcontractors. All workmen must have suf- ficient knowledge, skill and experience to perform properly the work assigned I/ to them. Any foreman and workman employed by the Contractor or Subcontractor who does not perform his work in a skillful manner, or appears to be incompe- tent or to act in a disorderly or intemperate manner shall be removed immed- iately and shall not be employed again in any portion of the Work. 11 - 20 - 11\90-356GENRL Copyright 199011 Bonestroo, Rosene, Anderlik & Associates, Inc. 11 7.2.2. The Contractor's duties with respect to materials, equipment, inspec- tion and workmanship are set forth in Section 8. 11 7.2.3. The Contractor's duties with respect to progress of the work are set forth in Section 3, paragraphs 3.6, 3.7, 3.8 and 3.9. 7.2.4. The Contractor' duties with respect to insurance and bonds, legal responsibility and safety are set forth in Section 6. II 7.3. OWNER'S RESPONSIBILITIES 7.3.1. The Owner shall issue all communications to the Contractor through the I/ Engineer. 7.3.2. The Owner shall furnish the data required of the Owner under the Con- tract Documents promptly and shall make payments as provided to the Contractor 11 promptly after they are due. 7.3.3. The Owner' s duties in respect of providing lands and easements and II providing engineering surveys to establish reference points are set forth in paragraph 5.1 and 5.3. The Owner shall make available to the Contractor copies of reports of investigations and tests of subsurface and latent physi- cal conditions at the site or otherwise affecting performance of the work which It have been relied upon by the Engineer in preparing the drawings and specifications. Such reports are not guaranteed as to accuracy or complete- ness and are not part of the Contract Documents. 7.3.4. In connection with the Owner' s rights to request changes in the work in accordance with Section 10, the Owner (especially in certain instances as provided in paragraph 10.4) is obligated to execute Change Orders. II . 7.3.5. The Owner' s responsibility in respect of certain inspections, tests and approvals is set forth in paragraph 8.10.2. 7.3.6. In connection with Owner' s right to stop work or suspend work, see paragraphs 8.17 and 12.1. Paragraph 12.2 deals with the Owner's right to 1/ terminate services of the Contractor under certain circumstances. 7.4 ASSIGNMENT OF CONTRACT 11 The Contractor shall neither sublet, sell, transfer, assign or otherwise dis- pose of the Contract or any portion thereof, or of his right, title or inter- est therein, or his obligations thereunder, nor, if this Contractor is a cor- I porate entity, sublet, sell, transfer or assign a majority of the outstanding shares of stock in the corporation, without prior written consent of the Owner. In case written consent is given, the Contractor will be permitted to sublet a portion of the contract or corporate stock thereof, but shall per- II form, with his own organization, Work amounting to not less than 50 percent of the total original contract price. No subcontracts or transfer of contract or corporate stock shall release the Contractor of his liability under the Con- IItract or Bonds. - 21 - 1/ 11\90-356GENRL Copyright 1990 Bonestroo, Rosene, Anderlik & Associates, Inc. I/ 7.5 RIGHTS OF VARIOUS INTERESTS I Wherever Work being done by the Owner's forces or by other Contractors is con- tiguous to Work covered by this Contract, the respective rights of the various interests involved shall be established by agreement to secure the completion of the various portions of the Work in general harmony. 7.6 SEPARATE CONTRACTS I The Owner may let other contracts in connection with the Work of the Contrac- tor. The Contractor shall cooperate with other Contractors with regard to 111 storage of materials and execution of their Work. It shall be the Contrac- tor's responsibility to inspect all work by other Contractors affecting his Work and to report to the Engineer any irregularities which will not permit him to commence or complete his work in a satisfactory manner. His failure to notify the Engineer of such irregularities shall indicate the work of other Contractors has been satisfactorily completed to receive his Work. The Con 40, tractor shall not be responsible for defects of which he could not have known through reasonable inspection thereof, which develop in the Work of others after the Work is completed. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to measure the completed work in place and report to the Engineer immediately any difference between completed work by others and the Drawings. 7.7 SUBCONTRACTS Nothing herein shall create any legal relationship Engi- neer and any subcontractor, and no subcontractor shall behave n any the Owner or under this Contractor's agreement with the Owner. The Contractor's award of sub- - contracts shall be subject to the following: 7.7.1 Unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall, upon receipt of the executed Contract Documents, submit in writing to the Owner the names of the Subcontractors proposed for the Work. Subcontrac- tors may not be changed except at the request or with the consent of the Owner. Contractor shall not employ any Subcontractor or other person or organization (including those who are to furnish the principal items of mater- ials or equipment) , whether initially or as a substitute against whom Owner or Engineer may have reasonable objection. A Subcontractor or other person or organization identified in writing to Owner and Engineer by Contractor prior to the Notice of Award and not objected to in writing by Owner or Engineer prior to the Notice of Award will be deemed acceptable to Owner and Engineer. Acceptance of any Subcontractor, other person or organization by Owner or Engineer shall not constitute a waiver of any right of Owner or Engineer to reject defective Work. If Owner or Engineer after due investigation has reasonable objection to any Subcontractor, other person or organization pro- posed by Contractor after the Notice of Award, Contractor shall submit another acceptable Subcontractor at no change in the Contract Price. Contractor shall not be required to employ any Subcontractor, other person or organization against whom Contractor has reasonable objection. I/ 11- 22 - 11\90-356GENRL Copyright 1990 Bonestroo, Rosene, Anderlik & Associates, Inc. I I 1 7.7.2 Contractor shall be fully responsible for all acts and omissions of his Subcontractors and of persons and organizations directly or indirectly employed by them and of persons and organizations for whose acts any of them may be liable to the same extent that Contractor is responsible for the acts and omissions of persons directly employed by Contractor. Nothing in the Con- tract Documents shall create any contractual relationship between Owner or I/ Engineer and any Subcontractor or other person or organization having a direct contract with Contractor, nor shall it create any obligation on the part of Owner or Engineer to pay or to see to the payment of any moneys due any Sub- contractor or other person or organization, except as may otherwise be re- quired by law. Owner or Engineer may furnish to any Subcontractor or other a person or organization, to the extent practicable, evidence of amounts paid to Contractor on account of specific Work done. I/ 7.7.3 The divisions and sections of the Specifications and the identifica- tions of any Drawings shall not control Contractor in dividing the Work among Subcontractors or delineating the Work to be performed by any specific trade. 7.7.4 All Work performed for Contractor by a Subcontractor will be pursuant to an appropriate agreement between Contractor and the Subcontractor which specifically binds the Subcontractor to the applicable terms and conditions of the Contract Documents for the benefit of Owner and Engineer and contains waiver provisions as required by paragraph 6.1.4. Contractor shall pay each Subcontractor a just share of any insurance moneys received by Contractor on account of losses under policies issued pursuant to paragraph 6.1.4. 7.8 ORAL AGREEMENTS II No oral order, objection, claim or notice by any party to the others shall affect or modify any of the terms or obligations contained in any of the Con- tract Documents, and none of the provisions of the Contract Documents shall be held to be waived or modified by reason of any act whatsoever, other than by a II definitely agreed upon .waiver or modification thereof in writing, and no evi- dence shall be introduced in any proceeding of any other waiver or modifica- 11 tion. 7.9 NONDISCRIMINATION IN EMPLOYMENT For Work under these Contract Documents, the Contractor agrees: (a) That in the hiring of common or skilled labor for the performance of any work under this Contract or any subcontract hereunder, no contractor, I material supplier or vendor shall, by reason of race, creed, color or national origin, discriminate against the person or persons who are qualified and available to perform the Work to which such employment relates; (b) That no Contractor, material supplier or vendor shall, in any manner, discriminate against or intimidate or prevent the employment of any person or persons, or on being hired, prevent or conspire to prevent any person or per- 11 sons from the performance of the Work under this Contract on account of race, creed, color or national origin. 11 - 23 - 11\90-356GENRL I/ Copyright 1990 Bonestroo, Rosene, Anderlik & Associates, Inc. I I (c) Violation of this section shall be cause for cancellation or termina- 11 tion of the Agreement between Owner and Contractor. 7.10 DECISIONS ON DISAGREEMENTS I 7.10.1 Claims, disputes, disagreements, or other matters in question between the Contractor and the Owner relating to the execution or progress of the Work or the interpretation of the Contract Documents shall be referred initially toI/ the Engineer for decision which he will render in writing within a reasonable time. 7.10.2 Any claim, dispute, disagreement or other matter that has been 111 referred to the Engineer, except any which has been waived by the making or acceptance of final payment, shall be subject to arbitration under Paragraph 11 7.11 below upon the written demand of either party. However, no demand for arbitration of any such claim, dispute or other matter may be made until the earlier of the date on which the Engineer has rendered his written decision, or the tenth day after the parties have presented their evidence to the11 Engineer or have been given a reasonable opportunity to do so, if the Engineer has not rendered his written decision by that date. 7.10.3 If a decision of the Engineer is made in writing and states that it is final but subject to appeal, no demand for arbitration of a claim, dispute or other matter covered by such decision may be made later than thirty days after the date on which the party making the demand received the decision. The failure to demand arbitration within said thirty days' period will result in the Engineer's decision becoming final and binding upon the Owner and the Con- tractor. If the Engineer renders a decision after arbitration proceedings - have been initiated, such decision may be entered as evidence but will not supersede any arbitration proceedings unless the decision is acceptable to the parties concerned. 7.11 ARBITRATION 7.11.1 All claims, disputes and other matters in question arising out of, or relating to, the Contract Documents or the breach thereof, except for claims which have been waived by the making or acceptance of final payment, or barred by failure to demand arbitration within the time limits specified, shall be decided by arbitration in accordance with the Construction Industry Arbitra- tion Rules of the American Arbitration Association then obtaining unless the parties mutually agree otherwise. Prearbitration discovery shall be conducted in accordance with Rules 26 through 37 of the Federal Rules of Civil Pro- cedure. No arbitration relating to the Contract Documents shall include by consolidation, joinder or otherwise, any person or entity (including the Engineer) , not a party to this Agreement without the written consent of such other person or entity. This agreement to arbitrate shall be specifically enforceable under the prevailing arbitration law. The award rendered by the arbitrators shall be final, and judgment may be entered upon it in accordance with applicable law in any court having jurisdiction. 11- 24 - 11\90-356GENRL Copyright 1990 • Bonestroo, Rosene, Anderlik & Associates, Inc. I/ I/ 7.11.2 Notice of the demand for arbitration shall be filed in writing with the other party to the Contract and with the American Arbitration Association, and a copy shall be filed with the Engineer. The demand for arbitration shall be made within the time limits specified and in all other cases within a rea- sonable time after the claim, dispute or other matter in question has arisen, and in no event shall it be made after the date when institution of legal or I/ equitable proceedings based on such claim, dispute, or other matter in ques- tion would be barred by the applicable statute of limitations. 7.11.3 The Contractor shall carry on the Work and maintain the progress 1/ schedule during any arbitration or other legal proceedings, unless otherwise agreed by him and the Owner in writing. I/ 7.12 INDEMNIFICATION To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Contractor shall indemnify and 11 hold harmless the Owner and the Engineer and their agents and employees from and against all claims, damages, losses and expenses, including but not lim- ited to attorneys' fees arising out of or resulting from the performance of Work provided that any such claim, damage, loss or expense (1) is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease or death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible property (other than the Work itself) including the loss of use resulting therefrom, and (2) is caused in whole or in part by any negligent act or omission of the Contractor, any Subcontractor, anyone directly or in- directly employed by any of them or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, regardless of whether or not it is caused in part by a party indemni- fied hereunder. Such obligation shall not be construed to negate, abridge or 1 - otherwise reduce any other right or obligation of indemnity which would other- wise exist as to any party or person described in this Section. In any and all claims against the Owner or the Engineer or any of their agents or employees by any employee of the Contractor, any Subcontractor, anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or anyone for whose acts any of I them may be liable, the indemnification obligation under this Section shall not be limited in any way by any limitation on the amount or type of damages, compensation or benefits payable by or for the Contractor or any Subcontractor under worker' s or workmen' s compensation acts, disability benefit acts or I/ other employee benefit acts. SECTION 8 MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT, INSPECTION AND WORKMANSHIP I/ 8.1 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT FURNISHED BY CONTRACTOR 8.1.1 Contractor shall furnish all materials, equipment, labor, transpor- tation, construction equipment and machinery, tools, appliances, fuel, power, I light, heat, telephone, water and sanitary facilities and all other facilities and incidentals necessary for the execution, testing, initial operation and completion of the Work. 1 - 25 - 11\90-356GENRL I/ Copyright 1990 Bonestroo, Rosene, Anderlik & Associates, Inc. I 1 8.1.2 All materials used in the Work shall be of good quality, new unless 11 otherwise provided for in the Contract Documents, shall meet the require- ments of the Specifications, and shall not be incorporated into the Work until reviewed by the Engineer. If required by Engineer, Contractor shall furnish11 satisfactory evidence (including reports of required tests) as to the kind and quality of materials and equipment. 4 8.1.3 All materials and equipment shall be applied, installed, connected, erected, used, cleaned and conditioned in accordance with the instructions of the applicable manufacturer, fabricator, supplier or distributor, except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. 8.2 EQUIVALENT MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT Whenever materials or equipment are specified or described in the Drawings or Specifications by using the name of a proprietary item or the name of a par- ticular manufacturer, fabricator, supplier or distributor, the naming of the item is intended to establish the type, function and quality required. Unless if the name is followed by words indicating that no substitution is permitted, materials or equipment of other manufacturers, fabricators, suppliers or dis- tributors may be accepted by Engineer if sufficient information is submitted by Contractor to allow Engineer to determine that the material or equipment proposed is equivalent to that named. The procedure for review by Engineer will be as set forth in paragraphs 8.2.1 and 8.2.2 below as supplemented in11 the General and Specific Requirements. 8.2.1 Requests for review of substitute items of material and equipment will not be accepted by Engineer from anyone other than Contractor. If Contractor wishes to furnish or use a substitute item of material or equipment Contractor shall make written application to Engineer for acceptance thereof, certifying that the proposed substitute will perform adequately the functions called for by the general design, be similar and of equal substance to that specified and be suited to the same use and capable of performing the same function as that specified. The application will state whether or not acceptance of the sub11 - stitute for use in the Work will require a change in the Drawings or Specifi- cations to adapt the design to the substitute and whether or not incorporation or use of the substitute in connection with the Work is subject to payment of any license fee or royalty. All variations of the proposed substitute from11 that specified shall be identified in the application and available mainte- nance, repair and replacement service will be indicated. The application will also contain an itemized estimate of all costs that will result directly or indirectly from acceptance of such substitute, including costs of redesign and claims of other contractors affected by the resulting change, all of which shall be considered by Engineer in evaluating the proposed substitute. Engi- it neer may require Contractor to furnish at Contractor's expense additional data IF about the proposed substitute. Engineer will be the sole judge of acceptabil- ity, and no substitute will be ordered or installed without Engineer' s prior written acceptance. Owner may require Contractor to furnish at Contractor's expense a special performance guarantee or other surety with respect to any substitute. - 26 - 11\90-356GENRL Copyright 1990 11 Bonestroo, Rosene, Anderlik & Associates, Inc. I 1 8.2.2 Engineer will record time required by Engineer and Engineer's con- sultants in evaluating substitutions proposed by Contractor and in making changes in the Drawings or Specifications occasioned thereby. Whether or not Engineer accepts a proposed substitute, Contractor shall reimburse Owner for the charges of Engineer and Engineer' s consultants for evaluating any proposed substitute. 8.3 MATERIALS FURNISHED BY OWNER 8.3.1 Materials specifically indicated shall be furnished by the Owner. Be- fore incorporating any of the materials into the Work, the Contractor shall inspect the materials so furnished by the Owner. If the Contractor discovers any patent defects in material furnished by the Owner, he shall notify the I/ Engineer. 8.3.2 Unless otherwise noted or specifically stated, materials furnished by the Owner are considered to be f.o.b. the nearest railroad station or truck line. The Contractor shall transport ,the materials to the job site, unload and properly protect all such materials from damage or loss. The Contractor shall be responsible for material loss or damage after receipt of materials at the point of delivery. 8.4 STORAGE OF MATERIALS Materials shall be so stored by the Contractor as to insure the preservation of their quality and fitness for the Work. When considered necessary, they shall be placed on wooden platforms or other hard, clean surfaces, and/or they shall be placed under cover and not on the ground. Stored materials shall be located so as to facilitate prompt inspection. Private property shall not be _ used for storage purposes without the written permission of the Owner or les- ". see thereof. 8.5 SAMPLES 4 All samples called for in the Specifications or required by the Engineer shall be furnished by the Contractor and shall be submitted to the Engineer for his I/ review. Samples shall be furnished so as not to delay the commencement or completion of the Project. The Contractor shall furnish such samples of mate- rial as may be required for examination and testing. All materials and work- manship shall be in accordance with approved samples. All samples of mate- 1/ rials for tests shall be taken according to methods provided for in the Specifications. I/ 8.6 FURNISHING OF PRODUCT DATA Product Data are illustrations, standard schedules, performance charts, in- structions, brochures, diagrams and other information furnished by the Con- tractor to illustrate a material, product or system for some portion of the Work. - 27 - 11\90-356GENRL Copyright 1990 Bonestroo, Rosene, Anderlik & Associates, Inc. I 8.6.1 The Contractor shall furnish one copy, or such additional copies as may be required by the Special Provisions, of complete Product Data for every manufacturered item of equipment and all components to be used in the Work, including specific performance data, material description, rating, capacity, working pressure, material gage or thickness, brand name, catalog number and general type. 8.6.2 This data shall be compiled by the Contractor and reviewed by the Engi- 40 neer before any of the equipment is ordered. 8.6.3 All data shall be indexed according to specification section and para11 - graph for easy reference. 8.6.4 After review, this data shall become a part of the Contract, and may not be deviated from except upon written approval of the Engineer. 8.6.5 Product Data 'for equipment reviewed by the Engineer does not in any case supersede the Contract Documents. The review by the Engineer shall not relieve the Contractor from responsibility for deviations from Drawings or Specifications unless he has in writing called the Engineer's attention to such deviations at the time of furnishing said data. Nor shall such review relieve the Contractor from responsibility for errors of any sort in the items furnished. The Contractor shall check the Work described by the Product Data with the Contract Documents for deviations and errors. 11 8.6.6 It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to insure that items to be furnished fit the space available. He shall make necessary field measurements to ascertain space requirements, including those for connections, and shall order such sizes and shapes or equipment that the final installation shall suit the intent and meaning of the Drawings and Specifications. 8.6.7 Where equipment requiring different arrangement of connections from I those shown is allowed, it shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to install the equipment so as to allow for proper operation and in harmony with the intent of the Drawings and Specifications, and to make all changes in the work required by the different arrangement of connections. 8.6.8 Product Data shall be promptly submitted by the Contractor after he has11 reviewed, checked and approved the data to determine if they are in harmony with the requirements of the Project and with the provisions of the Contract Documents and after he has verified all field measurements and construction criteria, materials, catalog numbers and similar data. In submitting the Product Data, the Contractor certifies that the work represented by the data has been coordinated with the Contract Documents and all relevant field condi- tions. 8.7 QUALITY OF EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS 8.7.1 In order to establish standards of quality, the Engineer, in the Spec- ifications, has referred to certain products by name and catalog number. This I - 28 - 11\90-356GENRL Copyright 1990 Bonestroo, Rosene, Anderlik & Associates, Inc. I procedure is not to be construed as eliminating from competition other pro- ducts of equal or better quality by other manufacturers where fully suitable in design unless otherwise specifically stated in the Specifications (see I Section 8.2 for substitution procedure) . If a product referenced by catalogue name or number is no longer available, Contractor shall recommend to Owner and Engineer another product of comparable quality. 8.7.2 The Contractor shall furnish the complete list of proposed desired sub- stitutions prior to executing the Agreement, together with such engineering and Product Data as the Engineer may require. 8.7.3 The Contractor shall abide by the Engineer's recommendation when pro- posed substitute materials or items of equipment are not recommended for in- stallation and shall furnish the specified material or item of equipment in such case. All proposals for substitutions shall be submitted in writing by the General Contractor and not by individual trades or material suppliers. The Engineer will review proposed substitutions and make his recommendation in writing within a reasonable time. 8.8 SHOP DRAWINGS 8.8.1 The Contractor shall provide Shop Drawings, settings, schedules and such other drawings as may be necessary for the prosecution of the Work in the shop and in the field as required by the Drawings. Specifications or Engi- neer' s instructions. Deviations from the Drawings and Specifications shall be called to the attention of the Engineer at the time of the first submission of Shop Drawings and other drawings for approval. The Engineer's review of any 11 drawings shall not release the Contractor from responsibility for such devia- tions. II . 8.8.2 Shop Drawings shall be promptly submitted by the Contractor after he has reviewed, checked and approved the data to determine that they are in harmony with the requirements of the Project and with the provisions of the I/ Contract Documents and after he has verified all field measurements and con- struction criteria, materials, catalog numbers and similar data. By submit- ting the Shop Drawings, the Contractor certifies that the work represented by the Shop Drawings has been coordinated with the Contract Documents and all 1 relevant field conditions. 8.8.3 Shop Drawings shall be submitted according to the following schedule: (a) Not less than three copies or such other number of copies as may be required by the Special Provisions shall be submitted with reasonable prompt- ness and in such sequence as to prevent delay of the Work. I (b) The Engineer shall, within fourteen (14) days of the submittal of any Shop Drawings, return one copy to the Contractor marked with Engineer's com- ments. (c) The Contractor shall then promptly make any necessary corrections or changes to the Shop Drawings to conform to the comments made by the Engineer. - 29 - 11\90-356GENRL Copyright 1990 Bonestroo, Rosene, Anderlik & Associates, Inc. 11 1 (d) Following completion of such corrections or changes, the Contractor shall promptly resubmit to the Engineer the required number of copies of the revised Shop Drawings. 8.8.4 Engineer will review with reasonable promptness Shop Drawings and samples, but Engineer's review shall be only for conformance with the design concept of the Project and for compliance with the information given in the Contract Documents and shall not extend to means, methods, sequences, tech- IIniques or procedures of construction or to safety precautions or programs incident thereto. The review of a separate item as such will not indicate re- view of the assembly in which the item functions. Contractor shall make any corrections required by Engineer and shall return the required number of cor- rected copies of Shop Drawings and resubmit new samples for review. Contrac- tor shall direct specific attention in writing to revisions other than the corrections called for by Engineer on previous submittals. Contractor's stamp11 of approval on any Shop Drawing or sample shall constitute a representation to Owner and Engineer that Contractor has either determined and verified all quantities, dimensions, field construction criteria, materials, catalog numII - bers, and similar data or assumes full responsibility for doing so, and that Contractor has reviewed or coordinated each Shop Drawing or sample with the requirements of the Work and the Contract Documents. I 8.8.5 Where a Shop Drawing or sample is required by the Specifications, no related Work shall be commenced until the submittal has been reviewed by Engineer. 11 8.8.6 Engineer's review of Shop Drawings or samples shall not relieve Contractor from responsibility for any deviations from the Contract Docu- ' II ments unless Contractor has in writing called Engineer's attention to such deviation at the time or submission and Engineer has given written concur- rence with the specific deviation, nor shall any concurrence by Engineer relieve Contractor from responsibility for errors or omissions in the Shop Drawings. 8.9 ACCESS TO AND OBSERVATION OF WORK I 8.9.1 Engineer and Engineer's representatives, other representatives of Owner, testing agencies and governmental agencies with jurisdictional inter- II ests will have access to the Work at reasonable times for their observation, inspection and testing. Contractor shall provide proper and safe conditions for such access. il 8.9.2 All materials and equipment and each part or detail of the Work shall be subject at all times to observation by the Engineer and the Owner, and the Contractor will be responsible for strict adherence to the intent of the Con- II tract Documents in regard to quality of materials, workmanship, and the dili- gent execution of the Work. Such observations may include mill, plant, or shop inspection, and any material furnished under these Specifications is sub- II ject to such observation. The Engineer and Owner shall be allowed access to - 30 - 1 11\90-356GENRL Copyright 1990 I/ Bonestroo, Rosene, Anderlik & Associates, Inc. I I 1 all parts of the Work and shall be furnished with such information and assist- ance by the Contractor as is required to make such observations. I/ 8.10 TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 8.10.1 Contractor shall give Engineer timely notice of readiness of the Work I/ for all required inspections, tests or approvals. 8.10.2 If any law, ordinance, rule, regulation, code, or order of any public body having jurisdiction requires any Work (or part thereof) to specifically be inspected, tested, or approved, Contractor shall assume full responsibility therefor, pay all costs in connection therewith and furnish Engineer the re- quired certificates of inspection, testing or approval. Contractor shall also be responsible for and shall pay all costs in connection with any inspection or testing required in connection with Owner's or Engineer's acceptance of a manufacturer, fabricator, supplier or distributor of materials or equipment proposed to be incorporated in the Work, or of materials or equipment submit- ted for approval prior to Contractor' s purchase thereof for incorporation in the Work. The cost of all other inspections, tests and approvals required by the Contract Documents shall be paid by Owner (unless otherwise specified) . I8.10.3 All inspections, tests or approvals other than those required by law, ordinance, rule, regulation, code or order of any public body having jurisdic- tion shall be performed by organizations selected by or acceptable to Owner or Engineer. 8.10.4 If any Work that is to be inspected, tested or approved is covered II without written concurrence of Engineer, it must, if requested by Engineer, be uncovered for observation. Such uncovering shall be at Contractor's expense unless Contractor has given Engineer timely notice of Contractor's intention • to cover such Work and Engineer has not acted with reasonable promptness in response to such notice. 8.10.5 Neither observations by Engineer nor inspections, tests or approvals I/ by others shall relieve Contractor from his obligations to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. I/ 8.11 UNCOVERING WORK If any Work is covered contrary to the written request of Engineer, it must, if requested by Engineer, be uncovered for Engineer's observation- and replaced at Contractor' s expense. If Engineer considers it necessary or advisable that covered Work be visually examined by Engineer or inspected or tested by others, Contractor, at Engineer' s request, shall uncover, expose or otherwise I/ make available for observation, inspection or testing as Engineer may require, that portion of the Work in question, furnishing all necessary labor, material and equipment. If it is found that such Work is defective, Contractor shall bear all the expenses of such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection and testing and of satisfactory reconstruction, including compensation for additional professional services, and an appropriate deductive Change Order shall be issued. If, however, such Work is not found to be defective, Con- . - - 31 - 11\90-356GENRL 1/ Copyright 1990 Bonestroo, Rosene, Anderlik & Associates, Inc. I 11 tractor shall be allowed an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Time, or both, directly attributable to such uncovering, expo- sure, observation, inspection, testing and reconstruction if he makes a claim therefor as provided herein. I 8.12 CUTTING AND PATCHING The Contractor shall do all necessary cutting, fixing or patching of the Work that may be required to make its several parts fit together properly, or to properly receive the Work of the various trades, or, as required by the Draw- ings and Specifications, to complete the Work. He shall restore all such cut or patched work as approved by the Engineer. Cutting of existing structure that shall endanger the Work, adjacent property, workmen or the public shall not be done. - 8.13 WARRANTY AND GUARANTEE Contractor warrants and guarantees to Owner and Engineer that all Work, in11 - cluding materials and equipment, will be in accordance with the Contract Docu- ments and will not be faulty or defective. Prompt notice of all defects shall be given to Contractor upon discovery. All defective Work, whether or not in place, may be rejected, corrected or accepted as provided in paragraph 8.15 and 8.16. This warranty and guarantee shall be in addition to and not in limitation of any other warranty or guarantee required by law or by these Con- tract Documents, including the provisions of paragraph 8.14. 11 8.14 TWO YEAR CORRECTION PERIOD If within two years after the date of final acceptance of the project by the Owner or such longer period of time as may be prescribed by law or by the terms of any applicable special guarantee required by the Contract Documents ' or by any specific provision of the Contract Documents, any Work is found to be defective, Contractor shall promptly, without cost to Owner and in accordance with Owner's written instructions, either correct such defective Work, or, if it has been rejected by Owner, remove it from the site and 11 replace it with nondefective Work. If Contractor does not promptly comply with the terms of such instructions, or in an emergency where delay would cause serious risk of loss or damage, Owner may have the defective Work 11 corrected or the rejected Work removed and replaced, and all direct and indirect costs of such removal and replacement, including compensation for additional professional services, of Engineer or others, shall be paid by Contractor. This obligation shall survive any termination of the Agreement between Owner and Contractor. 8.15 CORRECTION OR REMOVAL OF DEFECTIVE WORK If required by Engineer, Contractor shall promptly, without cost to Owner and as specified by Engineer, either correct any defective Work, whether or not I/ fabricated, installed or completed, or, if the Work has been rejected by Engi- neer, remove it from the site and replace it with nondefective Work. 11 • - 32 - 11\90-356GENRL Copyright 1990 1/ Bonestroo, Rosene, Anderlik & Associates, Inc. I I 11 8.16 ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK If, instead of requiring correction or removal and replacement of defective I/ Work, Owner (and, prior to Engineer's recommendation of final payment, also Engineer) prefers to accept it, Owner may do so. In such case, if acceptance occurs prior to Engineer's recommendation of final payment, a Change Order I shall be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Docu- ments, including appropriate reduction in the Contract Price; or, if the acceptance occurs after such recommendation, an appropriate amount shall be paid by Contractor to Owner. II8.17 OWNER MAY STOP THE WORK I/ If the Work is defective, or Contractor fails to supply sufficient skilled workmen or suitable materials or equipment, Owner may order Contractor to stop the Work, or any portion thereof, until the cause for such order has been II eliminated; however, this right of Owner to stop the Work shall not give rise to any duty on the part of Owner to exercise this right for the benefit of Contractor or any other party. II8.18 OWNER MAY CORRECT DEFECTIVE WORK If Contractor fails within a reasonable time after written notice of Engineer II to proceed to correct the defective Work or to remove and replace rejected Work as required by Engineer in accordance with Paragraph 8.15, or if Contrac- tor fails to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents (in- cluding any requirements of the progress schedule) , Owner may, after seven II - days' written notice to Contractor, and Contractor's Surety, correct and remedy any such deficiency. In exercising its rights under this paragraph, Owner shall proceed expeditiously. To the extent necessary to complete cor- I - rective and remedial action, Owner may exclude Contractor from all or part of the site, take possession of all or part of the Work, and suspend Contractor's services related thereto, take possession of Contractor' s tools, appliances, I/ construction equipment and machinery at the site and incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the site or for which Owner has paid Contractor but which are stored elsewhere. Contractor shall allow Owner, Owner's representatives, agents and employees such access to the site as may I/ be necessary to enable Owner to exercise its rights under this paragraph. All direct and indirect costs of Owner in exercising such rights shall be charged against Contractor in an amount reviewed by Engineer, and such amounts shall I be deducted from the -Contract Price. Such direct and indirect costs shall in- clude, in particular but without limitation, compensation for additional pro- fessional services required and all costs of repair and replacement of work of I/ others destroyed or damaged by correction, removal or replacement of Contrac- tor's defective Work. Contractor shall not be allowed an extension of the Contract Time because of any delay in performance of the Work attributable to the exercise by Owner of Owner' s rights hereunder. 11 II - 33 - , 11\90-356GENRL ii Copyright 1990 Bonestroo, Rosene, Anderlik & Associates, Inc. I 1 SECTION 9 1 MEASUREMENT, PAYMENT AND PROJECT ACCEPTANCE I 9.1 DETAILED BREAKDOWN OF CONTRACT AMOUNT I/Except in cases where unit prices form the basis for payment under the Con- tract Documents, the Contractor shall, within ten (10) days of receipt of the Contract Documents, submit an itemized breakdown of the Contract Amount having 11 the value, including an allowance for profit and overhead, assigned to each part of the Work. Unless the breakdown of the Contract Amount is objected to by the Owner, it shall be used as the basis for all Requests for Payment. 11 9.2 REQUEST FOR PAYMENT The Contractor may submit periodically, but not more than once each month, a Request for Payment for Work done and materials delivered and stored on the site. Payment for materials stored on the site will be conditioned on the following: I (a) The Contractor shall submit evidence to establish the Owner's title to such materials. (b) Acceptable provisions have been made for storage. (c) The Contractor shall provide and maintain insurance against all loss, theft, vandalism, damage and similar peril for the full value of the stored material. The insurance on the stored material shall name the Owner as insured. Each Request for Payment shall be itemized and computed from the Work com- pleted on all items listed on the Detailed Breakdown of Contract Amount. Where unit prices are specified, the Request for Payment shall be based on the ,II quantities completed. The Owner shall pay to the Contractor an amount not to exceed 95% of the amount earned under the Contract subject to the approval outlined in Section 9.3 and the provisions of Section 9.4 and 9.5. However, I when the Work required under the Contract is 95X or more completed, upon recommendation of the Engineer, such portions of the retained money shall be released as the Owner determines are not required to be retained to protect the Owner's interest in satisfactory completion of the Contract. At the option of the contractor, retainage shall be paid to the contractor in accordance with the following: 11 The Contractor may deposit bonds or securities with the Owner or in any bank or trust company to be held in lieu of cash retainage for the benefit of the Owner. In that event, the Owner shall reduce the retainage in an 11 amount equal to the value of the bonds and securities and pay the amount of the reduction to the contractor. The interest on the bonds or securities - 34 - 11\90-356GENRL Copyright 1990I/ Bonestroo, Rosene, Anderlik & Associates, Inc. 1 shall be payable to the contractor as it accrues. Bonds and securities deposited or acquired in lieu of retainage shall be of a character approved by the state treasurer including, but not limited to: a. Bills, certificates, notes or bonds of United States; b. Other obligations of the United States or its agencies; c. Obligations of any corporation wholly owned by the federal government; I and d. Indebtedness of the Federal and National Mortgage Association. I/ If the Owner incurs additional costs as the result of the exercise of the option described in this paragraph, the Owner may recover the costs from the contractor by reducing the final payment due under the contract. As work on the contract progresses, the Owner shall, upon demand, inform the contractor of all accrued costs. 9.3 ENGINEER'S ACTION ON A REQUEST FOR PAYMENT I/ Within ten (10) days of submission of any Request for Payment by the Contrac- tor, the Engineer shall recommend to Owner: (a) Approval of the Request for Payment as submitted; or, (b) Approval of such other amount as Engineer shall consider is due the II " Contractor, informing the Contractor in writing of his reasons for recommending approval of the modified amount; or, II - (c) Withholding of the Request for Payment, informing the Contractor in writing of his reasons for recommending withholding of the Request. 9.4 OWNER'S ACTION ON AN APPROVED REQUEST FOR PAYMENT I/ Within thirty (30) days from the date of recommending approval of a Request for Payment by the Engineer, the Owner shall: I/ (a) Pay the Request for Payment as recommended by the Engineer. (b) Pay such other amount in accordance with Section 9.5 as Owner shall 11 decide is due the Contractor, informing the Contractor and the Engi- neer in writing of the reasons for paying the modified amount. I/ (c) Withholding payment in accordance with Section 9.5 informing the Contractor and the Engineer in writing of Owner' s reasons for withholding payment. 11 I - 35 - 11\90-356GENRL Copyright 1990 Bonestroo, Rosene, Anderlik & Associates, Inc. 1 I/ 9.5 OWNER'S RIGHT TO WITHHOLD PAYMENT 9.5.1 The Owner may withhold payment in whole or in part to the extent neces- sary to protect itself from loss on account of any of the following causes: 11 (a) Violation of any of the terms of the Contract Documents. (b) Defective work not remedied, or completed work which has been dam- aged. (c) Reasonable evidence indicating potential filing of claims by other parties against the Contractor or Owner. (d) Failure of the Contractor to make payments to Subcontractors, 11 materialmen or suppliers. (e) Damage to the Owner or any other person. (f) Contractor's unsatisfactory prosecution of the work. 9.5.2 When any of the above grounds for which payment is being withheld is removed, payment shall be made for the amount withheld. 9.5.3 Should the Owner fail to pay a Request for Payment within 30 days from 11 the date of recommendation of approval by the Engineer and should he fail to inform the Engineer and Contractor in writing of the reasons for withholding payment, the Owner shall pay to the Contractor simple interest on the past due amount at an annual rate equal to the monthly index of long term United States bond yields for the month prior to the month in which the obligation is incur- red plus an additional one percent per annum. 9.6 CONTRACTOR'S WARRANTY OF TITLE Contractor warrants and guarantees that title to all Work, materials and equipment covered by any Application for Payment, whether incorporated in the 11 Project or not, will pass to Owner at the time of payment free and clear of all liens, claims, security interests and encumbrances (hereafter in these Conditions of the Contract referred to as "Liens") . 9.7 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION 9.7.1 When Contractor considers the entire Work ready for its intended use Contractor shall, in writing to Owner and Engineer, certify that the entire Work is substantially complete and request that Engineer issue a proposed Certificate of Substantial Completion. Within a reasonable time thereafter, Owner, Contractor and Engineer shall make an inspection of the Work to deter- mine the status of completion. If Engineer does not consider the Work sub- stantially complete, Engineer will notify Contractor in writing giving his reasons therefor. If Engineer considers the Work substantially complete, 11 Engineer will prepare and deliver to Owner a proposed Certificate of Substan- 1 - 36 - 11\90-356GENRL Copyright 1990I/ Bonestroo, Rosene, Anderlik & Associates, Inc. I I tial Completion which shall fix the date of Substantial Completion. There shall be attached to the proposed Certificate a list of items ("punch list") to be completed or corrected before final payment. I/ 9.7.2 Owner shall have seven days after receipt of the Certificate during which he may make written objection to Engineer as to any provisions of the I/ Certificate or attached list. If, after considering such objections, Engineer concludes that the Work is not substantially complete, Engineer will within fourteen days after submission of the proposed Certificate to Owner notify Contractor in writing, stating his reasons therefor. If, after consideration of Owner's objections, Engineer considers the Work substantially complete, Engineer will within said fourteen days execute and deliver to Owner and Con- tractor a final Certificate of Substantial Completion (with any revised list I/ of items to be completed or corrected) reflecting such changes from the pro- posed Certificate as he believes justified after consideration of any objec- tions from Owner. At the time of delivery of the proposed Certificate of Sub- stantial Completion Engineer will deliver to Owner and Contractor a written recommendation as to division of responsibilities pending final payment be- tween Owner and Contractor with respect to security, operation, safety, main- tenance, heat, utilities and insurance. Unless Owner and Contractor agree I/ otherwise in writing and so inform Engineer prior to his issuing the final Certificate of Substantial Completion, Engineer's aforesaid recommendation will be binding on Owner and Contractor until final payment. Owner shall have I/ the right to exclude Contractor from the Work after the date of Substantial Completion, but Owner shall allow Contractor reasonable access to complete or correct items on the list of items to be completed or corrected. 9.8 PARTIAL UTILIZATION Use by Owner of completed portions of the work may be accomplished prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work subject to the following: 9.8.1 Owner at any time may request Contractor in writing to permit Owner to I/ use any part of the Work which Owner believes to be substantially complete and which may be so used without significant interference with construction of the other parts of the Work. If Contractor agrees, Contractor will certify to Owner and Engineer that said part of the Work is substantially complete and request Engineer to issue a proposed Certificate of Substantial Completion for that part of the Work. 9.8.2 Within a reasonable time thereafter Owner, Contractor and Engineer shall make an inspection of that part of the Work to determine its status of completion. If Engineer does not consider that part of the Work to be sub- I/ stantially complete, Engineer will notify Owner and Contractor in writing giv- ing his reasons therefor. If Engineer considers that part of the Work to be substantially complete, Engineer will execute and deliver to Owner and Con- tractor a proposed Certificate to that effect, fixing the date of Substantial Completion as to that part of the Work, attaching thereto a list of items to be completed or corrected before final payment. 11 - 37 - I 11\90-356GENRL Copyright 1990 Bonestroo, Rosene, Anderlik & Associates, Inc. I I 9.8.3 Prior to issuing a Certificate of Substantial Completion as to part of the Work, Engineer will deliver to Owner and Contractor a written recommenda- tion as to the division of responsibilities pending final payment between Owner and Contractor with respect to security, operation, safety, maintenance, utilities and insurance for that part of the Work which shall become binding upon Owner and Contractor at the time of issuing the final Certificate of Sub- 11 stantial Completion as to that part of the Work unless Owner and Contractor shall have otherwise agreed in writing and so informed Engineer. Owner shall have the right to exclude Contractor from any part of the Work which Engineer has so certified to be substantially complete, but Owner shall allow Contrac- tor reasonable access to complete or correct items on the list of items to be11 completed or corrected. 9.8.4 In lieu of the issuance of a Certificate of Substantial completion as11 to part of the Work, Owner may take over operation of a facility constituting part of the Work whether or not it is substantially complete if such facility is functionally and separately usable; provided, that prior to any such take- over, Owner and Contractor have agreed as to the division of responsibilities between Owner and Contractor for security, operation, safety, maintenance, correction period, heat, utilities and insurance with respect of such facility. 9.8.5 No occupancy of part of the Work or taking over of operations facility will be accomplished p of a p prior to compliance with the requirements of Section 6.1.4, Paragraph 3, in respect of property insurance. 11 9.9 FINAL INSPECTION Upon written notice from Contractor that the Work is complete, Engineer will 11 make a final inspection with Owner and Contractor and will notify Contractor in writing of all particulars in which this inspection reveals that the Work is incomplete or defective. Contractor shall immediately take such measures as are necessary to remedy such deficiencies. 9.10 FINAL APPLICATION FOR PAYMENTitems Contractor has completed all to be completed or corrected to the satisfaction of Engineer and delivered all maintenance and operating instruc- tions, schedules, guarantees, bonds, certificates of inspection, marked-up11 record documents and other documents -- all as required by the Contract Docu- ments, and after Engineer has indicated that the Work is acceptable (subject to the provisions of Section 9.12) , Contractor may make Application for Final Payment following the procedure for progress payments. The Final Application for Payment shall be accompanied by all documentation called for in the Con- tract Documents and such other data and schedules as Engineer may reasonably require, together with complete and legally effective releases or waivers (satisfactory to Owner) of all Liens arising out of or filed in connection with the Work. In lieu thereof and as approved by Owner, Contractor may fur- nish receipts or releases in full; an affidavit of Contractor that the re- leases and receipts include all labor, services, material and equipment for which a Lien could be filed; a representation that all payrolls, material and equipment bills, and other indebtedness connected with the Work for which 11 - 38 - 11\90-356GENRL 1/ Copyright 1990 Bonestroo, Rosene, Anderlik & Associates, Inc. I Owner or his property might in any way be responsible, have been paid or otherwise satisfied; and, consent of the Surety, if any, to final payment. If any Subcontractor, manufacturer, fabricator, supplier or distributor fails to I/ furnish a release or receipt in full, Contractor shall furnish a Bond or other collateral satisfactory to Owner to indemnify Owner against any Lien. I9.11 FINAL PAYMENT AND ACCEPTANCE 9.11.1 If, on the basis of Engineer's observation of the Work during construction and final inspection, and Engineer's review of the Final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation, all as required by the Contract Documents, Engineer is satisfied that the Work has been completed and Contractor has fulfilled all of his obligations under the Contract Documents, I/ Engineer will, within ten days after receipt of the Final Application for Payment, indicate in writing his recommendation of payment and present the application to Owner for payment. Thereupon Engineer will give written notice to Owner and Contractor that the Work is acceptable subject to all applicable provisions of the Contract Documents. Otherwise, Engineer will return the Application to Contractor, indicating in writing the reasons for refusing to recommend final payment, in which case Contractor shall make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application. 9.11.2 If the Application and accompanying documentation are appropriate as to form and substance, .Owner shall, within thirty days after receipt thereof pay Contractor the amount recommended by Engineer. If, through no fault of Contractor, final completion of the Work is significantly delayed thereof and if Engineer so confirms, Owner shall, upon receipt of Contractor's Final Application for Payment and recommendation of Engineer, and without terminat- ing the Agreement, make payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted. II • 9.11.3 If any remaining balance to be held by Owner for Work not fully com- pleted or corrected is less than the retainage stipulated in the Agreement, and if Bonds have been furnished as required herein, the written consent of the Surety to the payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted shall be submitted by Contractor to Engineer with the Application for such payment. Such payment shall be made under the terms I/ and conditions governing final payment, except that it shall not constitute a waiver of claims. 9.12 CONTRACTOR'S CONTINUING OBLIGATION Contractor's obligation to perform and complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents shall be absolute. Neither recommendation of any prog- I/ ress or final payment by Engineer, nor the issuance of a Certificate of Sub- stantial Completion, nor any payment by Owner to Contractor under the Contract Documents, nor any use or occupancy of the Work or any part thereof by Owner, nor any act of acceptance by Owner nor any failure to do so, nor the issuance of a notice of acceptability by Engineer pursuant to Sections 9.10 or 9.11, nor any correction of defective Work by Owner shall constitute an acceptance I - 39 - 11\90-356GENRL I/ Copyright 1990 Bonestroo, Rosene, Anderlik & Associates, Inc. 1 11 of Work not in accordance with the Contract Documents or a release of Contrac- tor' s obligation to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 9.13 WAIVER OF CLAIMS I The making and acceptance of final payment shall constitute: 9.13.1 A waiver of all claims by Owner against Contractor, except claims I/ arising from unsettled Liens, from defective work appearing after final in- spection pursuant to Section 9.9 or from failure to comply with the Contract Documents or the terms of any special warranties or guarantees specified therein; however, it shall not constitute a waiver by Owner of any rights in respect to Contractor's continuing obligations under the Contract Documents; and I 9.13.2 A waiver of all claims by Contractor against Owner other than those previously made in writing and still unsettled. SECTION 10 CHANGES IN THE WORK11 • 10.1 CHANGE ORDERS Without invalidating the Agreement, Owner may, at any time or from time to time, order additions, deletions or revisions in the Work; these will be authorized by Change Orders. Upon receipt of a Change Order, Contractor shall proceed with the Work involved. All such Work shall be executed under the applicable conditions of the Contract Documents. If any Change Order causes an increase or decrease in the Contract Price or an extension or shortening of the Contract time, an equitable adjustment will be made as provided in Section 10 or Section 11 on the basis of a claim made by either party. 10.2 FIELD ORDERS 11 Engineer may authorize minor changes in the Work not involving an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Time, which are consistent with the. overall intent of the Contract Documents. These may be accomplished by a Field Order and shall be binding on Owner, and also on Contractor who shall perform the change promptly. If Contractor believes that a Field Order justi- fies an increase in the Contract Price or Contract Time, Contractor may make a 11 claim therefor as provided herein. 10.3 UNAUTHORIZED WORK I/ Additional Work performed without authorization of a Change Order will not en- title Contractor to an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Time, except in the case of an emergency. - 40 - 11\90-356GENRL Copyright 1990I/ Bonestroo, Rosene, Anderlik & Associates, -Inc. I I/ 11 10.4 ENGINEER RECOMMENDATIONS Owner shall execute appropriate Change Orders prepared by Engineer covering I/ changes in the Work which are required by Owner, or required because of un- foreseen physical conditions or emergencies, or because of uncovering Work found not to be defective, or because of any other claim of Contractor for a I/ change in the Contract Time or the Contract Price which is recommended by En- gineer. 10.5 NOTICE OF CHANGE TO SURETY If notice of any change affecting the general scope of the Work or change in the Contract Price is required by the provisions of any Bond to be given to I/ the Surety, it will be Contractor's responsibility to so notify the Surety, and the amount of each applicable Bond shall be adjusted accordingly. Con- tractor shall furnish proof of such adjustment to Owner. 10.6 CLAIMS FOR ADDITIONAL COSTS If the Contractor wishes to make a claim for an increase in the Contract Sum, I/ he shall give the Engineer written notice thereof within ten (10) days after the occurrence of the event giving rise to such claim. This notice shall be given by the Contractor before proceeding to execute the Work, except in an 11 emergency endangering life or property in which case the Contractor shall pro- ceed in accordance with Paragraph 10.7. No such claim shall be valid unless so made. If the Owner and the Contractor cannot agree on the amount of the adjustment in the Contract Sum, it shall be referred to the Engineer in accor- dance with Paragraph 7.8. Any change in the Contract Sum resulting from such claim shall be authorized by Change Order. I • If the Contractor claims that additional cost is involved because of but not limited to (1) any written interpretation of the engineer, (2) any order by the Owner to stop the Work where the Contractor was not at fault, (3) any written order for a minor change in the Work or (4) failure of payment by the Owner, Contractor shall make such claim as provided in this Subparagraph. 10.7 WORK DURING AN EMERGENCY I/ 10.7.1 In any emergency affecting the safety of persons or property, the Con- tractor shall act to prevent threatened damage, injury or loss. In all cases he shall, as soon as practicable, notify the Owner of the emergency and he shall not wait for the instructions before proceeding to protect both life and property. I/ 10.7.2 Any additional compensation or extension of time claimed by the Con- tractor on account of said emergency work shall be determined under Paragraph 10.6. I 1 - 41 - 11\90-356GENRL I/ Copyright 1990 Bonestroo, Rosene, Anderlik & Associates, Inc. 11 I SECTION 11 1 CHANGE OF CONTRACT PRICE AND CONTRACT TIME 11.1 CONTRACT PRICE The Contract Price constitutes the total compensation p (subject to authorized adjustments) payable to Contractor for performing the Work. All duties, re- I/ sponsibilities and obligations assigned to or undertaken by Contractor shall be at his expense without change in the Contract Price. 11.2 CHANGE IN CONTRACT PRICE 11.2.1 Except where u it prices form the basis for payment under the Contract Documents, the Contract Price may only be changed by a Change Order. Any claim for an increase in the Contract Price shall be based on written notice delivered to Owner and Engineer within ten (10) days of the occurrence of the event giving rise to the claim. Notice of the amount of the claim with sup- porting data shall be delivered within thirty (30) days of such occurrence un- less Engineer allows an additional period of time to ascertain accurate cost data. All claims for adjustment in the Contract Price shall be determined by Engineer if Owner and Contractor cannot otherwise agree on the amount in- volved. Any change in the Contract Price resulting from any such claim shall be incorporated in a Change Order. I 11.2.2 Where unit prices form the basis of payment and the quantity of any item of Work as given in the Proposal is increased or decreased, payment for such item will be made on the basis of actual quantity completed, at the contract unit price for such item. I/11.3 BASIS OF CHANGE The method of determining the cost or credit to the Owner resulting from a change in the work shall be determined and mutually agreed upon by Owner and Contractor in advance of performance of the change in work in one or more of the following ways: 11.3.1 By mutual acceptance of a lump sum properly itemized, I 11.3.2 By unit prices stated in the Contract Documents or subsequently agreed upon (unit prices shall include an allowance for Contractor's main office ex- pense, overhead, profit and bond) , or 11.3.3 By actual cost of the changed work, plus an allowance for overhead, supervision and profit, as defined as follows: 1. The "cost of the changed work" shall mean costs necessarily incurred in the proper performance of the changed work and paid by Contractor at rates not higher than the standard paid in the locality of the work (except with prior 11 consent of the Owner) as more specifically defined as follows: 11 - 42 - 11\90-356GENRL Copyright 1990 I/ Bonestroo, Rosene, Anderlik & Associates, Inc. I/ 11 a. The cost of the changed work shall include: (1) Wages paid for labor in the direct employ of Contractor in the I/ performance of the changed work in the field or in the fabrication shop under applicable collective bargaining agreements or under a salary or wage schedule agreed upon by Contractor and Owner, plus a payroll markup of 40 percent to cover all overhead items applicable to payroll, such as insurance, taxes, F.I.C.A. , workmen's compensation, unemployment taxes, and union benefits. (2) Cost of all materials, supplies and equipment incorporated in the changed uork. I (3) Cost, including maintenance of all materials, supplies, equip- ment, temporary facilities and hand tools owned by workmen, which are consumed in the performance of the changed work, and cost less salvage 11 value on such items used but not consumed which remain the property of the Contractor. (4) Rental charges of all necessary machinery and equipment, exclu- sive of hand tools, used in performing the changed work, including installation, minor repairs and replacements, dismantling, removal, transportation and delivery costs thereof at rental charges consistent with those prevailing in the area. (5) Cost of additional premiums for all bonds and insurance which the I Contractor is required by the Owner or contract documents to purchase and maintain and which is incurred as a result of performing the changed work. I/ " (6) Sales, use or similar taxes, related to the changed work and for which the Contractor is liable, imposed by any governmental authority. (7) Permit fees, royalties, damages for infringment of patents and costs of defending suits therefore, and deposits lost for causes other than the Contractor's negligence. I (8) Losses and expenses, not compensated by insurance or otherwise sustained by the Contractor in connection with the changed work pro- vided they have resulted from causes other than the sole or joint fault or neglect of the Contractor, any Subcontractor, anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them, or for whose acts any of them may be liable. Such losses shall include settlements made with the I/ written consent and approval of the Owner. No such losses and ex- penses shall be included in the cost of the changed work for the pur- pose of determining the Contractor' s fees thereon. If, however, such loss requires reconstruction and the Contractor is placed in charge thereof, he shall be paid for his services an additional fee computed in proportion to the sum stated above for the original changed work. - 43 - II/ 11\90-356GENRL Copyright 1990 Bonestroo, Rosene, Anderlik & Associates, Inc. I/ I (9) Cost of "drayage, " exclusive of any drayage between shop and job- site, only when Contractor must hire an independent trucking firm and driver to perform special drayage services in performance of the changed work for which Contractor's skills, manpower and vehicles are inadequate. "Drayage" does not include transportation performed or which could have been performed by Contractor's drivers or vehicles I/ but for their use on another project. (10) Costs incurred due to an emergency arising out of the changed work affecting the safety of persons and property. (11) Other costs incurred in the performance of the changed work if and to the extent approved in advance in writing by the Owner. 11 (12) Cost of subcontractors in performing the Contractor's work as changed shall be computed in accordance with this paragraph 11.3.3, 11 computed in accordance with clauses 11.3.1, .2, or .3. b. The cost of the changed work shall exclude: I/(1) Salaries or other compensation for Contractor's officers, execu- tive, general managers, project managers, estimators, engineers, time- keepers, surveyors, mechanics, warehousemen, auditors, accountants, 11 purchasing and contracting agents, draftsmen (except sheetmetal draftsmen) , stenographers, receptionists, and other staff employees, whether or not employed at Contractor's principal office, branch office or field office at the job site. (2) Expenses of Contractor's principal office, branch office or job site field office, including without limitation the expense for pick- up trucks, office trailers, storage trailers, rental of office or storage space, telephone, heat, lights, etc. (3) Ownership cost of maintenance expenses for Contractor-owned equipment, including without limitation all construction equipment, trucks and vehicles, machines and all other owned equipment required for Contractor's performance of the Work. 11 (4) Cost for purchase and maintenance of tools, materials, supplies and facilities not consumed during construction or incorporated in the work. (5) Contractor's capital expense, including interest on Contractor's capital employed for the work. (6) Overhead or general expenses of any kind, including but not lim- ited to office or fabrication shop overhead or drafting and printing11 costs, except as may be expressly included in clause 11.3.3.1a above. - 44 - 11\90-356GENRL Copyright 199011 Bonestroo, Rosene, Anderlik & Associates, Inc. I/ 11 (7) Costs due to the negligence of Contractor, anysubcontractor, anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them, or for whose acts any of them may be liable, including but not limited to injury or damage to persons or property, the correction of defective work, dis- posal of materials and equipment wrongly supplied, or making good any 1/ damage to property. (8) The cost of any item not specifically and expressly included in the terms described in clause 11.3.3.1a above. 2. Allowances for profit, overhead and nonreimbursable costs shall be computed as follows: I/ a. For the Contractor (1) A minimum of 5% up to a maximum of 15% (the actual rate dependent of the Contractor's performance and assumed risks as determined in the sole discretion of the Owner) of all reimbursable costs defined in clauses 11.3.3.1a (1) through (12) above, and (2) A minimum of 3% up to a maximum of 7X (as determined at the sole reasonable discretion of the Owner) for the work of subcontractors supervised by the Contractor as computed in accordance with clause 11.3.3. No fee will be allowed on subcontractor work not supervised by the Contractor. I/ (3) For first, second, and other tier subcontractors claiming compen- sation for changed work under clause 11.3.3.1(a) (12) , their allow- ances shall be determined at the sole reasonable discretion of the ' Owner consistent with percentages in subclause (2) directly above. (4) The Owner shall have the right to examine, inspect, copy and audit the books and records of any contractor or subcontractor making claim for reimbursement for costs and allowances hereunder in order to verify the accuracy, correctness, completeness and properiety of all costs and allowances claimed. 11.4 CHANGE OF CONTRACT TIME 11 11.4.1 The Contract Time may only be changed by a Change Order. Any claim for an extension in the Contract Time shall be based on written notice delivered to Owner and Engineer within ten (10) days of the occur- rence of the event giving rise to the claim. Notice of the extent of the I/ claim with supporting data shall be delivered within thirty (30) days of such occurrence unless Engineer allows an additional period of time to ascertain more accurate data. All claims for adjustment in the Contract Time shall be determined by Engineer if Owner and Contractor cannot other- wise agree. Any change in the Contract Time resulting from any such claim shall be incorporated in a Change Order. I - 45 11\90-356GENRL Copyright 1990 Bonestroo, Rosene, Anderlik & Associates, Inc. I/ 11.4.2 The Contract Time will be extended in an amount equal to time lost due to delays beyond the control of Contractor if a claim is made therefor as provided in paragraph 11.4.1. Such delays shall include, but not be limited to, acts or neglect by Owner, or to fires, floods, labor disputes, epidemics, abnormal weather conditions, or acts of God. 11.4.3 All time limits stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence of the Agreement. The provisions of this paragraph 11.4 shall not exclude recovery for damages (including compensation for additional professional services) for delay by either party. SECTION 12 1 SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION 12.1 OWNER MAY SUSPEND WORK I Owner may, at any time and without cause, suspend the Work or any portion thereof for a period of not more than ninety days by notice in writing to Con- tractor and Engineer which shall fix the date on which Work shall be resumed. ./ Contractor shall resume the Work on the date so fixed. Contractor will be al- lowed an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Time, or both, directly attributable to any suspension if he makes a claim therefor 11 as provided in Sections 10 and 11. 12.2 OWNER MAY TERMINATE , I 12.2.1 Upon the occurrence of any one or more of the following events: (a) If Contractor is adjudged a bankrupt or insolvent, I (b) If Contractor makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, (c) If a trustee or receiver is appointed for Contractor or for any of Contractor's property, (d) If Contractor files a petition to take advantage of any debtor's act, 11 or to reorganize under the bankruptcy or similar laws, (e) If Contractor repeatedly fails to supply sufficient skilled workmen or suitable materials or equipment, (f) If Contractor repeatedly fails to make prompt payments to Subcontrac- tors or for labor, materials or equipment, (g) If Contractor disregards laws, ordinances, rules, regulations or orders of any public body having jurisdiction, - 46 - 11\90-356GENRL Copyright 1990 Bonestroo, Rosene, AnderlikI/ & Associates, Inc. I I II (h) If Contractor disregards the authority of Engineer, o I/ (i) If r Contractor otherwise provisions of the Contract Documents, in any Y substantial way any Owner may after giving ' Oce, wner Contractor and his Surety seven the services` on Contractor, exclude take possession of the Work and of Contractor fromtthe siteand con- struction equipment and machineryall Contractor's tools, appliances tent they couldgbe used by at the site and use the sametentpt a Contractor (without toto the full for trespass at orho conversion), onsitersior on),whi h Owner incorporate liability to and 1/ in the Work all materialshiand a ui for and. finish the Work as Owner paid contractor but which q Pment elsewhere,halnot ben entitledheW tok ecOive anyare stored Con- tractoracmay deem expedient.ent. Innt i such case s If the unpaid balance of the ContractrPriceeexceedslthee 11 indirect costs of completingWork is nal professional the Work, including compensation direct and exceed such unpaid balance,such excess shall be for such sis paid to Contractor.ffeIf such Owner. Such Contractor shall I/ a Change costsincurred by Owner shall be verifiedbythe difference to Order, but in finishing Engineer and required to ob- tain II12.2.2 Where Contractor's ter- mination2.2.2shalle not Caontractor's t 'sservices have been so terminated by or which any rights of Owner againstContractor Owner, the ig • tractor bymay thereafter accrue. y then Owner will not release Contractorretefromnor liabilitynt of existing moneys due Con- 12.2.3 Upon seven days' without without y written notice to Contractor and Engineer, abandon the Work and terminate the Agreement.prejudice to any other rightOwner may, be paidnfor kla Work executedh and eet. In such e or Contractorremrdy, elect tol ter- mination expenses, case, shall any expense sustained plus reasonable ter- 11 12.2.4 If, after t obligations, it is notice of termination for failure to fulfill obligations shall be deemed determinedto that the Contractor defaulted, the Owner and the Contractor shall bene been effected for has not the paid in accordance with convenienceaaof the 1/ 12.3 CONVENIENCE TERMINATION BY THE OWNERII paragraph 12.3. The Owner reserves whole, the right to terminate - from time to time the Work undetionr os contract ie ine shall not be construed in part, and said termination for hllforfbe construed as a breach of the Contract. cot is ter- minated convenience, the Owner shall If the written n e she effectivedateeextentaitheerWonk give the Contractor of the Contract that is bean written notice termination. Upon receipt of the g terminated and tnotice of termi- I/ - 47 I 11\90-356GENRL Copyright 1990 Bonestroo, Rosene, Anderlik & Associates, Inc. 11 1 work on the date and to the extent speci- fied. nat The Contractor Contractorh shallpa stop ncur any further shall place no further TheordContractorers nor �shall further ter- c II costparts of the Work. of the mi at for the. terminatedansubC to the terminated part Work. all orders and shall pay thets Contractorting rk t on the pay forthe ea reasonable value of e Work terminate Work. The Ownertogether ion of the as ple completedd tok the buttnoonaon datercosts or lost profits. Disc completed Work, damages completed parts of the terminated work, materials, equipment and other tang- ibleagreed upon by the Owner and Contractor. The II property shall be made as the Owner shall accrue to the title to any property and materials retained by Owner immediately upon payment by the Owner to the Contractor. II 12.42ONTRACTOR MAY STOP WORK OR TERMINATE the Work is suspended for a periodublic act or fault of Contractor, other p If, throughOwner or under an order of court or of moreothhanan ninety days by on anyApplication for Payment within Engineer fails to act the thirty authority, tor sum finally determined to be due, terminate e pay Contractor any sneer, Con- tractortcty daysdays' written notice to Owner and Eng for all Work executed and any ex- I/ hmay, anduprecover n from pen Agreementsustained reasonable fterminationr payment licaliou plus expenses. eto act addition and in lieu cense nreement, if Engineer has failedContractor ofn o terminating the Agreement, payment as aforesaid, or for Payment or Owner has failed to make stop the Work payment 11 seven days' notice to Owner and Engineero shall untillt relieve may upondue. The provisions of this paragraph of Co allaamountshthen obligations to carry on the Work in accordancee with with Contractor of his during disputes and disagreements progress schedule and without delay Owner. SECTION 3 MISCELLANEOUS II 13.1 MITATION OF LIABILITY negligence, or other- wise, either as a result of breach of contract, I Engineer or their agents or Employees be liable for n no event, or loss of liable for shall the Ownerloss of revenue, kind. II profits, loss of use, consequential damages of any damages or lossaof p special, indirect or to beg imposed, the ca- pacity, or any Contracte sp liabilitya aris- ingII sneer for any loss, claim, or damage totalo the liability the ofthe Owner and ngiallow anyshall be o fhs and Eng' agreement or the performance or breach thereof, out of this lim- ited to the value of the work performed. II 11 II - 48 - i1\90-356GENRL Copyright 1990 II Bonestroo, Rosene, Anderlik & Associates, Inc. I/ 13.2 REMEDIES The duties and obligations imposed by these General Conditions and the rights I/ and remedies available hereunder to the parties hereto, and, in particular but without limitation, the warranties, guarantees and obligations imposed upon Contractor herein and all of the rights and remedies available to Owner and Engineer thereunder, shall be in addition to, and shall not be construed in any way as a limitation of, any rights and remedies available to any or all of them which are otherwise imposed or available by law or contract, by special warranty or guarantee or by other provisions of the Contract Documents, and 1 the provisions of this paragraph shall be as effective as if repeated specif- ically in the Contract Documents in connection with each particular duty, ob- ligation, right and remedy to which they apply. All representations, warran- I/ ties and guarantees made in the Contract Documents shall survive final payment and termination or completion of this Agreement. 11 13.3 PUBLIC CONVENIENCE The Contractor shall at all times so conduct his work as to insure the least possible obstruction to traffic and inconvenience to the general public and I/ the residents in the vicinity of the Work, and to insure the protection of persons and property. No road or street shall be closed to the public except with the permission of the Owner and proper governmental authority. Fire I/ hydrants on or adjacent to the Work shall be kept accessible to fire-fighting equipment at all times. Temporary provisions shall be made by the Contractor to insure the use of sidewalks and the proper functioning of all gutters, sewer inlets, drainage ditches and irrigation ditches, which shall not be obstructed. 13.4 CROSSING UTILITIES, ETC. IWhere the prosecution of the Work results in the crossing of highways, rail- roads, streets or utilities under the jurisdiction of state, county, city or other public or private entities, the Contractor shall secure written permis- sion from the proper authority to cross said highway, railroad, street or utility before further prosecuting the Work. A copy of the written document granting permission shall be filed with the Owner and Engineer before any Work I/ is done. The Contractor shall be required to obtain a written release from the applicable authority upon completion of the Work. A copy of this written release shall be filed with the Owner and Engineer before final acceptance of the Work is granted. 13.5 SANITARY PROVISIONS The Contractor shall provide and maintain such sanitary facilities for the use of his employees and those of his Subcontractors as may be necessary to comply with the laws, rules or regulations of the Federal, State and local govern- ments, or agencies or departments thereof. 1 - 49 - l1\90-356GENRL Copyright 1990 Bonestroo, Rosene, Anderlik & Associates, Inc. 11 I 13.6 PRESERVATION OF HISTORICAL OBJECTS 13.6.1 Where historical objects of potential archeological or paleonto- logical nature are discovered within the areas on which the Contractor's operations are in progress, the Contractor shall restrict or suspend his operations in the immediate area of the discovery as may be necessary to preserve the discovered objects until the Owner has made arrangments for their disposition or has recorded the desired data relative thereto. 13.6.2 The Contractor shall immediately notify the Owner of any historical objects he may discover or become aware of as the Work is being prosecuted, and shall aid in the preservation and salvage program decided upon, as may be requested or ordered by the Owner. No Work which the Contractor considers to be Extra Work shall be performed without the written authorization of the Owner. 13.6.3 The Owner shall have the right to restrict or suspend the Contrac- tor' s operations in the immediate area where historical objects are dis- covered for a period not to exceed 72 hours, without claim being made by the Contractor for any damages he might suffer as a result thereof. Any restrictions imposed shall not remain in effect for a period exceeding 72 hours unless mutually agreed to in writing. 13.7 USE OF PREMISES Contractor shall confine construction equipment, the storage of materials and 11 equipment and the operations of workmen to areas permitted by law, ordinances, permits or the requirements of the Contract Documents, and shall not unreason- ably encumber the premises with construction equipment or other materials or r equipment. • I I i I I - 50 - 11\90-356GENRL Copyright 1990 Bonestroo, Rosene, Anderlik & Associates, Inc. 1 I FORM OF AGREEMENT THIS AGREEMENT,made and signed this18tblay ofApril , 19 913y and between City of Oak Park Heights , hereinafter called the "Owner", and Tower Asphalt. Inc. ,hereinafter called Ithe "Contractor". THIS AGREEMENT WITNESSETH, that the Owner and the Contractor, for the Iconsideration hereinafter stated, agree as follows: ARTICLE I, The Contractor hereby covenants and agrees to perform and execute all the provisions of the plans and specifications as prepared by Bonestroo,Rosene, Anderlik & Associates, Inc.,of St. Paul,Minnesota,and indicated below under ARTICLE IV, as provided by the Owner for: l'' Valley View Estates-Phase II 1 and to do everything required by this Agreement and the Contract Documents. IARTICLE II, The Contractor agrees that the Work contemplated by this Contract shall be fully and satisfactorily completed on or before as specified , 19_. IARTICLE III, The Owner agrees to pay and the Contractor agrees to payment in accordance with the prices bid for the unit or lump sum items as receive et forth in the conformed copy of Proposal Form hereto attached, which prices shall conform to those in the I_ accepted Contractor's Proposal on file in the Office of the Clerk. City of Oak aggregate of which prices, based on the approximate schedule of quantities, is estimated Heights, be � the I $ 259.194.42 . ARTICLE IV, The Contract Documents shall consist of the following component parts: I (a) Drawings (b) Specifications I .(1) Bid DocumentsAdv ( ertisement,Addenda, Information to Bidders, Proposal and Bid Security); (2) Special Provisions; (3) General and Specific Requirements; • (4) Conditions of the Contract (General and other conditions); I (5) Performance and Payment Bond; (6) Agreement; (7) Detail Plates and other drawings attached to specifications; I Copyright 1992 I Bonestroo,Rosette,Anderlik &Associates,Inc. - 51 - I I I I I I, I I I I I I I I I I I I I I • This Agreement, together with the documents hereinabove mentioned, form the Contract and all documents are as fully a part of the Contract as if attached hereto or herein repeated. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties to this Agreement have hereunto set their hands and seals as of the d ay and year first above written. i Attest: IThe Cityof Oak Park ark Heights (Seal) IBy MAYOR I By — In the presence of: To e�.Asph , Inc. 7 V CONTRACTOR I _._- .. , ------ r ,\,1_ 13.y , P: L.4 1 I i 1 0 k IP' r Rona,/ Hockin, President I qAAACIii 411.1- i/ TITLE Gary E. B= J , orporate ecre ary I CERTIFICATE OF ACKNOWLEDGEMENT IState of Minnesota ) ) SS. I County of ) On this day of , 19_,before me personally appeared , to me personally known, being by me duly sworn, did say that he is the Mayor of the City of , that the seal affixed to the foregoing instrument is the seal of said City of _, and that said instrument was executed on behalf of the City of by authority of its City I Council, and said City of acknowledged the instrument to be the free act and deed of said I (Notarial Seal) Notary Public I Copyright 1992 I Bonestroo.Rosen,Anderlik &Associates.Inc. - 52 - t 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 11- CERTIFICATE OF ACKNOWLEDGMENT (For use where Contractor is individual or partnership) State of Minnesota ) i ) SS. County of ) On this_ day of , _ pe I to me personally known to be the person19 , before me rsonally appeared described in and who executed the foregoing instrument and acknowledged that_he executed the same as the free act and deed of the individual. I (Notarial Seal) Notary Public I CERTIFICATE OF ACKNOWLEDGMENT (For use where Contractor is a corporation) rP ) I State of Minnesota ) I ) SS. County of Hennepin) IOn this 18thay of April , 1995, before me personally appeared Ronald L. Hockin and Gary E. Ballo me personally known who, being by me duly sworn, each did say that they are respectively thePresident and I Corporate SecretarpiTOWER ASPHALT, ',That the seal affixed to the foregoing instrument is the corporate seal of said corporation, and that said instrument was executed in behalf of the corporation by Iauthority of its Board of Directors and said Ronal d L. Hocki n and Gary E. Balk acknowledged the instrument to be the free act and deed of the corporation. 1141 ink, (Notarial Seal) u 1�� ► ' , 1. allessb. 44' a B. E.IVERSON 'a NOTARY PUBLIC-NJ I Notary Public c t° /` HENNEPIN COUNTY s`' '•• My CI Copyright 1992 I 13onestroo,Roscoe,Andcrlik &Associates,Inc. - 53 - I I I 1 IBOND NO. JP 7213 PERFORMANCE BOND IKNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: that Tower Asphalt. Inc. as Principal (hereinafter illcalled Contractor) and, ST. PAUL FIRE AND MARINE INSURANCE COMPANY as Surety (hereinafter called Surety) are held and firmly bound unto City of Oak Park Heights as IObligee(hereinafter called Obligee)in the amount of Two hundred fifty-nine thousand. one hundred Ininety-four&42/100 Dollars($259.194.42 ), for the payment whereof Contractor and Surety bind themselves, their heirs,executors, administrators,successors and assigns,jointly and severally, firmly 11 by these presents. IWHEREAS, Contractor has by written agreement dated April 18, , 1995 entered into a contract with the Obligee for construction of Valley View Estates - Phase II in accordance with Drawings and Specifications prepared by Bonestroo.Rosene. Anderlik&Assoc.. Inc. which contract I. is by reference made a part hereof, and is hereinafter referred to as the Contract. I NOW,THEREFORE,THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION is such that, if Contractor shall promptly and faithfully perform said Contract in conformance with the Contract Documents, and all guaranty, indemnity and warranty obligations specified therein, and shall promptly and faithfully 111 remedy any breach of its obligations under the Contract Documents discovered within the time limits set by statute for commencement of actions, and shall pay any damages for unexcused late completion, then this obligation shall be null and void; otherwise it shall remain in full force and Ieffect. The Surety hereby waives notice of any alteration, changes or extension of time made by the I... Obligee. Whenever the Contractor shall be, and declared by the Obligee to be in default under the IIIContract, the Surety may promptly remedy the default, or shall promptly: (1) Complete the Contract in accordance with its terms and conditions, or if appropriate, I I Copyright 1992 I Bonestroo,Rosene,Anderlik &Associates.Inc. - 54 - t • (2) Obtain a bid or bids for completing the Contract in accordance with its terms and conditions, and upon determination by the Obligee and the Surety jointly of the lowest responsible bidder, arrange for a contract between such bidder and Surety, and Surety shall pay such bidder pursuant to such contract, while the Obligee shall pay the Surety the cost of completion, up to but not exceeding the balance of the contract price. The term "balance of the contract price", as used in this paragraph,shall mean the total amount payable by the Obligee to Contractor under the Contract and any amendments thereto, less the amount paid by the Obligee to Contractor, of if appropriate, (3) Promptly pay such sums to the Obligee as the Obligee may be entitled from the Contractor under the Contract Documents, or for the breach thereof, but not exceeding the amount set forth in the first paragraph hereof. The surety agrees to be bound by any award granted to the Obligee against the Contractor in arbitration or judicial proceedings commenced pursuant to the Contract Documents. No right of action shall accrue on this bond to or for the use of any person or corporation other than the Obligee named herein or the successors of the Obligee. Signed and sealed this 1841 y of April 19 95 1 To -r Asph , Inc. Con,'" By � ,/ • Signature Ronald L. Hockin ' (Typed or Printed name of Signer) Title President Witness • ■ By 4 ", of 1/ ■ Signture ' Gary E. Balk (Typed or Printed name of Signer) Title Corporate Secretary Copyright 1992 ' Bonestroo,Rosene,Anderlik &Associates,lac. - 55 - 1 1 1 I (If the contractor is a partnership or joint venture, all partners or co-venturers must execute this Bond.) ST. PAUL FIRE AND MARINE INSURANCE COMPANY Surety Burnt Mills Road & Rte. 206, P.O. Box 751 Address Bedminster, NJ. 07921 (612) 835-3050 (Local) Phone No. (-4006.4K Witness By ( 7/;;7/1k 1. e Signture John E. Tauer (Typed or Printed name of Signer) Title Attorney-in--Fact 150 S. 5th Street, Ste. 2000 Minneapolis, MN. 55402 (Local Address& Telephone Number) (612) 339-7467 (The attorney-in-fact shall attach hereto a copy of his power of attorney or other document which authorizes him to act on behalf of and to bind the surety.) I • I 1 I Copyright 1992 ' Bonestroo.Rosen,Anderlik &Associates,Inc. - 56- 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 CERTIFICATE OF ACKNOWLEDGMENT BY PRINCIPAL (For use where Contractor is individual or partnership) State of Minnesota • ) • SS. County of ) 1,.. On this day of , 19._, before me personallyappeared , to me known to be the person described in and who executed the foregoing bond, and I acknowledged that_he_executed the same as the free act and deed of the individual. I (Notarial Seal) Notary Public ICER1'IHCATE OF ACKNOWLEDGMENT (For use where Contractor is a corporation) State of Minnesota ) I )) SS. County of Hennepin IOn this l$ttrlay of Anril , 19 9�before me personally appeared Ronald L. Hockin and Gary E. Balk to me personally known who, being by me duly sworn, did say that they are Itrespectively the President andCorporate Secret€y TOWER ASPHALT, INC.that the seal affixed to the foregoing instrument is the corporate seal of said corporation, and that said instrument was executed in behalf of the corporation by authority of its Board of Directors, and said Rona 1 d L. Hocki n and Cary E. Balk acknowledged the instrument to be the free act a ed of said corporation. I- �` It � � )�Jae " °It P ' ° VE-R Notary Public FIOFAY�G EG_FA1f�NgSQTA (Notarial Seal) HENNEPIN COUNTY * *Commission Expires Jin.31 2000 ST. PAUL FIRE AND MARL Burnt Mills Road & Rte. 206, Bedminster, NJ IFull Name of Surety Company Home Office Address 07921 Cobb Strecker Dunphy & Zimmermann 150 S. 5th Street, Ste. 2000, Mpls, MN. 55402 Full Name of Surety Co. Name of Local Agency Address of Local Agency If this bond is executed outside of the State of Minnesota, it must be countersigned on the Performance I Bond by a Minnesota resident agent of the Surety. Company. N/A. Name of Agent Affixing Countersignature Address IMEMORANDUM: Affix here Power of Attorneyand Acknowledgement of Corporate Surety. 1 ICopyright 1992 Bonestroo,Rosene,Anderlik &Associates,Inc. - 57 - 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I • BOND NO. JP 7213 ' LABOR AND MATERIAL PAYMENT BOND IKNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: that Tower Asphalt. Inc. as Principal, (hereinafter ST. PAUL FIRE AND called Contractor) and, MARINE INSURANCE COMPANY as Surety(hereinafter called Surety) are held ■ and firmly bound unto City of Oak Park Heights as Obligee (hereinafter called Obligee) for the use and benefit of claimants as hereinbelow defined, in the amount of Two hundred fifty-nine thousand. one I hundred ninety-four&42/100 Dollars($ 259.194.42 ), for the payment whereof Contractor and Surety bind themselves, their heirs,executors, administrators, successors and assigns,jointly and severally,firmly I.> by these presents. it WHEREAS,Contractor has by written agreement dated April 18, 19$%rtered into a contract with Obligee for construction of ValleyView - Estates Phase II in accordance with Drawings and ISpecifications prepared by Bonestroo. Rosene. Anderlik & Associates. Inc. which contract is by reference made apart hereof,ereof, and is hereinafter referred to as the Contract. rNOW,THEREFORE,THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION is such that, if Contractor shall promptly make payment to all claimants as hereinafter defined, for all labor and material used or reasonably required for use in the performance of the Contract and shall keep the Project free and clear i_ of all liens as provided in the Contract, then this obligation shall be void; otherwise it shall remain in full 1 force and effect, subject,however, to the following conditions: I.. 1. Claimant is defined as one permitted by applicable law to file a Public Contractor's Bond claim for labor, material, or both, used or reasonably required for use in the performance of the Contract, labor Iand material being construed to include without limitation that part of water, gas, power, light, heat, oil, gasoline, telephone service,rental of equipment,insurance premiums, taxes, and any items for which a claim or lien may be filed against the Obligee under the applicable law. I 2. The above named Contractor and Surety hereby jointly and severally agree with the Obligee that every claimant as herein defined, who has not been paid in full may sue on this bond for the use of such claimant, prosecute the suit to final judgment for such sums as may be justly due claimant, and have execution thereon. The Obligee shall not be liable for the payment of any costs or expenses of any such suit. I I Copyright 1992 1 Boaestroo,Rosene,Anderlik &Associates,Inc. - 58 - i r • 3. No suit or action shall be commenced hereunder by any claimant: (a) Unless claimant shall have filed a public contractors bond claim in the form and within the time provided under applicable law, or (b) After expiration of time for enforcement of a public Contractors bond claim by legal r action. 4. The amount of this bond shall be reduced by and to the extent of any payment or payments made in good faith hereunder. 5. The Contractor and Surety shall keep the Project free and clear of liens and shall promptly remove any and all liens filed against the Project by claimants. g-- 6. The Obligee's right of action on this bond, or for the breach thereof, shall not be limited by the conditions set forth in paragraphs 1 through 3 above. ower As alt,Inc. Com . for r :5 , By 140' Signature Ronald L. Hockin (Typed or Printed name of Signer) Title President Witness By C n ' Signture Gary E. Balk (Typed or Printed name of Signer) Title Corporate Secretary S (If the contractor is a partnership or joint venture, all partners or co-venturers must execute this Bond.) I Copyright 1992 Bonestroo,Rosene,Anderlik Sc Associates,Inc. - 59 - I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I IF (If the contractor is a partnership or joint venture, all partners or co-venturers must execute this Bond.) I ST.' PAUL FIRE AND MARINE INSURANCE COMPANY Surety Burnt Mills Road and Rte. 206, P.O. Box 751 IF Bedminster, NJ. 07921 Address 1 (612) 831-3050 (Local) Phone No. 6\-‘-krtafa I: Wi ess By " L.. .i Signture .-_- ohn E. Tauer (Typed or Printed name of Signer) iTitle Attorney-in-Fact 150 S. 5th Street, Ste. 2000 i . Minneapolis, MN. 55402 (Local Address &Telephone Number) 1. (612) 339-7467 (The attorney-in-fact shall attach hereto a copy of 1 his power of attorney or other document which authorizes him to act on behalf of and to bind the surety.) I . I . I I i Copyright 1992 I Bonestroo,Rosene,Anderlik &Associates,lac. - 60 - 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I CERTIFICATE OF ACKNOWLEDGMENT BY PRINCIPAL I (For use where Contractor is individual or partnership) ) ) SS. ICounty of ) - On this day of , 19_,before me personally appeared I '' , to me known to be the person described in and who executed the foregoing bond, and acknowledged that_he_executed the same as the free act and deed of the individual. I ' Notary Public I (Notarial Seal) CERTIFICATE OF ACKNOWLEDGMENT (For use where Contractor is a corporation) State of Minnesota ) IL ) SS. ICounty of Hennepin ) On this 18tdny of April , 19 95 before me personally appeared Ronald L. Hocki n and 4. Gary E. Balk , to me personally known who, being by me duly sworn, did say that they are respectively the President and Corporate Secretary, of TOWER ASPHALT, INC. that the seal affixed to the foregoing instrument is the corporate seal of said Ir corporation, and that said instrument was executed in behalf of the corporation by authority of its Board of Directors, and said Ronald L. Hocki n and Cary E. Balk acknowledged the instrument to be the ee act... • 4 _e • . ,o oration. B. E. IVERSON Not Public (Notarial Seal) •''''' ' 7'1 '4 `�°TAW PI Litt-MINNESOTA Burnt Mills Road and Rte. 206, P.0. Box 751 I v ,1 - HENNEPIN COUNTY ST. PAUL FIRE AND ► ' , '', Bedminster, NJ. 07921 �...►. !� 1lVB�+ 2000 Full Name of Surety Company x Home Office Address I M Cobb -Strecker Dunphy & Zimmermann 150 S. 5th Street, Ste. 2000, Mpls, MN. 55402 Full Name of Surety Co. Name of Local Agency Address of Local Agency If this bond is executed outside of the State of Minnesota, it must be countersigned on the Performance I Bond by a Minnesota resident agent of the Surety. Company. N/A. Name of Agent Affixing Countersignature Address rMEMORANDUM: Affix here Power of Attorney and Acknowledgement of Corporate Surety. r I Copyright 1992 Bones oo,Rosen,Anderlik &Associates,Inc. - 61 - 1 i 1 1 1 1 - I 1 I - 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 C C–iceF d tri OF G7ZPQR,f:= S z:e of Minnesota ) Cc-- o{ He )ss. Oa s 18th day of April nnepin ) bei ore ce eaea;ed John E_______________. Tauer _9 95--'-- 5 ao me pe=sowz.??– loos 1 �, 7bo, beteg by oe dr?y s-1°^, did sty LI2: be is :ae c. ST. PAUL FIRE AND ::::. :7e-r- ;,7-72c.-.7MARINE INSURANCE COMPANY = .zn �.e sez.? _zea a :,be =creo°_, a 2-d _ o _sem.=.-=:c _ ca-,o_ =co. s2_d .5=='_'_ . '. -s �e car�o_zce s>>T ��r e= ;--^-- =zs =e_ced _. beaz?-. o_ °= s co:.- oz-z.:.:;..d S; =xi .::::72= s<it' SZ:G C.^.:70r2=:'.o by 'z�- f i:: -r, e,�cc_ .s ;? John E. Tauer "c=-=� °= _=s 3cZd L-c be -..__ izae 2o: zad aced of s.d cc--oc= _ ..r:. 4 h..0�7 ... c � l 1 c-- - .s..: cs t*.illIV' a '':,..4!'''' 4.:"'orAriv post.l V ERSON # '''• «::. HENNENN �1ro sort AiYmtuton_pt 9ry000 1heflu� , ST.PAUL FIRE AND MARINE INSURANCE COMPANY CERTIFICATE OF Surety 385 Washington Street,St.Paul,Minnesota 55102 `AUTHORITY NO. CERTIFIED For verification of the authenticity of this Power of Attorney,you may telephone toll free 1-800-421-3880 and ask for COPY NO. the Power of Attorney Clerk.Please refer to the Certificate of Authority No.and the named individual(s). r F-11771 GENERAL POWER OF ATTORNEY- CERTIFIED COPY -L v U Lr (Original on File at Home Office of Company. See Certification.) KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS:That St.Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company,a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Minnesota,having its principal office in the City of St.Paul,Minnesota,does hereby constitute and appoint: Bruce N. Telander, R. W. Frank, John P. Martinsen, Gary S. Soderberg, R. Scott Egginton, Donald R. Olson, Dennis J. Linder, John E. Tauer, Mary L. Charles, individi to 11y, Minneapolis, Minnesota its true and lawful attorney(s)-in-fact to execute, seal and deliver for and on its behalf as surety,any and all bonds and undertakings,recognizances,contracts of indemnity and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof, which are or may be allowed,required or permitted by law, statute,rule,regulation, contract or otherwise, NOT TO EXCEED IN PENALTY THE SUN' OF FIFTY MILLION DOILARS($50,000,000)EACgi and the execution of all such instrument(s)in pursuance of these presents,shall be as binding upon said St.Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company,as fully and amply,to all intents and purposes,as if the same had been duly executed and acknowledged by its regularly elected officers at its principal office. This Power of Attorney is executed,and may be certified to and may be revoked,pursuant to and by authority of Article V,-Section 6(C),of the By-Laws adopted by the Shareholders of ST.PAUL FIRE AND MARINE INSURANCE COMPANY at a meeting called and held on the 28th day of April,1978,of which the following is a true transcript of said Section 6(C): "The President or any Vice President,Assistant Vice President,Secretary or Service Center General Manager shall have power and authority (1) To appoint Attorneys-in-fact,and to authorize them to execute on behalf of the Company,and attach the Seal of the Company thereto,bonds and undertakings,recognizances,contracts of indemnity and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof,and (2) To appoint special Attorneys-in-fact,who are hereby authorized to certify to copies of any power-of-attorney issued in pursuance of this section and/or any of the By-Laws of the Company,and (3) To remove,at any time,any such Attorney-in-fact or Special Attorney-in-fact and revoke the authority given him." Further,this Power of Attorney is signed and sealed by facsimile pursuant to resolution of the Board of Directors of said Company adopted at a meeting duly called and held on the 5th day of May,1959,of which the following is a true excerpt: "Now therefore the signatures of such officers and the seal of the Company may be affixed to any such power of attorney or any certificate relating thereto by facsimile,and any such power of attorney or certificate bearing such facsimile signatures or facsimile seal shall be valid and binding upon the Company and any such power so executed and certified by facsimile signatures and facsimile seal shall be valid and binding upon the Company in the future with respect to any bond or undertaking to which it is attached." RE" IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF,St.Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company has caused this instrument to be signed and its corporate x,�, 4,yy seal to be affixed by its authorized officer,this 30th day of November,A.D.1990. � SST,PAUL FIRE AND MARINE INSURANCE COMPANY lli' . lithi ECP. STATE OF NEW JERSEY l ��� 4"4",nw County of Sommerset }ss. MICHAEL B.I{EEG',Secretary On this 1st day of February ,19 94 ,before me came the individual who executed the preceding instrument,to me personally known,and,being by me duly sworn,said that he/she is the therein described and authorized officer of St.Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company; that the seal affixed to said instrument is the Corporate Seal of said Company;that the said Corporate Seal and his/her signature were duly affixed by order of the Board of Directors of said Company. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF,I have hereunto set my hand and affixed my Official Seal,at the township of Bedminster,New Jersey,the 0. 7. day and year first above written. 0 73,oust.to 'NEN 411, y�r LINDA SM ' -'S,Notary Public,Middlesex,NJ My Commission Expires December 16,1996 CERTIFICATION I,the undersigned officer of St Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company,do hereby certify that I have compared the foregoing copy of the Power of Attorney and affidavit,and the copy of the Section of the By-Laws of said Company as set forth in said Power of Attorney,with the ORIGINALS ON FILE IN THE HOME OFFICE OF SAID COMPANY,and that the same are correct transcripts thereof,and of the whole of the said originals,and that the said Power of Attorney has not been revoked and is now in full force and effect. Ips. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF,I have hereunto set my hand this hjirA _ 1.4„. '' o' 18th day of Apr i1 ,19 95 MICHAEL W.AN® RSON,Asst.Secretary �hhm C Only a certified copy of Power of Attorney bearing the Certificate of Authority No.printed in red on the upper right corner is binding.Photocopies,carbon copies or other reproductions of this document are invalid and not binding upon the Company. ANY INSTRUMENT ISSUED IN EXCESS OF THE PENALTY AMOUNT STATED ABOVE IS TOTALLY VOID AND WITHOUT ANY VALIDITY. 29550 Hey.6-94 Printed in l.S.A, Cobb-Strecker-Dunphy&Zimmermann,Inc.•Insurance&Surety Bonds• Minneapolis,Minn.•(612)339-7467 TOWER ASPHALT, INC. 3 copies of the attached certificate of insurance are enclosed for: CITY OF OAK PARK HEIGHTS 14168 - 57TH STREET N. OAK PARK HEIGHTS MN 55082 This copy is for your file. CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE - WORKERS' COMPENSATION & LIABILITY ONLY This certificate is issued as a matter of information onry and confers no rights upon the certificate holder. This certificate does not amend, extend or alter the coverage afforded by th policies listed below. Limits shown may have been reduced by paid claims. Project: VALLEY VIEW ESTATES-PHASE II,UTILITY AND STREET IMPROVEMENTS Certificate Holder: CITY OF OAK PARK HEIGHTS Address: 14168-57TH STREET N. Arch/Engr: OAK PARK HEIGHTS MN 55082 Insured: TOWER ASPHALT, INC. Address M 55043 Agent: COBB STRECKER DUNPHY & ZIMMERMANN, INC. Address L 150 SO. 5tth,T.,SUITE 2000 WORKERS' COMPENSATION MINNEAPOLIS, MN, 55402 Policy No. 129941677 Effective Date 05/01/94 Insurance Company TRANSPORTATION INSURANCE CO. Expiration Date 05/01/95 COVERAGE - Workers' Compensation, Statutory. Employers' Liability Limit $100,000 Each Accident $500,000 Disease Policy Limit $100,000 Disease Employee Limit GENERAL LIABILITY Policy No. 129941646 Effective Date 05/01/94 Insurance Company TRANSCONTINENTAL INSURANCE CO. Expiration Date 05/01/95 0) Claims Made (X) Occurrence ( ) Owner's & Contractor's Protective LIMITS: ( ) Other General Aggregate Limit (Other Than Products - Completed Operations) $1,000,000 Products - Completed Operations Aggregate Limit Personal & Advertising Injury Limit $500,000 Each Occurrence Limit $500,000 $500,000 COVERAGE PROVIDED: Operations Of Contractor YES Governmental Immunity Is Waived YES Operations Of Sub-Contractor(Contingent) YES Does Personal Injury Include Property Damage Liability Includes: Claims Related To Employment? Damage Due To Blasting YES Completed Operations/Products YES Damage Due To Collapse YES Contractualmpledper doty s/Prod(Broad Form) YES Damage Due To Underground Facilities YES Exceptions: YES Broad Form Property Damage YES AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY Policy No. 129941663 Effective Date 05/01/94 Insurance Company TRANSPORTATION INSURANCE CO. Expiration Date 05/01/95 (X) Any Auto (X) All Owned Autos ( ) Scheduled Autos (X) Hired Autos (X) Non-Owned Autos LIMITS: Bodily Injury $ Each Person $ Each Occurrence -OR- Property Damage $ Each Occurrence Combined Single Limit Exceptions: g $1,000,000 Each Occurrence UMBRELLA EXCESS LIABILITY Policy No. 129941680 Effective Date 05/01/94 Insurance Company TRANSCONTINENTAL INSURANCE CO. Expiration Date 05/01/95 LIMITS: Single Limit Bodily Injury $2,000,000 Each Occurrence COVERAGE PROVIDED: And Property Damage $2,000,000 Aggregate Applies in excess of the coverages listed above for Employers' Liability, General Liability, and Automobile Liability. YES Are any deductibles applicable to bodily injury or property damage on any of the above coverages? If so, list. NO ount $ AGENT CARRIES ERRORS AND OMISSIONS INSURANCE? YES Should any of the above described policies be cancelled before the expiration date thereof, the issuing company will mail 30 days written notice to the parties to whom this certificate is iss {, Dated at Minneapolis, MN Ori 04/1 `/95 B SUITE Certificate No.00019086 y2000, 150 SOUTH FtFTFi STRUT AllthOriMikILISIKW, AWSS tative